Home

STP 55-88M14-SM-TG Soldier`s Manual and

1. 3 150 Implement Defensive Procedures When Under Attack Ambush in a Truck onem 3 152 Operate Vehicle a Contaminated Area 3 154 Operate Night Vision Devices ssssee eene nre 3 156 Skill Level 3 Subject Area 8 Duties of the Squad Leader Section Sergeant Supervise Driver Training Program esee 3 164 Supervise Personnel Performing Vehicle 3 171 Supervise Operation of Vehicle mounted Crane 3 174 Supervise Personnel Loading Unloading Equipment Cargo Onto From Vehicle and Semitrailer sse 3 177 Supervise Preparation of Vehicle for Movement or Shipment 3 184 Review Vehicle Accident 3 188 Subject Area 9 Motor Pool Operations Supervise Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services 3 190 Subject Area 10 Convoy Operations Enforce Driver Safety Rules and 3 193 Perform Duties as Serial March Unit 3 196 Instruct the Use of Maps in Motor Transport 3 199 Operate the Movement Trackin
2. 2 2 2 3 Duty Position Training Requirements emen 2 3 2 4 Critical Tasks List co ee oe dete ated ce re e true teem aad neat 2 5 Chapter 3 MOS Skill Level 3 1 Skill Level 1 Subject Area 1 Accident Forms 551 721 1388 Complete DD Form 518 and SF 91 3 1 Subject Area 3 Motor Vehicle Operator Maintenance 551 721 1352 Perform Preventive Maintenance Checks 3 3 Distribution Restriction Approved for public release distribution is unlimited This publication supersedes STP 55 88M12 SM 23 December 1993 and STP 55 88M34 SM TG 23 December 1993 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 551 721 1314 551 721 1359 551 721 1364 551 721 1367 551 721 1384 551 721 1500 551 721 1600 551 721 1650 551 721 1386 551 721 1411 551 721 1501 551 721 1503 551 721 1504 551 721 1505 551 721 1507 551 721 1360 551 721 1368 551 721 1361 551 721 1363 551 721 1410 551 721 2371 551 721 2393 551 721 2300 551 721 2301 551 721 2302 551 721 2303 551 721 2304 551 721 2305 551 721 2306 551 721 2355 551 721 2385 551 721 2407 PAGE Subject Area 4 Motor Vehicle Operations Perform Coupling Operations ssssssssssee eee eene 3 7 Operate Vehicle in a CONVOY sssssssseeee emm eene nnns 3 11 Operate Vehicle With Standard or Auto
3. 3 107 Operate Vehicle Mounted Crane ccccccccccececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseseeeeeseeeeeses 3 116 551 721 2100 551 721 2374 551 721 2376 551 721 2379 551 721 2381 551 721 2383 551 721 2389 551 721 2357 551 721 2408 551 721 2410 551 721 2415 551 721 3335 551 721 3338 551 721 3340 551 721 3341 551 721 3347 551 721 3353 551 721 3334 551 721 3336 551 721 3348 551 721 3355 551 721 3600 551 721 3337 551 721 3345 551 721 3346 551 721 4320 551 721 4322 551 721 4323 551 721 4325 STP 55 88M14 SM TG PAGE Subject Area 5 Transport Cargo and Personnel Conduct Refueling Operations Using Tactical Refueling Vehicles 3 118 Assist in Loading Unloading a Tracked Wheeled Vehicle Onto From Semitrail rn san a EE 3 128 Assist in Loading Unloading a Tracked Wheeled Vehicle Onto From a Heavy Equipment Transporter HET ssssssssssseeeeee eene 3 132 Transport Classified Sensitive Cargo sssssseseeeenenenn 3 134 Assist in Ammunition Loading Unloading Operations on a Transporter 3 136 Transport Dangerous Cargo on a Transporter 3 139 Subject Area 6 Adverse Terrain Operations Self Recover a Wheeled Vehicle 3 144 Subject Area 7 Motor Vehicle Tactical Operations Prepare Vehicle for Tactical Operations
4. Figure 3 117 Display Vehicle Name g Hide Show entire control groups see Figure 3 118 1 Right click on the map to get the pop up menu 2 Choose Select Vehicle 3 Click on the map so that the Server Vehicle Kit Control Window pops up 4 Select Assignments tab The various control groups will be listed with expandable plus boxes next to each one 5 Right click on a Control Group for example 001 002 003 and so forth and select All Vehicles Hide If a control group is already hidden to show it simply select All Vehicles Show 1 Server Vehicle Kit Control ol x Properties Center on Vehicle Send Message Display ClearTrace Trace Options State Request Message Disconnect Assignments Selection Servers El Connected Fleets e Properties 17 Send Fleet Message AUI i Reload States Show Cave sen Dv Diss 2 USA1004 Time gt 1 7 5 USA1005 Hide 8 USA1006 Figure 3 118 Display Hide Entire Group of Vehicles 3 224 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps h Display Hide report time labels for an individual vehicle see Figure 3 119 1 Right click on the map to get the pop up menu 2 Choose Select Vehicle 3 Click on the map with the mouse so that the Server Vehicle Kit Control window pops up 4 Select the Assignments tab 5 Right click on a vehicle select Display Time If the time was not previously displayed it will
5. Figure 3 48 Hiding and Showing Position Report for Fleet of Vehicles 1 Server Vehicle Kit Control Assignments Selection Servers jwohnected Fleets CD 001 i BETOO02 L m BET0003 E x BET0004 L USA0014 003 a USA0003 Show All Vehicles Hide All Vehicles Vehicle Names Vehicle Time Configure Labels Figure 3 49 Centering the Map on a Vehicle Evaluation Preparation Setup Ensure that MTS mobile unit is installed in the vehicle to be used Provide information to the student for use in communication purposes Brief Soldier You are required to ensure that all connections involved in the proper installation of the mobile unit have been made and the unit is securely mounted You will then be required to perform a power on procedure followed by starting and operating the software for the system and finally you will perform the power off procedures All procedures must be performed in sequence if applicable All procedures and communication with other elements will be performed without injury to personnel or damage to equipment Performance Measures 1 N Ow A W N 3 44 Identified MTS mobile unit V2 components Conducted V2 configuration power on procedures Started MTS Messenger Read messages Sent messages Started TracerLink program Performed power off procedures GO NO GO STP 55 88M14 SM TG Evaluation Guidance Score the
6. Evaluation Preparation Setup Provide the soldier with a tractor semitrailer an area with side roads and unimproved roads Brief Soldier Tell the soldier to safely drive the tractor with semitrailer on side roads and unimproved roads without damaging the tractor and semitrailer or physical surroundings and without getting stuck Driving maneuvers must be performed without injuring personnel Performance Measures GO NOGO 1 Drove tractor with semitrailer through shallow and deep ditches Drove tractor with semitrailer through gullies and ravines Drove tractor with semitrailer through wooded area Drove tractor with semitrailer through rocky terrain Drove tractor with semitrailer through streams fording Dried the brakes Oi amp W NM Drove tractor with semitrailer through swamps and mud Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related FM 21 305 FM 55 30 3 78 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Subject Area 7 Motor Vehicle Tactical Operations Operate Vehicle Under Adverse Conditions 551 721 1361 Conditions Given a vehicle with before operation maintenance performed an
7. a Installed canvas and bows on cargo vehicle according to the vehicle technical operator s manual b Used load lashing procedures by installing cargo cover over load on semitrailers 3 105 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related FM 21 305 FM 55 30 TM 9 2320 260 10 TM 9 2320 272 10 TM 9 2320 279 10 1 TM 9 2320 279 10 2 TM 9 2320 280 10 TM 9 2320 360 10 TM 9 2320 364 10 TM 9 2320 365 10 TM 9 2320 366 10 1 TM 9 2320 366 10 2 TM 9 2330 359 14 amp P TM 9 2330 381 14 TM 9 2330 386 14 amp P 3 106 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Perform Coupling Operations With a Pintle Connected Trailer 551 721 2385 Conditions Given a pintle connected trailer fully operational 2 72 ton or larger prime mover or PLS truck and PLS trailer with before operation maintenance checks performed BII hearing protection and assistance from a ground guide Standards You have successfully coupled then uncoupled your pintle lunette style trailer to from your prime mover No injury was incurred to personnel or damage to equipment Performance Steps 1 Couple vehicle to trailer for vehicle trailer combinations other than PLS WARNING All personnel must stand clear of towing vehicle and trailer d
8. 3 Plotted detail information 4 Recorded marginal information Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related FM 101 5 1 FM 3 25 26 3 283 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Skill Level 9 Subject Area 5 Transport Cargo and Personnel Transport General Cargo in Trailer Semitrailer 551 721 1380 Conditions Provided either a loaded cargo vehicle with trailer or a loaded tractor semitrailer combination with before operation PMCS performed completed DD Form 1384 TCMD as applicable and applicable vehicle 10 series TM Standards You have loaded or assisted in loading the cargo onto the trailer semitrailer ensuring the weight and cube limits were not exceeded and that cargo was securely tied down Transported the cargo to the destination safely Unloaded or assisted in unloading cargo at destination All phases of cargo movement have been completed without injury to personnel or damage to vehicle trailer semitrailer or cargo being transported Performance Steps 1 Load cargo onto trailer semitrailer a b i Ensure that vehicle trailer semitrailer is chocked and hand brake is set Prepare trailer semitrailer for loading operation 1 Ensure adequate tie
9. JONDA Train to standard using appropriate doctrine Train using multi echelon techniques b Commanders are Responsible for Training Commanders are responsible for the training and performance of their soldiers and units They are the primary training managers and trainers for their organization are actively engaged in the training process and adhere to the principles shown in Figure 2 1 To accomplish their training responsibility commanders must Be present at training to maximum extent possible Base training on mission requirements Train to applicable Army standards Assess current levels of proficiency Provide the required resources Develop and execute training plans that result in proficient individuals leaders and units 1 1 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Commanders delegate authority to NCOs in the support channel as the primary trainers of individuals crews and small teams Commanders hold NCOs responsible for conducting standards based performance oriented battle focused training and provide feedback on individual crew and team proficiency c NCOs Train Individuals Crews and Small Teams NCOs continue the soldierization process of newly assigned enlisted soldiers and begin their professional development NCOs are responsible for conducting standards based performance oriented battle focused training They identify specific individual crew and small team tasks that support the unit s collect
10. 2 Placed HETS into motion 3 Navigated HET through normal traffic situations and road conditions 4 Shutdown vehicle NO GO Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related TM 9 2330 381 14 DA FORM 2404 DA FORM 5987 E DA FORM 5988 E DD FORM 1970 FM 21 305 TM 9 2320 360 10 3 233 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Load Able Disabled Tracked Wheeled Vehicles Onto a Heavy Equipment Transporter HET 551 721 3345 Conditions Given an able disabled tracked wheeled vehicle for loading onto HET HET BII a coupled HETS with pre operational maintenance checks performed assistance from other crew members and level ground to conduct loading operations Special Conditions Two person operation Assistance from another crew member is required Standards You have completed the loading operation of an able disabled tracked wheeled vehicle positioned vehicle properly and secured vehicle to prevent movement during transport All procedures were accomplished safely without injury to personnel damage to HETS or vehicle payload Performance Steps 1 Prepare M1070 HET Note The operator will perform this step a Ensures CTIS rotary switch is at the appropriate setting b Aligns M1070 HE
11. Figure 3 52d Load Balancing continued Performance Steps 2 Inspect tiedown materials a Chains and load binders used for Vehicle Payload see Figure 3 53 Inspect chains including the hooks at least once a month inspect those that are used for heavy and continuous loading more frequently Give particular attention to the small radius fillets at the neck of the hooks for any deviation from the original inner arc Examine each link and hook for small dents and cracks sharp nicks and cuts worn surfaces and distortions Replace any of those that show any of these weaknesses If several links are stretched or distorted do not use the chain it probably was overloaded or hooked improperly which weakened the entire chain inspect load binders for structural cracks in the metal inspect chain and hooks using same criteria sited above if ratchet type ensure mechanism works freely without binding inspect lever pivot mechanism for excessive signs of wear or stress on pin Do not use if any portion of the load binders possesses any of the above signs of wear or misuse b Web tiedown straps used for general cargo and ammunition tiedown Before each use straps should be inspected for burns tears punctures cuts caustic damage oil or grease contamination and fraying or broken stitches Inspect metal parts for improper operation corrosion cracks or distortion If any of these conditions exist the tiedown should be replaced They sh
12. L L L L L L LI LI L L LI LI e Blind Spot t Guide Signal Relay Figure 3 3 Three Guides Flashlights on only when motioning in desired vehicle direction When using conventional flashlights direct lights forward Figure 3 4 Come Ahead Figure 3 5 Slow Down STP 55 88M14 SM TG Light in right hand pointing upward blinking When using conventional flashlights direct light in right hand forward blinking Figure 3 6 Stop or Halt Lights on only when motioning in desired vehicle direction When using conventional flashlights direct lights forward Figure 3 7 Move in Reverse When using conventional flashlights direct light in right hand forward Figure 3 8 Left Turn 3 21 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 3 22 When using conventional flashlights direct light in left hand forward Figure 3 9 Right Turn Night When using conventional flashlights direct light in right hand forward Figure 3 10 Turn Off Engine When using conventional flashlights direct light in right hand forward Figure 3 11 Increase Speed STP 55 88M14 SM TG When using conventional flashlights direct light in right hand forward Figure 3 12 Start Engines When using conventional flashlights direct light forward Figure 3 13
13. vehicle through gullies and ravines a b f Operate vehicle through wooded area Stop the vehicle Check the terrain for obstructions c Remove the tarp and bows as required d Place transmission shift lever into first gear e Maneuver around obstructions o Operate vehicle through rocky terrain a Stop the vehicle b Check the terrain for obstructions c Drive slowly choosing route while advancing d Remove stones between dual tires as often as required Operate vehicle through streams fording a Stop the vehicle b Check the terrain for obstructions c Check the stream for depth and firm support 3 75 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps d Place transfer shift lever into low range all wheel drive e Place the transmission shift lever into first gear f Drive through water without shifting unless absolutely necessary g Dry the brakes 1 Select a dry level stretch of terrain 2 Apply the brakes a few times with a light steady pressure to obtain normal braking 8 Operate vehicle through swamps and mud Stop the vehicle Check the terrain for obstructions Engage low range all wheel drive Place transmission shift lever into first gear Drive through the area maintaining a steady speed 08 9 Shut down engine and perform after operation PMCS Evaluation Preparation Setup Provide the soldier a vehicle with cross country capa
14. Recovered from skid 3 81 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Measures GO 2 Operated vehicle in sand a _ D o SE o If CTIS equipped selected mode for this type of terrain watched for indicator showing correct mode selection on CTIS panel and adhered to speed restrictions Selected a gear range Accelerated slowly Maintained a steady and even rate of movement Avoided unnecessary shifting of gears manual transmission Anticipated difficult spots and bypassed when possible Approach any dune from the windward side slope at a 9 degree angle Followed the track of preceding vehicle s Made wide turns Let the vehicle roll to a stop when possible Attempted to stop on downhill slope 3 Operated vehicle in muddy or swampy terrain 4 Operated vehicle through streams 5 Operated vehicle in snow a A 2 Oo0coco o If CTIS equipped selected mode for this type of terrain watched for indicator showing correct mode selection on CTIS panel and adhered to speed restrictions Turn on the vehicle cab heater and adjust to defrost position to clear windows while engine is warming up Remove ice and snow from windows Selected proper mode on CTIS panel Placed vehicle in motion Began movement in proper gear or gear range Selected proper range and gradually applied throttle Avoided quick acceleration Drove
15. Low temperature 1 Ensured that engine has the proper oil and fuel for the existing temperatures 2 Kept batteries fully charged 3 When temperatures are below 30 F performed the following a Pulled throttle about half way out b Engaged pre heater switch and left turned on until engine started approximately 5 minutes at coldest temperature c After 1 34 minutes moved engine switch to RUN position Waited 15 seconds then engaged starter switch to START position and cranked engine for 15 seconds Disengaged starter switch 4 Waited one minute and engaged starter switch Cranked for one minute or until running Engine should be firing Disengaged starter Switch 5 If engine still has not started engaged starter switch and crank for one minute Engine should be firing Disengaged starter switch when engine is increasing speed 6 Turned off pre heater switch 3 Conducted basic haul and fuel services operation NOT involving engine and pump a Top Loading the product is not filtered or metered by the vehicle 1 Ensured all valves are closed 2 Grounded and bonded the semitrailer before opening the fill cover 3 Placed fire extinguishers at point of operation 4 Slowly opened fill cover Inserted hose far enough to keep the end of the hose in contact with the bottom of the tank 5 Slowly began the flow and filled the tank no further than to the bottom of the capacity indicator One
16. Recovered wheel chocks from vehicle and semitrailer prior to movement Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly 3 182 STP 55 88M14 SM TG References Required Related DA FORM 2062 DD FORM 1384 DD FORM 626 DD FORM 836 FM 21 305 FM 21 60 FM 55 30 TM 9 2320 260 10 TM 9 2320 272 10 TM 9 2320 279 10 1 TM 9 2320 364 10 TM 9 2320 365 10 TM 9 2320 366 10 1 3 183 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Supervise Preparation of Vehicle for Movement or Shipment 551 721 3347 Conditions You are a truck platoon squad leader Given a vehicle s vehicle operator s to supervise 10 series TM DA Form 2408 14 or ULLS DA Form 5988 E with parts listing DA Form 2404 vehicle tiedown materials blocking and bracing materials load plans and guidance from higher headquarters as to intended method of shipment or movement Standards Ensured that operator has prepared the vehicle by cleaning performing required maintenance recording faults ensuring vehicle has no fuel oil or coolant leaks securing vehicle load if loaded and configuring the vehicle in accordance with regulations movement orders for movement shipment All preparations have been made without injury to personnel or damage to vehicle and load has been approved by the appropriate local a
17. e If convoys will be traveling at night the convoy commander should make every effort to keep the convoy small use secured routes if at all possible that the drivers know and have rehearsed Tell drivers to make maximum use of night vision devices and conduct leader reconnaissance whenever possible before the convoy begins f In the event of an air attack the convoy commander must prescribe alarm signals give instructions for actions to take while under attack prescribe actions to take in the absence of orders ensure that defense procedures are rehearsed and review procedures with convoy personnel before the convoy moves out g In the event of sniper fire extreme caution must be taken to ensure that return fire does not enter a no fire zone h In the event of an ambush parts of the convoy not trapped in the kill zone must take up defensive position and await instructions from the convoy commander They must not rush into the kill zone i Decide between an open and closed column defense lineup in convoys j Prepare for terrain obstacles through map studies and route reconnaissance If the area that you will be traveling through is open to attack prepare alternate routes 9 Personnel Movement a When more than one person besides the driver is transported in a cargo truck there must be adequate fixed seating b Before starting the engine drivers transporting passengers in cargo trucks will make sure all passengers
18. 4 Conducted driver training instruction to include a Unit A Introduction to include safety briefing organization of the course materials review b Unit B Driver responsibilities and government liability Unit C State local host nation and post traffic regulations Unit D Use of Army publications and blank forms to include 1 DD Form 5987 E DD Form 1970 2 DD Form 5988 E DA Form 2404 DA Form 2408 14 3 DD Form 518 4 SF 91 e Unit E Vehicle inspection preventive maintenance checks and services PMCS f Unit F Accident avoidance g Unit G Driver energy and environmental consideration 1 Only tested those examinees that have successfully passed the vehicle control test 2 Recorded examinee performance on DA Form 6125 R 3 168 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Measures GO NOGO Unit H Introduction to specific vehicles Unit Military convoy operations including night driving Unit J Off road driving Unit K Vehicle self recovery operations Unit L Vehicle driver performance evaluation Unit M Response to emergency situations vehicle malfunctions Unit N Driving Range as setup by local commanders Unit O Written examination Unit P Preventive Maintenance PMCS test Unit Q Road test after completion of training Laa _ 5 Conducted driver testing Note Only driver training candidates that have recei
19. Figure 3 97 Review Sent Messages 6 Send messages a Send message to Control Station 1 Select the Send Messages pull down menu see Figure 3 98 or use one of the function keys on the keyboard F2 F3 and F4 2 Select the Send Messages pull down menu or use one of the function keys on the keyboard F2 F3 and F4 3 To choose a recipient for your message choose a unit from Select Unit List Before you type a message check the Unit Status Field This field will let you know if the intended recipient is on line or off line The Unit Location Field will indicate the position of unit 3 215 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps 4 Type message into Message Text Field 5 Once satisfied that your message is complete press the Send button Press the Cancel button to return to the main window without sending Push the Recall button to load the last sent message into the Message Box Press Clear to clear Go to Read Messages Review Sent Messages to see if the recipient received the message Note Immediately after completing network registration startup of MTS Messenger the Select Unit list will not contain many MTS units The list will grow as MTS Messenger receives position reports from all the active units in the group Position reports are only sent once every five minutes for each unit Therefore it can take up to five minutes for the menu to completely populate b Send message to all members of the control group
20. b Prepare vehicle for unloading c Unlash the load d Remove all blocking and bracing materials e Remove all tiedown materials f Unload or assist in unloading the cargo If MHE is used and the vehicle driver is the MHE operator adhere to all SAFETY and WARNING statements in the applicable MHE operator s manual If assisting by guiding MHE operator or holding guide rope vehicle operator should pay close attention to the operation and adhere to all SAFETY restrictions g Transfer all required documentation associated with the cargo to the receiving unit or element as necessary Ensure the relinquishment of responsibilities regarding the cargo load once load has been offloaded Evaluation Preparation Setup Give the soldier a vehicle with trailer semitrailer appropriate TM DD Form 1384 a pen tarpaulin two 60 to 70 foot ropes cargo and personnel to load cargo Brief Soldier Tell the soldier to transport general cargo with given equipment to destination Performance Measures GO NOGO 1 Loaded cargo onto trailer semitrailer 2 Secured cargo onto trailer semitrailer 3 Delivered cargo on trailer semitrailer 4 Unloaded cargo from trailer semitrailer Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier what was done wro
21. b The applicable and up to date TM or extracts are being used c All equipment or vehicle issued tools and or equipment needed for inspection are present and in serviceable condition d Ensure that no jewelry is worn during maintenance that may pose a safety hazard to personnel Refer to vehicle or equipment TM as needed e Ensure that hearing protection or any other applicable safety equipment clothing is available and used as needed required f Ensure that vehicle or equipment is properly grounded as applicable 2 Ensure the operator s are complying with established standards in the vehicle or equipment TM while performing before operation checks a Ensure that operator s refer to applicable maintenance tables for the before operation inspection b Solicit feedback on deficiencies found during inspection C Assist the soldier s as needed in determining replacement part availability d Monitor and ensure maintenance support availability as needed e Ensure that maintenance element is informed of any changes in vehicle operational status as a result of the inspection f Ensure operator s immediately correct noted faults or properly annotate the uncorrectable fault on the maintenance worksheet g Ensure the operator s make the required entries on the maintenance worksheet that reflects the completion of before operation checks Operator signed and dated in appropriate block if deficiencies are found 3 Ensure the op
22. e Subject Area Column This column lists the subject area number and title in the same order as Section Part One of the MOS Training Plan e Task Number Column This column lists the task numbers for all tasks included in the subject area e Title Column This column lists the task title for each task in the subject area e Training Location Column This column identifies the training location where the task is first trained to soldier training publications standards If the task is first trained to standard in the unit the word Unit will be in this column If the task is first trained to standard in the training base it will identify by brevity code ANCOC BNCOC and so on the resident course where the task was taught Figure 2 1 contains a list of training locations and their corresponding brevity codes BNCOC Basic NCO Course UNIT Trained in the Unit ANCOC Advanced NCO Course AIT Advanced Individual Training AIT UNIT Advanced Individual Tng AA only Unit RC only Figure 2 1 Training Locations 2 1 STP 55 88M14 SM TG e Sustainment Training Frequency Column This column indicates the recommended frequency at which the tasks should be trained to ensure soldiers maintain task proficiency Figure 2 2 identifies the frequency codes used in this column BA Biannually AN Annually SA Semiannually QT Quarterly MO Monthly BW Biweekly WK Weekly Figure 2 2 Sustainment Training Frequ
23. 2 Oriented the map Note Using a compass A map is oriented when it is in a horizontal position with its north and south corresponding to the north and south on the ground a First technique 1 With the map in a horizontal position take the straightedge on the left side of the compass and place it alongside the north south grid line with the cover of the compass pointing toward the top of the map This procedure places the fixed black index line of the compass parallel to north south grid lines of the map 2 Keeping the compass aligned as directed above rotate the map and compass together until the magnetic arrow is below the fixed black index line on the compass At this time the map is close to being oriented 3 Rotate the map and compass in the direction of the declination diagram 4 If the magnetic north arrow on the map is to the left of the grid north check the compass reading to see if it equals the GM angle given in the declination diagram 3 205 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Measures GO NOGO b C Second technique 1 Determine the direction of the declination diagram and its value from the declination diagram 2 Using any north south on the map as a base draw a magnetic azimuth equal to the GM angle given in the declination diagram with the protractor 3 If the declination is easterly right the drawn line is equal to the value of the GM angle Then align the straightedge
24. Retrain and Pass Test Driver Successfully Completes a Unit Installation Driver s Training Program per Listed TCs Valid State License Do Not Issue OF 346 Issue OF 346 and DA 348 Figure 3 82 The Driver Operator Training Process Performance Steps 2 Conduct physical evaluation upon receipt of driver candidates of each student if required by regulation a Ensure all candidates have been interviewed and selected by the commander or his designated representative b Ensure all candidates possess a civilian driver s license required if they are vehicle operators and will be required to drive off post c Ensure the purpose and objective of physical evaluation if used is understood d Ensure students meet minimum physical evaluation performance standards if required for 1 Visual acuity 2 Field of vision 3 Depth perception 4 Color perception 5 Foot reaction time 6 Hearing test e Ensure results are posted to DA Form 348 Equipment Operator s Qualification Record Except Aircraft Ensure a Learner Permit OF 346 DA Form 5984 E Operator s Permit Record is issued to each candidate after they successfully complete the Accident Avoidance portion of training if required g Issue learner permit gt 3 Conduct review of examiner instructor and assistant instructor qualifications to include a Ensure they have been selec
25. Transfer Flatrack Onto From Palletized Load System PLS Trailer Using the Load Handling System LHS Conduct Loading Unloading Operations in Manual Mode Conduct Loading Unloading Operations Using Container AIT AN 1 2 Handling Unit CHU Conduct Container Roll In Roll Out Platform CROP Load Unload Operations Subject Area 6 Adverse Terrain Operations 551 721 1360 551 721 1368 Operate Cargo Vehicle on Secondary Roads Trails Cross country Operate Vehicle With Semitrailer on Secondary AIT BM 1 Roads Trails Cross country Subject Area 7 Motor Vehicle Tactical Operations 551 721 1361 551 721 1363 551 721 1410 Operate Vehicle under Adverse Conditions AIT BM Operate Vehicle With or Without Trailer Semitrailer Under Blackout Conditions Read Strip Maps AIT BM STP 55 88M14 SM TG Skill Level 2 Subject Area 2 Dispatcher Duties 551 721 2371 Perform Dispatcher Duties UNIT SA Subject Area 3 Motor Vehicle Operator Maintenance 551 721 2393 Remove and Replace a Tire on a Wheeled Vehicle and UNIT SA Trailer Subject Area 4 Motor Vehicle Operations 551 721 2300 Operate the M1070 M1000 Semitrailer Combination With UNIT SA Disabled Bogie 551 721 2301 Operate the Gas Particulate Filter Unit GPFU on the M1070 Tractor 551 721 2302 Operate the APU on the M1000 Semitrailer 551 721 2303 Adjust the Gooseneck on the M1000 Semitrailer UNIT SA 551 721 2304 Adjust the Platf
26. b Applied engine retarder as needed to slow vehicle c Applied service brakes to bring vehicle to complete and safe stop 6 Backed the vehicle a Posted ground guides b Sounded the horn c Placed the transmission in reverse d Released the parking brake e Steered vehicle into position f Stopped vehicle 7 Parked the vehicle a Placed transmission in neutral b Set the parking brake c Shutdown the vehicle d Drained brake air reservoir as needed or applicable Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related FM 21 305 TM 9 2320 260 10 TM 9 2320 272 10 TM 9 2320 279 10 1 TM 9 2320 280 10 TM 9 2320 364 10 TM 9 2320 365 10 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Back Vehicle With Semitrailer 551 721 1367 Conditions Given a tractor coupled to a semitrailer with before operation preventive maintenance performed hearing protection as needed and area to maneuver Standards You have safely backed your tractor with semitrailer combination into designated position You have maintained full control during movement without injury to personnel or damage to surroundings or equipment Performance Steps 1 Prepare to operate the vehicle a Adjust the rear view mirrors to obtain a c
27. 1 Select Enter Message To Group or press F4 to send a message to all members of the Control Group except the sender Control Stations will have to use the pull down menu to select the appropriate group see Figure 3 99 2 Enter the text in the Message Text Field and press the Send button Pressing the Recall button will load the message box with the text from the last message sent To close the window without sending a message press the Cancel button To erase any text in the Message Text Field press the Clear button 3 After sending a message go to Read Messages Review Sent Messages to see if any group members received the message Send Messages x Select Unit Message to Send Cancel Clear M Text Fiel Select Unit List essage Text Field Unit Status Unit Location Unit Status Field Off Line 460520 0 Monday Sep 30 2001 Figure 3 98 Send Message to Control Station Unit Location Field Enter Message ix Control Group Group 65 Cancel Clear Figure 3 99 Enter Message Window 3 216 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps c Send message to outside group A unit can exist outside any Control Group If a unit has not been assigned a Control Group the user will not be able to send a message to any other unit If the user does attempt to send a message the user will see one of the following messages shown in Figure 3 100 or Figure 3 101 d Send message t
28. Assisted in loading ammunition onto transporter 3 Assisted in unloading ammunition from transporter Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related DD FORM 626 DD FORM 836 FM 21 305 FM 55 30 CAP TV 2 4 79 3 138 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Transport Dangerous Cargo on a Transporter 551 721 2383 Conditions Given a cargo vehicle or a tractor semitrailer combination with before operation PMCS performed BII tiedown and lashing materials placarding materials lifting device assistance from other personnel appropriate number and type of fire extinguishers dangerous hazardous cargo to be transported DD Form 626 and DD Form 836 and designated origin route and destination information Special Conditions Loading unloading area must be controlled access If hazardous cargo consists of ammunition or explosives operator must be trained in the handling of such materials and possess documentation Standards You have successfully loaded checked load if loaded by shipper secured and covered the load transported the dangerous hazardous cargo from origin to destination while taking all necessary safety and environmental precautions You have complied with all the required rules of the road wi
29. Coordinate with company truckmasters first sergeants for driver candidates b Instructors interview all driver candidates if duties include as assigned should consider the following areas in accordance with AR 600 55 paragraph 5 1 1 Maturity 2 Attitude 3 Past driving record 4 Hearing 5 Extreme nervousness 6 Any abnormal characteristics 7 Medication if used on regular basis c Cadre check with appropriate medical personnel regarding doubts or concerns about medications that are taken by driver candidates on a regular basis d Ensure individual possesses a valid state driver s license if candidate is to operate vehicle off post and that will not expire prior to completion of training e Instructors counsel those driver candidates that fail interview process f Instructors assistant instructors and other cadre prepare all facilities equipment training materials vehicles ranges and testing area prior to start of training 1 Facilities Classrooms for training and testing driving ranges and maneuver stations motor park for storage of vehicles and preventive maintenance and maintenance shop are ready and will support training load 2 Training materials Ensure all training materials to include lesson plans slide material applicable training circulars TC Army regulations AR Field Manuals FM Technical Manuals TM or student handouts are up to date and structured to contain lesson Term
30. During operations you were able to detect and adjust system controls in order to send and receive digital traffic to all linked MTS mobile units Performance Steps 1 Identify each component item of the MTS Control Station a b Ensure that all items are present prior to attempting any installation A complete system set of components is necessary for a successful operation MTS Control Station Box Layout see Figure 3 86 and MTS Control Station Layout Listing see Figure 3 87 1 Transceiver Satellite Modem 2 MTS Manual 3 Open cavity 4 Printer 5 Laptop computer 6 Port expander 7 Power adapter printer Battery spare printer Color cartridge printer Power adapter laptop 100 cable date control box Port expander cable Control box Cable date control box to printer 10 cable data printer 16 Power cable printer Note The Control Station is designed to operate in a fixed location or in a contingency location such as a Tactical Operations Center TOC The Control Station is designed primarily to operate with AC power but the system can work on backup or emergency power for a number of hours Figure 3 86 MTS Control Station Box Layout 3 209 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 007 Open Cavity MTS CS 06 MTS 05 01 MTS CS 09A Power Adapter Printer MTS CS 07 Battery Spare Printer MTS CS 10 MTS CS 03 Power Adapter Laptop MTS CS 02 MTS CS 048 MTS
31. Execute concept of operations to units by informing units of the following Q 0oocmo Day mission will take place Unit to which missions are assigned Amount of cargo units will haul Start and finish point of convoys Date and location where units will return Number of required task vehicles and necessary support and control vehicles List of additional security conditions available for instance tanks gunships and pre positioned artillery 5 Design convoy organization as follows a b C d e f Selects routes Selects check points Plans conduct of march Plans defense plan Plans maintenance procedures Coordinates instructions 6 Plan administration and logistics support by deciding the following a Type of supply source needed b Amount of Class 11 Ill and Class IV supplies needed C Maintenance support needed before staging and while en route d Where casualties will be evacuated to by aerial MEDEVAC 3 277 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps 7 Plan command and communications by doing the following a Designating command by deciding the task organization b Identifying unit responsibility for operational control c Identifying communications electronics to be used 8 Ensure that the appropriate authority signs the OPORD Evaluation Preparation Setup Provide for the soldier a copy of the battalion OPORD OPLAN company commander s guidance
32. Fire Prevention General Safety Security Environmental Protection Adverse Environmental Terrain Conditions Asphyxiation Transport of Hazardous Material Convoy Operations Personnel Movement Risk Management 3 Submitted recommendations to unit commander for approval Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related AR 385 55 AR 600 55 AR 700 68 CFR 49 DA PAM 750 35 FM 100 14 FM 21 305 FM 55 30 3 262 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Prepare Unit Load Plans 551 721 4328 Conditions Your unit is preparing for possible deployment You are the company truckmaster and are tasked with preparing your unit s load plans to support a unit contingency You will prepare the load plan with guidance from your unit movement officer and the unit commander Standards You have prepared your unit s load plans according to guidance from your unit movement officer unit commander established regulations and currently used load plans All aspects of unit movement were identified addressed and included in your plan The unit commander approved the proposed plan Performance Steps 1 Review existing unit load plans a Any updates or changes in unit TOE such as personnel vehicles
33. Lay a tow chain across the center of the trench d Move the vehicle forward until both front tires are against the log e Attach both chain ends to the bumper lifting shackles and remove all slack from the chain WARNING Clear all personnel from the area where the winch cable is laid Do not position anyone near either the anchor or the mired vehicle unless the operator is required to operate the vehicle in assisting the recovery Should the cable snap the tension created during the pull could cause the cable to seriously injure or kill anyone in its path d Sand Parachute see Figure 3 77 1 Dig a large deep hole and line it with a tarpaulin 2 Fill the tarpaulin with the dirt taken from the hole 3 Lash the four corners of the tarpaulin together and attach the rigging 4 Apply winch operating procedures according to the appropriate vehicle TM 3 145 STP 55 88M14 SM TG REIN NEN IN NE EN Figure 3 77 Sand Parachute 3 146 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps e Construct an A Frame see Figure 3 78a to recover a mired vehicle see Figure 3 78b 1 Select two long poles with a large enough diameter to support the front end of the truck once it is raised 2 Lash the poles together at the top with a figure eight hitch or girth hitch 3 Dig two 10 to 12 inch deep holes 5 to 6 feet apart to hold the legs in position when power is applied Place the A frame into the
34. Note The following procedures apply when ambient temperatures range from 40 F to 25 F 4 C to 31 C When the temperature is below 25 F 31 C refer to Arctic APU Starting in paragraph 2 31 of the semitrailer TM 3 Shutdown the APU Refer to TM 9 2330 381 14 paragraph 2 16b and pages 2 50 for proper shutdown procedures 4 Shutdown APU for extended storage short and long term Refer to TM 9 2330 381 14 paragraph 2 16b 3 4 5 for extended storage procedures Evaluation Preparation Setup Provide for the soldier a HET Truck Tractor a HET Semitrailer with functional APU and parked on level ground Brief Soldier You are required to perform all steps necessary to operate the APU on the M1000 Semitrailer You will have assistance as necessary 3 99 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Measures 1 Started the APU normal conditions 2 Started the APU cold weather starting 3 Shutdown the APU 4 Shutdown the APU for extended storage Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required TM 9 2330 381 14 3 100 Related STP 55 88M14 SM TG Adjust the Gooseneck on the M1000 Semitrailer 551 721 2303 Conditions Given an M1000 semitrailer with BII and functional APU hearing protection
35. Pull off road in a defensive position herringbone pattern 4 Dismount and take up a defensive firing position 3 152 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps 6 Implement passive defense measures to counter enemy ambush road blocked a Do not present a profitable target b Use OPSEC to deny the enemy foreknowledge of the convoy Evaluation Preparation Setup Provide for the soldier a situation that must involve participation in a convoy movement that has been attacked by an enemy force Provide trucks to constitute a convoy vehicle operators designated route mission information supervisory guidance and organic assigned weapons Brief Soldier You are to participate in defending a convoy during movement You must operate your assigned weapon and engage targets consistent with active or passive defense measures You are to react to supervisory instructions or target engagement and actions to take in case of enemy attack on convoy Performance Measures GO NOGO 1 Implemented active defense measures to counter enemy sniper fire 2 Implemented passive defense measures to counter sniper fire 3 Implemented active defense measures to counter enemy ambush road not blocked 4 Implemented passive defense measures to counter enemy ambush road not blocked 5 Implemented active defense measures to counter enemy ambush road blocked 6 Implemented pa
36. Releases upper handle as ramp passes horizontal position Grasps lower handle and applies pressure until ramp is firmly against beavertail 2 Opens load binder and unhooks ramp chain hook at ramp lifting lever 3 237 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps k m n o p q r S 3 Connects ramp chain hook to front most large mounting hole on ISO container mounting bracket Closes load binder 4 Operator inserts small end of crowbar through hole in streetside ramp lift lever and into bar strip 5 Positions assistant operator on beavertail section of platform to push streetside loading ramp rearward until ramp is perpendicular to platform Operator must push or pull on crowbar in direction required to slide ramp inboard 6 Continues to place crowbar into holes along bar strip and moves ramp to furthest inboard position 7 Repeat above steps to adjust curbside loading ramp 8 Opens load binders removes ramp chain hooks from ISO container bracket holes and connects hooks in center of platform Closes load binders 9 Removes hitch pin and reinstalls crowbar below loading ramps then reinstalls hitch Raises beacon warning light Operator pushes suspension shut off valve handle inward to the shut off position Shuts down APU then closes and secures control panel Raises and secures both rear support legs Checks that all BII is stowed in semitrailer stowage compartment Removes and stows all chock blocks Tu
37. Truck Cargo With Winch M985E1A2 Truck Cargo With Winch M985E1A2R1 15 June 1987 Maintenance Instructions for Organizational Maintenance M977 Series 8X8 Heavy Expanded Mobility Tactical Trucks HEMTT Truck Cargo With Winch M977 Truck Cargo Without Winch M977 Truck Tank Fuel With Winch M978 Truck Tank Fuel Without Winch M978 Truck Tractor With Winch Without Crane M983 Truck Tractor With Winch With Crane M983 Truck Wrecker Recovery M984 Truck Wrecker Recovery 984 1 truck cargo truck cargo with winch M985 Truck Cargo Without Winch M985 Truck Cargo With Winch M985E1 Truck Cargo Without Winch M985E1 7 April 1987 TM 9 2320 279 20 2 TM 9 2320 280 10 TM 9 2320 283 10 TM 9 2320 289 10 TM 9 2320 360 10 TM 9 2320 364 10 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Maintenance Instructions for Organizational Maintenance for M977 Series 8X8 Heavy Expanded Mobility Tactical Trucks HEMTT Truck Cargo With Winch M977 Truck Cargo With Winch M977A2 Truck Cargo With Winch M977A2R1 Truck Cargo Without Winch M977 Truck Cargo Without Winch M977A2 Truck Cargo Without Winch M977A2R1 Truck Tank Fuel With Winch M978 Truck Tank Fuel With Winch M978A2 Truck Tank Fuel With Winch M978A2R1 Truck Tank Fuel Without Winch M978 Truck Tank Fuel Without Winch M978A2 Truck Tank Fuel Without Winch M978A2R1 Truck Tractor With Winch Without Crane M983 Truck Tractor With Winch Without C
38. Within 300 feet of a bridge tunnel dwelling building where people work congregate or assemble except for brief periods when the necessities of operation require the vehicle to be parked and make it impracticable to park the vehicle in any other place gt 4 Unloaded dangerous hazardous cargo at destination Did not allow smoking within 50 feet of unloading area Positioned vehicle on level ground Shutdown vehicle unless vehicle system needed to power MHE Chocked wheels on vehicle and or trailer semitrailer With assistance from others removed any sideboards or canvas Prepared material handling crane for use if equipped Ensured chain of custody to receipt holder is accomplished Removed any blocking and bracing materials Removed tiedown straps securing load Conducted destination inspection and or inventory of load if required Connected lifting device and any guide ropes if needed Following hand and arm visual signals lifted load from vehicle into designated location Continued until unloading operation is completed Stowed material handling crane if equipped Removed placarding from vehicle and or semitrailer Secured all tiedown materials Secured all blocking and bracing materials if used Dispose according to SOP Reinstalled vehicle or trailer canvas and side boards 3 142 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Perfo
39. a Vehicle rated load capacity will not be exceeded On vehicles with highway and cross country ratings use only cross country ratings The highway rating is no longer valid b Vehicle loads will not extend above or beyond the vehicle s normal operational limitations The loading teams will properly stow and secure cargo for movement c Vehicles for rail or highway commercial movement will be loaded as follows 1 Secondary cargo will be loaded and secured only in cargo carrying or van type vehicles 2 Cargo will be blocked and braced to prevent movement 3 The unit must check with DMC ITO to see if vehicle reductions in route clearance is required 4 Basic Issue Items BII for vehicles should be boxed and shipped or secured inside vehicles Note The shipping unit or activity is responsible for loading and tiedown of supplies and equipment on to their vehicles Units will request aid through appropriate command channels 3 263 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps 5 Document using the following forms the unit load plans a FORSCOM Form 285 R Vehicle Load Card Will reflect a general description and location of all items in the cargo bed to include boxed crated items b DA Form 5748 R Shipment Unit Packing List and Load Diagram Used for developing and recording organic vehicle cargo plans and included in the unit s movement plan c DD Form 1750 Packing List and DA Form 5748 R Will be used to document any secondary cargo
40. b Check driver maintenance through platoon sergeants or squad leaders c Check with maintenance sergeant for the repair of vehicles requiring services beyond driver s ability Enforce security and defense procedures a Movement security 1 Ensure that loads including classified loads are provided security prior to departure 2 Coordinate with platoons for personnel to provide convoy security 3 Coordinate with company headquarters for security support b Perimeter security Coordinate with platoons for personnel to occupy defensive positions c Review company SOP to ensure that provisions are present to man and secure motor pool area during normal operations and during enemy attack d Maintain communications and communications security COMSEC with company headquarters and between vehicles on commitment and motor pool operations e Ensure cover and concealment techniques are maximized 1 Cover glass and mirrors 2 Use camouflage screen and support systems 3 Enforce use of local vegetation and existing natural cover whenever possible 4 Disperse vehicles and platoons as much as possible and still maintain security Evaluation Preparation Setup Provide for the soldier an established operational company level motor pool to include all organic equipment and personnel You are to assume management responsibilities over all operations Brief Soldier You are to assume management responsibilities over the motor pool
41. b Friendly forces c Support Units STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps 2 Mission a Type of cargo to include hazardous materials precautions and guidelines b Origin c Destination 3 Execution a General Actions of convoy and security personnel if attacked Medical support 4 Administration and Logistics Personnel control Billeting Messing Refueling and servicing of vehicles complying with spill prevention guidelines 5 Command and signal a Convoy commander s location b Assistant convoy commander s designation succession of command c Actions of security force commander d Serial commander s responsibilities e a b c d e Arm and hand signals f Other prearranged signals g Radio frequencies and call signs for control personnel security force commanders fire support elements reserve security elements and medical evacuation 6 Safety a Hazards of the route b Weather conditions c Defensive driving 7 Environmental protection a Spill prevention b Transporting HAZMAT 3 Conduct convoy movement Note Convoy commander should maintain a log of events during the convoy that may be required in the convoy commander s report upon completion of convoy movement Note It is imperative that the convoy commander is able to monitor and control all aspects of vehicle operations within the convoy The convoy commander is ult
42. company areas tactical c All vehicle shiny areas such as mirrors windows will be covered when vehicle is parked for extended periods tactical d All sensitive items will be accounted for by platoon leadership before and after all missions Platoons will designate location and person accountable for ensuring proper security Missing sensitive items will be reported to Chain of Command IMMEDIATELY e All platoons will occupy perimeter defensive locations upon occupation of platoon designated areas within the company operational area tactical f All platoons will report to company operations upon return to company area g Spacing and arrangement of parked vehicles will provide ready access and fire lanes 5 Environmental Protection Adverse Environmental Terrain Conditions a Turn in used or contaminated POL products through the maintenance section designated disposal point b Keep the entire area highly policed c Protect waste oil storage from contamination and entry into local water source d Ensure that vehicles are equipped and maintained good tires lights wipers and chains to cope with potential adverse conditions e Ensure that drivers know and follow established emergency procedures in case of vehicle rollover 3 260 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps 6 Asphyxiation a Vehicle inspections will highlight any exhaust leakage Do not idle engines any longer than absolutely necessary or
43. drain valves see Figures 3 69a and 3 69b 8 Remove the grounding wires and store fire extinguishers b Bottom loading the product is not filtered or metered by the vehicle 1 Ensure all valves are closed 2 Ground and bond the vehicle 3 Remove cover from the bottom loading connection and connect the bottom loading hose to the bottom loading connection 4 Remove the fire extinguishers and bring to point of operation 5 On the M967 put the selector valve in the LOAD position 6 Open the emergency valve operator 7 Begin the flow from the outside source WARNING When filling the tank by means of bottom loading a test of the pre check valve is mandatory If this system is not functioning stop all operations Determine the problem and have it corrected by a qualified technician Failure of automatic shut off to function may result in uncontrolled fuel spillage and danger of fire and explosion 8 After the flow has begun open the pre check valve to pre check the shutoff float Flow should stop after about 20 to 25 seconds to indicate that the float is functional If it is not working stop all operations and notify higher maintenance 9 Close the pre check valve The flow will resume in about 20 seconds Be prepared to stop the fuel supply at the loading facility in event of shut off float malfunction if leaks are apparent or other unusual condition are seen 10 When tank is full the flow should stop automatically Clo
44. menu select Change Center Clicked on the map and the map will move with the point clicked becoming the new center of the map 5 Panned a Map Move Right clicked the mouse over the map to pop up the menu select Move The cursor becomes a hand Clicked on the map and held down the left mouse button then drag the map to the desired position When you released the mouse the map will redraw in the new position Measured Distance on a Map Right clicked on the map and then selected Measure Clicked and drug the cursor from point A to point B on the map Before releasing the button looked at the scale display at the bottom of the map window It displayed the distance in kilometers nautical miles or statute miles Once you released the mouse the distance measurement disappeared 7 Reset Map to Initial View Right clicked on the map and selected Reset c Navigated through the Server Kit Control Window 1 Displayed the Server Kit Control Window a Method 1 Right clicked on the mouse and choose Select Vehicle on the pop up menu This will change your cursor into a hand with a pointed finger Left clicked on the map with the hand while over a vehicle s icon or over a bare spot b Method 2 Slowly slid the cursor off the screen to the right side of the map When you approached the edge of the map the Kit Bar appeared Selected the vehicle image at the top 2 Displayed the information in the Server Kit Control Window a The
45. or equipment b Changes in unit task organization c Confer with all platoon sergeants in the company for changes and or updates to their existing platoon vehicle load plans 2 Identify what needs to be moved a Identify personnel to be moved either as passengers or as vehicle operators or supporting attached personnel b Equipment to be moved to include 1 Oversized overweight outsized or hazardous cargo equipment 2 Any equipment cargo ammunition that must be drawn prior to movement 3 Any equipment cargo ammunition that must be cross leveled within the company prior to movement 4 Containers or containerized cargo 5 Equipment to accompany troops TAT 6 Any equipment classified as due in that will be received prior to movement 3 Set the following cargo categories with guidance from UMOs Note This is to assist unit movement planning personnel in consolidating items for movement and develop loading plans for individual vehicles a Classified hazardous or sensitive items which require special security and handling or movement procedures b Organizational equipment to be loaded in cargo carrying organic vehicles c Organizational equipment to move by rail or commercial truck modes d Organizational equipment to move by command controlled or borrowed assets e Movement flow of advance main body and rear elements 4 Integrate into the unit load plans a plan to maximize cargo space of organic cargo vehicles
46. rags and lubricants as necessary level ground to work spare parts as available 10 12 and 14 series TM for the vehicle trailer or equipment either DD Form 1970 Motor Equipment Utilization Record or DA Form 5987 E Motor Equipment Dispatch hearing protection as necessary and guidance on disposition of completed maintenance worksheets Standards You have determined how to read and interpret the applicable TM You have removed all watches rings and other jewelry for safety reasons You have inspected the vehicle trailer or equipment according to the preventive maintenance checks and services PMCS tables of the appropriate TM while wearing hearing protection as necessary You have adhered to all WARNINGS CAUTIONS and notes concerning the items you have checked You have distinguished between before during and after operation maintenance checks Regarding faults you have detected you have corrected all detected faults when possible within your level of maintenance You have recorded all uncorrectable faults on either DA Form 2404 or DA Form 5988 E completely accurately and legibly You have properly troubleshot faults as necessary according to the TM Once all maintenance checks were completed you turned in the form to unit maintenance or your direct supervisor according to the unit standing operating procedure SOP When vehicle or equipment required dispatch made all operator entries on either DD Form 1970 or DA Form 5987 E le
47. vehicle 10 series TM b Using a lifting device 1 As directed provided hand and arm signals to lifting device operator to position payload onto semitrailer 2 Assisted in enforcing control of suspended load is maintained throughout lifting operation 3 Adhered to all WARNING and CAUTION statements in lifting device TM 3 130 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Measures GO NOGO 3 Prepared for unloading operation a Using a lifting device 1 Positioned lifting device for unloading operation 2 Chocked wheels or track as applicable 3 Prepared lifting device for operation 4 Adhered to all WARNING and CAUTION statements in TM b Tractor semitrailer 1 Positioned or assisted in positioning tractor semitrailer against loading dock if used 2 Set brakes and chocked vehicle and trailer wheels to prevent movement 3 Shutdown tractor 4 Removed side boards from semitrailer if installed 5 Emplaced loading ramps between loading dock and rear of semitrailer as necessary if loading dock is used 6 Assisted in maneuvering tractor semitrailer into position alongside lifting device if used c Payload vehicle 1 Removed payload vehicle tiedown materials 2 Removed chock blocks if used 3 Attached lifting device to payload vehicle 4 Attached guide ropes to payload vehicle 4 Unloaded payload vehicle from semitrailer a Using a loading dock 1 Using hand and arm signals guided
48. 173 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Supervise Operation of Vehicle mounted Crane 551 721 3340 Conditions Given soldiers to supervise vehicle mounted crane BII load to lift hearing protection and flat surface to operate Standards Your supervision has resulted in a successful operation of the vehicle mounted crane to transfer a load to or from the vehicle to the ground or another vehicle Operation was conducted without injury to personnel or damage to equipment Performance Steps 1 Supervise starting procedures a b C Ensure that operator is wearing hearing protection as applicable Ensure the vehicle operator adheres to all procedural steps listed in the appropriate vehicle TM for engine starting Ensure the vehicle operator adheres to all SAFETY and WARNING statements in the vehicle TM for this procedure 2 Supervise preparation of crane for use 09 e f g h 1 Ensure that operator is wearing hearing protection as applicable Ensure that operator adheres to all steps listing in the TM for this procedure Ensure that the operator has chocked the vehicle wheels prior to operation Ensure that load to be lifted is positioned and prepared and does not exceed weight limitations of the crane For M977 M985 vehicles refer to TM 9 2320 279 10 1 For M1074 vehicle refer to TM 9 2320 364 10 For M1078 LMTV vehicles refer to TM 9 2320 365 10 For M1083 MTV vehicles refer to TM 9 2
49. 22 October 2002 Infantry Rifle Platoon and Squad 22 April 1992 Recovery and Battlefield Damage Assessment and Repair FMFRP 4 34 TO 36 1 181 3 October 1995 Concepts and Equipment of Petroleum Operations 2 April 1998 Field Hygiene and Sanitation 21 June 2000 Topographic Symbols 19 June 1961 Visual Signals 30 September 1987 Manual for the Wheeled Vehicle Driver AFMAN 24 306 27 August 1993 Transportation Reference Data 27 October 1997 Cargo Specialists Handbook 16 February 1999 Army Motor Transport Units and Operations 27 June 1997 Risk Management 23 April 1998 Staff Organization and Operations 31 May 1997 Operational Terms and Graphics MCRP 5 2A 30 September 1997 The OF Form and SF Form below are available through from the GSA website www gsa gov Other Product Types CFR 49 DD FORM 518 DD FORM 626 DD FORM 836 DD FORM 1265 DD FORM 1266 DD FORM 1384 DD FORM 1750 DD FORM 1970 FORSCOM FORM 285 R FORSCOM REG 55 1 MTMCTEA 96 55 20 MTS USERS MANUAL References 2 Code of Federal Regulations Title 49 Transportation 1 October 2002 Accident ldentification Card Motor Vehicle Inspection Transporting Hazardous Materials Dangerous Goods Shipping Paper Declaration and Emergency Response Information of Hazardous Materials Transported by Government Vehicles Containers Vessels Request for Convoy Clearance Request for Special Hauling Permit Transportation Control and Movement Document Packing List Motor
50. 3 6 Required Related TM 9 2320 360 10 TM 9 2320 365 10 TM 9 2320 366 10 1 TM 9 2320 366 10 2 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Subject Area 4 Motor Vehicle Operations Perform Coupling Operations 551 721 1314 Conditions Given a tractor and semitrailer uncoupled with before operation maintenance performed and all coupling components lubricated as required an area large enough to accommodate the operation chock blocks and hearing protection ground guides where available and work gloves Standards You have coupled and uncoupled the semitrailer to from the tractor without injury to personnel or damage to vehicle or semitrailer Performance Steps 1 Couple semitrailer WARNING Use ground guide when backing up to parked semitrailer Failure to do this may result in injury to personnel or damage to equipment a Prepare coupling devices 1 Check coupling devices on the tractor and semitrailer for good condition and working order 2 Set the coupling jaws by swinging the locking plunger safety latch right or left to free the locking plunger lever 3 Move the locking plunger lever toward the front of the truck until it stays in the forward position Coupling jaws are now unlocked b Position the tractor CAUTION Ensure that centerline of tractor and centerline of semitrailer are aligned during coupling operation 1 Ensure that the coupling jaws line up with the semitrailer kingpin 2 Follow all applicable procedures from the TM
51. 31 May 1991 Training Program for the Tractor and Semitrailer M915 M931 and M932 31 December 1991 Training Program for Medium Vehicles 16 September 1992 Training Program for the Heavy Equipment Transporter System 5 June 1997 Training Program for the Palletized Load System 20 September 1994 Training Program for the Family of Medium Tactical Vehicles Operator 20 May 1999 Recovery Training 3 October 1995 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 6 OCTOBER 2004 By order of the Secretary of the Army PETER J SCHOOMAKER General United States Army Chief of Staff Official B Khk JOEL B HUDSON Administrative Assistant to the Secretary of the Army 0425106 DISTRIBUTION Active Army Army National Guard and U S Army Reserve To be distributed in accordance with the initial distribution number 112634 requirements for STP 55 88M12 SM and initial distribution number 112636 requirements for STP 55 88M34 SM TG PIN 081858 000
52. 364 10 paragraph 2 34b pages 2 470 to 2 486 For container 51 inches tall refer to and comply with TM 9 2320 364 10 paragraph 2 35b pages 2 514 to 2 531 d For container 48 inches tall refer to and comply with TM 9 2320 364 10 paragraph 2 36b pages 2 556 to 2 569 e Adhere to all WARNINGS and CAUTIONS in the TM applicable to this procedure Evaluation Preparation Setup Provide for the soldier a PLS or HEMTT LHS truck tractor CHU ISO container hearing protection work gloves and assistance from ground guides Ensure vehicle and container are positioned on solid level ground Brief Soldier You are required to perform all operational steps involved in the loading and unloading of an ISO container on your vehicle You are required to properly install the container handling unit prepare and position the vehicle for loading and unloading operations You are required to perform this operation without injuring anyone or causing damage to any of the equipment A ground guide will assist you as needed but will not interfere with your operation or provide any technical assistance Any unsafe act is cause for NO GO 3 72 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Measures GO NOGO 1 Prepared PLS truck for container mode a b Refer to and comply with TM 9 2320 364 10 paragraphs 2 32 and 2 381 through 2 404 Adhere to all Adhere to all WARNINGS and CAUTIONS in the TM applicable to this step 2 Loaded container o
53. Accelerate enough so that the tractor can climb up the opposite bank 3 Drive tractor with semitrailer through wooded area Stop the tractor Check the terrain for obstructions Remove the tarp and bows as necessary Place the transmission shift lever in first gear Maneuver around obstructions 4 Drive tractor with semitrailer through rocky terrain a Stop the tractor b Check the terrain for obstructions c Drive slowly choosing route while advancing d Remove stones from between dual tires as required 5 Drive tractor with semitrailer through streams fording a b d e f Stop the tractor Check the terrain for obstructions Check the stream for depth and firm support Place the transfer shift lever into low range all wheel drive Place the transmission shift lever into first gear Drive through water not shifting unless absolutely necessary 3 77 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps 6 Dry the brakes a Select a dry level stretch of terrain b Apply the brakes a few times to obtain normal braking c Drive a slow speed maintaining a light steady pressure on the brake pedal to cause a slight drag 7 Drive tractor with semitrailer through swamps and mud Stop the tractor Check the terrain for obstructions Engage low range all wheel drive Place the transmission shift lever into first gear Drive through the area maintaining a steady speed
54. Adjust the DISPLAY BRIGHTNESS control until the scene brightness is suitable for operator viewing 5 Selected either the AUTO LEVEL or the MANUAL LEVEL position 6 Adjusted the SENSOR GAIN control to automatic or manual position The AUTO GAIN mode should normally be used while driving the vehicle 7 Set scene POLARITY switch to either WHT HOT up position or BLK HOT down position 8 Set azimuth position by rotating Pan Tilt Mechanism to desired setting 9 Set elevation position to desired position Locked elevation mechanism d Maneuvered vehicle while relying on DVE for terrain negotiation Adjusted vehicle speed accordingly based on weather and terrain conditions 2 3 4 5 wa 3 162 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Measures GO NOGO e Shutdown DVE 1 Pressed FORWARD POSITION switch 2 Visually verified sensor was in the straight ahead and level position 3 Set SENSOR LEVEL and GAIN controls to full ccw AUTO detent position 4 With the DISPLAY BRIGHTNESS control turned fully ccw rotated the knob approximately 4 turn cw 5 Set POLARITY switch to WHT HOT up position 6 Set VIDEO switch to OFF position down 7 Set POWER switch to OFF position down Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier what was done wrong
55. As You Were Figure 3 14 Assemble 3 23 STP 55 88M14 SM TG When using conventional flashlights direct light in right hand forward Figure 3 15 Dismount Figure 3 16 Mount Day Time 3 24 STP 55 88M14 SM TG When using conventional flashlights direct light in right hand forward Figure 3 17 Mount Night Time Night When using conventional flashlights direct light in right hand forward Figure 3 18 Attention 3 25 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 3 26 Lights on only during downward movement When using conventional flashlights direct lights forward Figure 3 20 Extend STP 55 88M14 SM TG Lights on only during upward movement When using conventional flashlights direct lights forward Figure 3 21 Close Up When using conventional flashlights direct lights forward Figure 3 22 Close Up and Stop 3 27 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Measures Figure 3 23 By the Flank 1 Made preparations to ground guide a wheeled vehicle 2 Reconnoitered the area the vehicle will be traveling through 3 Employed visual hand signals to guide vehicle movement NO GO Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier
56. Assignments Tab Clicked on the Assignment Tab to display vehicle information in a hierarchical fleet view b The Selection Tab Clicked on the Selection Tab to display vehicle information listed by vehicle O 3 229 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Measures GO NOGO d Displayed the information in the Server Kit Control Window 1 The Assignments Tab Clicked on the Assignment Tab to display vehicle information in a hierarchical fleet view 2 The Selection Tab Clicked on the Selection Tab to display vehicle information listed by vehicle a Right clicked on the map to get the pop up menu b Chose the Select Vehicle option from the pop up window c Clicked on the vehicle you wished to track The Server Vehicle Kit Control Window opened with the Selection tab containing a list of vehicles d Right clicked on the vehicle you wish to track select State Track e If the vehicle you are tracking was off the map used the Assignments tab instead of the Selection tab to make the change e Enabled Trace Function 1 Right clicked on the map to get the pop up menu 2 Chose the Select Vehicle option from the pop up menu 3 Clicked on the vehicle you wish to trace The Server Kit Vehicle Kit Control window opened with the Selection tab containing a list of vehicles 4 Right clicked on the vehicle you wish to trace and then selected Display Trace f Hid Showed an individual vehicle s name 1 Right clicked
57. CS 5B MTS CS 04A MTS CS 11 Cable Data Control Box to Computer MTS CS 08 10 Cable Data Printer MTS CS 09B Power Cable Printer 12 Figure 3 87 MTS Control Station Layout Listing Performance Steps 2 Install control station component items a Transceiver MT2010 installation and MTS Control Station Connections see Figure 3 88 1 Place the MT 2010 TERM 001 in a location with a clear view of the sky avoiding blockage or shadowing from trees and buildings 2 Connect the 100 foot power data cable CS 04B from the control box to the side of the transceiver p MT 2010 EE Transceiver 100 Cable Connector 100 Cable AC Power Cable Data Transceiver Data Cable Port Expander Rear View Exc popup USB 9PinPort Dip Switch 9 Pin Port Dip Switch on mum Em COM3 Cable USB Cable 9 Pin Serial 25 Pin Parallel 15 Pin Serial PLGR Data Cable Rear View u AC Power Source Side View Connection Key Operator Made Connection Connector to 110 220v AC Figure 3 88 Control Station Connection Diagram 3 210 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps b Laptop installation 1 Using the USB Cable CS 05 connect the USB port on the laptop CS 01 to the USB port on the port expander CS 05 The Port Expander should already be fastened to the laptop with Velcro If it has become detached please refasten the port expander to the laptop CAUTION Do not connect t
58. Center on Vehicle Send Message Vehicle Clear Trace v Name Trace Options Time a Se o co Disconnect Figure 3 44 Tracing a Vehicle 3 41 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps e Hiding Show and individual vehicle s name see Figure 3 45 1 Right click on the map to get the pop up menu 2 Choose Select Vehicle 3 Click on the vehicle you wish to name un name The Server Vehicle Kit Control window will pop up listing the vehicles 4 To turn the name on right click on the name in the Server Vehicle Kit Control window and select Display Name Hide Show entire control groups see Figure 3 46 1 Right click on the map to get the pop up menu 2 Choose Select Vehicle 3 Click on the map so that the Server Vehicle Kit Control window pops up 4 Select Assignments tab The various control groups will be listed with expandable plus boxes next to each one 5 Right click on a Control Group such as 001 002 003 and so forth and select All Vehicles Hide If a control group is already hidden to show it simply select All Vehicles Show see Figure 3 47 Display Hide Report Time Labels for an Individual Vehicle 1 Right click on the map to get the pop up menu 2 Choose Select Vehicle 3 Click on the map with the mouse so that the Server Vehicle Kit Control window pops up 4 Select the Assignments tab 5 Right click on a vehicle and select Display Time If the time was not previously displ
59. Display or All Vehicles Time Hide 3 230 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Measures GO NOGO j Centered the map on a vehicle 1 Right clicked on the map to get the pop up menu 2 Chose Select Vehicle 3 Clicked on the map with the mouse so that the Server Vehicle Kit Control Window pops up 4 Selected Assignments tab 5 Opened the control group right clicked on the vehicle you wish to find and selected Center on Vehicle 9 Performed power off procedures a f Closed all applications MTS Messenger TracerLink Vehicle Server and TracerLink Map Viewer b Clicked the Start button in bottom left corner of the screen c Selected Shut down option d e When It is now safe to turn off your computer appeared on the screen Selected Shut down and then clicked OK pressed the Power ON OFF button on the Control Box On the PLGR pressed OFF and waited for the timer or pressed the OFF button two times to power down immediately Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related MTS USERS MANUAL 3 231 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Subject Area 11 Heavy Equipment Transporter HET Operation Drive A Heavy Equipment Transporter HET on Improved Roads 551 721 333
60. Ensure driver testing is conducted in the following areas a Written examination Candidate must pass to continue with testing b PMCS examination Candidate must pass to continue with testing c Road test Candidate must pass d Maintain custody of examination materials in accordance with AR 611 5 Chapter 2 9 Ensure conduct of remedial driver training a For drivers of at halt accidents b Traffic violations c Misuse of vehicle d Other demonstrated need for additional training Evaluation Preparation Setup This will involve the use of existing facilities in which the soldier will assume responsibilities of driver training management Will consist of motor pool to include driver records vehicles and drivers Brief Soldier You are required to assume the managerial responsibilities of a driver s training program You are to review driver records conduct driver interviews or direct that supervisors conduct driver interviews interview and select driver training instructors and manage the conduct of the driver training program You are also to provide feedback and guidance to the commander on corrections suggestions made based on your observations All managerial aspects of the program must be integrated into the local SOP for sustainment of a driver base for mission support 3 248 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Measures GO NOGO 1 Ensured all driver training cadre were fully qualified and certified by the commander
61. Ensure standard permits are issued according to the regulations b Ensure special purpose permits are issued according to the regulations C d Ensure suspensions and revocations are controlled according to the regulations or local Ensure renewals are issued according to the regulations command policy Ensure replacement permits are processed and issued according to the regulations Evaluation Preparation Setup Provide for the solder an established driver training program Provide driver records training areas driver candidates and vehicles Brief Soldier You have been designated in writing as a driver training instructor You are to assume a supervisory role over prospective driver candidates You are to conduct interviews with candidates and conduct and supervise driver selection training testing and licensing All required entries for drivers will reflect the training they have received Performance Measures G NO GO 1 Conducted preparations for driver operator selection training and testing a b C d Ensured all driver training lesson plans are present and up to date Ensured all reference materials are available regulations and training circulars Ensured all vehicles are dispatched and ready for training Ensure driver testing and training device is available and in working condition 1 Performed trial test to familiarize with equipment and to ensure it working condition 2 Constru
62. Figure 3 55b The scuff sleeve may have to be removed to allow tightening of tiedowns Secure loose ends of straps by suitable means 4 Reinforce sharp edges of cargo with suitable materials to prevent both crushing edges of the load when strap is tensioned and to prevent slicing into strap webbing Wire Loadbinder Handle to Chain LZ f A Figure 3 54 Blocking and Bracing Sample 3 56 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Spring Loaded Ratchet Handle Spool Locking Take u in Closed Down Latch Spool Position Locking Bar Single Line of Webbing Double Line of Webbing Handle Locking Ear direi een _ Indicates in Line Plane to Ratchet Figure 3 55a Web to Web Contact IThis view depicts the location of the fixed mark on the ratcheting handle with another matching mark on the end of the take up spool after webbing to webbing contact has been made Mark on Side of Ratchet Handle Mark on End of Take up Spool Figure 3 55b Locking Latches Performance Steps c Lash the load and canvas to the truck see Figure 3 56 Note Load lashing is done to protect the load and prevent casual observation for sensitive items 1 Fasten the end of one rope to one of the front lash hooks or rings A1 2 Pass the rope diagonally across the top of the load through or under the second rope support on the opposite side A2 3 Pass the rope diagonally back across the top of the
63. For M1074 vehicles refer to TM 9 2320 364 10 For M1078 vehicles refer to TM 9 2320 365 10 For M1083 vehicles refer to TM 9 2320 366 10 1 PQ200m 4 Supervised stowage of crane a Ensured that operator completes all steps outlined in the vehicle TM applicable to this procedure b Ensured that operator adhered to all WARNING and CAUTION statements in the vehicle TM applicable to this procedure c Ensured that operator safely following all visual hand and arm signals d For M977 985 vehicle refer to TM 9 2320 279 10 1 e For M1074 vehicles refer to TM 9 2320 364 10 f For M1078 vehicles refer to TM 9 2320 365 10 g For M1083 vehicle refer to TM 9 2320 366 10 1 Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly 3 175 STP 55 88M14 SM TG References Required Related FM 21 60 TM 9 2320 279 10 1 TM 9 2320 364 10 TM 9 2320 365 10 TM 9 2320 366 10 1 3 176 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Supervise Personnel Loading Unloading Equipment Cargo Onto From Vehicle and Semitrailer 551 721 3341 Conditions Given either a cargo vehicle or a tractor with semitrailer combination with before operation completed personnel to supervise non hazardous load to be loaded or unloaded tiedown materials blocking and bracing mate
64. If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related DD FORM 518 FM 21 305 SF 91 3 189 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Subject Area 9 Motor Pool Operations Supervise Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services 551 721 3334 Conditions Given soldier s to supervise that are all equipped to perform preventive maintenance with the following items either DA Form 2404 or DA Form 5988 E black ink pen applicable 10 series TM hearing protection vehicles trailers or equipment to perform the maintenance on local maintenance SOP and any other tools OVM BII AAL or cleaning items needed Standards Supervisor has ensured that all soldiers have properly performed preventive maintenance according to the applicable TM by detecting all faults on the equipment and either immediately correcting detected faults or annotating uncorrectable faults on the available forms DA Form 2404 or DA Form 5988 E and by notifying their supervisor you as required Ensured the proper use of tools and all safety precautions were adhered to The operators performed all applicable maintenance checks without injury to personnel or damage to tools equipment or vehicles Performance Steps 1 Ensure that soldier s are prepared to begin preventive maintenance inspection a All forms DA Form 2404 or DA Form 5987 E are available and filled out properly in accordance with DA Pamphlet 738 750
65. If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related FM 21 305 FM 55 30 TM 9 2320 260 10 TM 9 2320 272 10 TM 9 2320 279 10 1 TM 9 2320 279 10 2 TM 9 2320 280 10 TM 9 2320 360 10 TM 9 2320 364 10 TM 9 2320 365 10 TM 9 2320 366 10 1 TM 9 2320 366 10 2 TM 9 2330 359 14 amp P TM 9 2330 381 14 TM 9 2330 386 14 amp P 3 151 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Implement Defensive Procedures When Under Attack Ambush in a Truck Convoy 551 721 2408 Conditions As a vehicle operator within a convoy given a vehicle with before operation maintenance performed individually assigned weapon LCE w Kevlar helmet flak vest if available BII and guidance from convoy commander Standards As a vehicle operator you have successfully employed passive and active defensive measures to counter enemy air attack sniper fire and ambush by following established convoy hand and arm signals reporting actions to higher authority and reacting to incoming enemy fires As a result higher authorities have been notified your vehicle remained operational and injuries to personnel and damage to equipment were minimal Performance Steps 1 Implement active defense measures to counter enemy sniper fire a Increase speed to get through area without stopping b Use pre designated signal to warn of sniper attack c Wear individual LCE w Kevlar helmet and flak vest d Notify higher authority
66. Keyboard RS232 RS422 PLGR Rear View Keyboard Cable Pre Installed PLGR Adapter PLGR Q Cable Universal Keyboard Note Included in AC Power Adapter and Mouse transit case Allows user to plug computer into a standard wall jack when the computer is not installed in a vehicle The PLGR cable connects to the ruggedized computer via the PLGR adapter V206 Ground Strap V Bat Key to Understanding Connections Lr Cable with Square End A Kit Items Represents Fixed Connections A Kit items correspond to circled numbers in diagram and pre installed in the vehicle Cable with Circle End They do not reflect actual part numbers Represents Operator A 1 Control Box made Connections A 2 MT 2010 Power and Data Cable m Cable with a Standard A 3 Vehicle Power Cable U S Wall Plug operators should not touch this cable Note This diagram is not to scale Figure 3 26 Installation of H2 Hardware PLGR Adapter V2 06 Standard PLGR Cable 15 Pin Female Connects to J3 Port on Bottom of the Ruggedized Computer Connects to Top Port 15 Pin of PLGR Figure 3 27 V2 PLGR Connection Performance Steps c Turn on the ruggedized computer 1 Press the power switch on the laptop computer Wait for the computer to load initialize software 2 Read over security window and click OK if you agree to the terms see Figure 3 28 3 When prompted press CTRL ALT DEL to login 3 33
67. NCOIC NMC No NSN NTE NVG Glossary 4 mission enemy terrain troops and time available Major General materials handling equipment military van millimeter s monthly mobility mission oriented protective posture military occupational specialty military occupational specialty code miles per hour message Military Traffic Management Command Transportation Engineering Agency mission training plan Movement Tracking System medium tactical vehicle Neutral not applicable North Atlantic Treaty Organization nuclear biological and chemical noncommissioned officer noncommissioned officer in charge non mission capable number national stock number not to exceed night vision goggle OF OPLAN OPORD OPSEC OVE OVM PAM PLGR PLS PMCS POC POL PSG psi PTM PTO QT RC RDL RP rpm RSOP SA Sec SF STP 55 88M14 SM TG optional form officer in charge observation point operations plan operations order operations security on vehicle equipment organizational vehicle maintenance pamphlet precision lightweight global positioning system GPS receiver Palletized Load System preventive maintenance checks and services point of contact petroleum oils and lubricants platoon sergeant pounds per square inch pan tilt mechanism Power Take Off quarterly Reverse Reserve Component Reimer Digital Library release point revolutions per minute reconnaissance selection occupat
68. Note Load plans for upload of military equipment on commercial conveyances are not required A secondary cargo load plan for the military vehicle if loaded is still required 6 Ensure all vehicle loading plans are physically tested Coordinate with all platoon leaders to ensure the vehicles are actually loaded and the test verified on the load card If load changes the test must be repeated and the load card revalidated 7 Submit proposed unit load plans to UMO and company commander for approval a Once all vehicle load plans have been validated by UMO b Submit the validated unit load plan to company commander for approval Evaluation Preparation Setup Provide for the soldier all items listed in the conditions statement Brief Soldier You are required to prepare unit load plans according to guidance from the UMO and company commander Plans must be validated physically tested and approved by company commander Performance Measures GO NOGO 1 Reviewed existing unit load plans 2 Identified what needs to be moved 3 Set the following cargo categories with guidance from UMOs 4 Integrated into the unit load plans a plan to maximize cargo space of organic cargo vehicles Cc Documented the unit load plans 6 Ensured all vehicle loading plans are physically tested Coordinated with all platoon leaders to ensure the vehicles are actually loade
69. Plot the SPs and RPs Label them with their abbreviation or number if appropriate 4 Place the distance between critical points in kilometers or miles use a measurement that would be applicable based on the movement 3 201 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 3 202 Perdicaris Legend 152 KM from U S Route SP to RP State Route 34 Kilometers between Points Parking Area Rest Area j vA Start Point iss Critical Point gt Release Point 0 Columbus cpa Lynnhaven V Figure 3 83 Route Strip Map Route Blue 5 Note Distance is in miles e Not to scale Figure 3 84 Single Route Strip Map STP 55 88M14 SM TG Route Red Sherwood Forest Note Distance is in miles Not to scale Copy of copies 1 66 Mech Inf Hunfeld HB 534183DEUTC HLA00 Appendix 1 Strip Map to Annex C Route Overlay to Movement Order 11 Routes Red Blue and Green Reference Map Series M 745 Hunfeld Edition 1976 1 250 000 Time Zone Used Throughout Order ALPHA Figure 3 85 Multiple Route Strip Map Performance Steps c Create the Heading 1 An example of a title is Appendix 1 strip map to Annex C route overlay to movement order 11 Routes Red Blue and Green to Sherwood forest 2 Map references for a strip map are normally the same as for the operation order that the strip map supports d When a strip map is prepared as an appendix or annex issued separately this is when i
70. Position truck and trailer for loading unloading operation WARNING Prior to and during load or unload cycle all personnel should stay clear of LHS and flatrack or serious injury or death could result Trailer wheels must be chocked during transfer operations or serious injury or death could result CAUTION Ensure that trailer drawbar is down against the ground during transfer operation or damage to equipment may result a Ensure air lines and cables are properly stowed to prevent damage to equipment TM 9 2330 385 14 b Both the trailer bumper points must be under the truck bumper stop flange and at least one of the bumper points must contact the bumper stop The trailer bumper point not contacting the truck bumper stop cannot exceed 0 5 inches 12 7 mm or flatrack will miss main rail guides and equipment damage may result WARNING When operating PLS truck with PLS trailer the heaviest loaded flatrack must always be placed on the truck otherwise adverse handling and or braking may result causing injury or death to personnel 2 Load flatrack onto PLS trailer automatic mode CAUTION Engine speed must be at idle before using hydraulic selector switch or damage to equipment may result Note Do not move truck forward more than three inches 76 2 mm to prevent flatrack from pulling away from stops WARNING Never drive with NO TRANS light illumination An illuminated light means LHS is not fully stowed The load could break loose
71. Self explanatory see form IV Accident Time and Location Follow instructions on form V Witness Passenger Self explanatory see form VI Property Damage Self explanatory see form VII Police Information Self explanatory see form VIII Extra Details Self explanatory see form Use this section if needed but be clear and detailed in providing information and indicate which section you refer from IX Federal Driver s Certification Driver will read the privacy act statement and sign the form indicating information provided is correct 2 Completed supervisor entries of SF 91 a Complete section X items 72 to 82c page 3 as follows self explanatory 72 Origin 73 Destination 74 Exact purpose of trip 75 Date and Time when trip began 76 Date and Time when accident occurred 77 Authority for the trip 78 Deviation form direct route 79 Was the trip during established working hours 80 Did the operator while en route engage in any activity other than that for which the trip was authorized 81a Did the accident occur within the employee s scope of duty 81b Comments 82a Name and title of supervisor 82b Supervisor s signature and date 82c Telephone number b Refer form to unit commander or accident investigator as applicable Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed
72. TM 9 2320 366 10 1 d M1074 M1075 PLS vehicles Refer to TM 9 2320 364 10 e M977 M985 HEMTT vehicles Refer to TM 9 2320 279 10 1 3 Operate crane following visual hand and arm signals for movement a M1078 LMTV vehicles Refer to TM 9 2320 365 10 b M1083 MTV vehicles Refer to TM 9 2320 366 10 1 Light Material Handling Crane c M1084 1086 MTV vehicles w MHE Refer to TM 9 2320 366 10 1 Material Handling Crane d M1074 M1075 PLS vehicles Refer to TM 9 2320 364 10 e M977 M985 HEMTT vehicles Refer to TM 9 2320 279 10 1 4 Stow the crane for travel M1078 LMTV vehicles Refer to TM 9 2320 365 10 M1084 1086 MTV vehicles Refer to TM 9 2320 366 10 1 M1083 MTV vehicles Refer to TM 9 2320 366 10 1 M1074 M1075 PLS vehicles Refer to TM 9 2320 364 10 M977 M985 HEMTT vehicles Refer to TM 9 2320 279 10 1 5 Shutdown vehicle engine except LMTV MTV a M1084 1086 MTV vehicles Refer to TM 9 2320 366 10 1 b M1074 M1075 PLS vehicles Refer to TM 9 2320 364 10 c M977 M985 HEMTT vehicles Refer to TM 9 2320 279 10 1 Evaluation Preparation Setup Provide soldier with a vehicle equipped with a vehicle mounted crane on which before operation PMCS has been performed applicable TM flat surface in which to operate and directions hands signals from another person Brief Soldier You must prepare crane for operation and operate the crane while following hand and arm signal
73. The navigator will be the only person making movement decisions within each vehicle involved Driver will NOT attempt to assist as this action as it seriously increases the possibility of vehicle accident during movement Note The focus of this task is to emphasize the motor transport operator s ability to navigate while mounted using various types of maps In contrast to dismounted land navigation the mounted navigator and vehicle operator must consider the vehicle s ability to maneuver through varying terrain as a factor of their selection of routes Note The duties of a navigator are so important that he should not be given any other duties The leader should never try to be the navigator since his normal responsibilities are heavy and one or the other job would suffer Standards As a result of your instruction all vehicles were navigated to their destination without becoming disoriented or traveling on unauthorized routes thus endangering the transport mission The navigator of each vehicle was able to properly identify and plot all route and mission essential information on topographic maps or tourist road maps Strip maps were prepared based on maps sheets used for mission and accurately depicted applicable route information that successfully contributed to the mission Performance Steps 1 Define mounted navigator assistant driver duties a Assembling Equipment The navigator must gather all the equipment that will help him perf
74. The soldier is to enforce driver safety rules and techniques by observing and making the necessary on the spot corrections in order to maintain a high standard and prevent a dangerous situation or potential problem from developing Performance Measures GO NOGO 1 Ensured that all operators checked the proper operation and serviceability of vehicle items prior to dispatch of vehicle a Improper functioning or adjustment of steering lights wipers horns warning signals side or rearview mirrors and restraint system b Improper condition of windshields windows mirrors lights or reflectors c Defective inoperable or out of adjustment service or parking brakes d Leaks e Any condition likely to cause injuries to personnel or failure of a component f Improperly secured loads g Vehicle loaded beyond vehicle design load limits 2 Ensured that all operators cleaned all reflective surfaces such as reflectors windows and mirrors prior to vehicle operation 3 Ensured that all operators adhered to the following safe operating procedures a Performed a 360 degree walk around of vehicle prior to movement b When vision was obscured or when operating large vehicles ground guides are used c Did not run vehicle engine in closed areas d Used proper support when changing wheels e Did not move vehicle when windows or mirrors are obscured in any way f Did not smoke eat or drink while op
75. adhering to timeline without injury to personnel or damage to vehicles or cargo Performance Steps 1 Plan the convoy movement a Consider the following as key factors in the planning process of a convoy 1 Mission Enemy Troops Terrain Time METT T 2 The state of the training of drivers 3 Types of loads 4 Number of vehicles involved 5 Traffic conditions 6 Quality of road networks b Besides convoy control and organization convoy commanders must consider the following elements during the planning process 1 Advanced quartering party 2 Convoy control personnel 3 Start and release points 4 Halts 5 Gaps and march rate 6 Submission of movement bid if applicable 7 Communications 8 Route reconnaissance 9 Escort and security elements 10 Convoy support Note Convoy commander should always refer to the unit SOP in regards to standardized information concerning convoy guidelines Whenever the SOP fails to provide the needed information the convoy commander should solicit information from the unit chain of command and applicable regulations c Review operation order 1 Determine the number of vehicles needed 2 Determine number of personnel required 3 Determine if special hauling permit is required 4 Determine necessity of available supporting elements fire support close air support engineer chemical or refueling support 5 Determine if a movement bid or convoy cl
76. amp oot BET0002 BET0003 004 L USA0014 Configure Labels 003 i USA0003 004 USA0003 C Figure 3 39 Server Vehicle Kit Control Window im MTS TracerLink Pro 2 0 10 config TracerLink Figure 3 40 Kit Bar 1 Server Vehicle Kit Control E x Show All Vehicles Hide All Vehicles Vehicle Names Vehicle Time Configure Labels Assignments Selection Servers lt gt Connected Fleets BETO004 USAD014 Figure 3 41 The Assignments Tab 3 40 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 1 Server Vehicle Kit Control Assignments Selection Servers I USA1000 22 50 36 30 Sep 00 N 39 10 34 W 85 00 05 CS GPS Active Power On LLLI Figure 3 42 The Selection Tab 1 Server Vehicle Kit Control Properties Center on Vehicle Display Clear Trace Trace Options State Disconnect Assignments Selection Servers El 2 Gon Fleets Properties U Center on Vehicle Teo Display gt H d Clear Trace 040 Trace Options 041 042 100 Disconnect 164 181 240 Figure 3 43 Autotrack 1 Server Vehicle Kit Control Properties Center on Vehicle Send Message Display Clear Trace Trace Options State Disconnect Assignments Selection Servers Vehicle _ Time Latitude Longitude Configure DENT 22 50 36 N 39 10 34 W 85 00 05 CS GPS Active Power Properties Update
77. and how to do it correctly References Required Related DA FORM 2404 DA FORM 5988 E TB 11 5825 291 10 2 TM 11 5855 262 10 1 TM 11 5855 262 10 2 TM 11 5855 311 12 amp P 2 3 163 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Skill Level 3 Subject Area 8 Duties of the Squad Leader Section Sergeant Supervise Driver Training Program 551 721 3335 Conditions As a certified driver training instructor given a driver testing and training device designated driver training and testing area lesson plans and reference materials dispatched vehicles safety cones and qualified driver candidates Standards You have completed the setup of the training and testing facilities administered all physical evaluation measures ensured that student prerequisites were met administered required driver training instruction controlled all student vehicle operation enforced driver safety rules and techniques tested candidates according to regulation and assisted in the licensing process of all drivers All student performance was documented and the appropriate actions taken No injury to personnel or damage to vehicles or driving facilities was incurred Performance Steps 1 Conduct preparations for driver operator selection training and testing see Figure 3 82 a Ensure all driver training lesson plans are present and up to date b Ensure all reference materials are available regulations and training circulars c Ensure all vehicles are dispatched and ready for tr
78. and rear of vehicle b Check blackout drive lights c Check blackout stop light d Ensure all lenses are free of dirt mud or paint 2 Position windshield for visibility as directed 3 Operate vehicle at a low speed 5 to 10 MPH 8 to 16 KMPH or as directed during blackout operations 4 Maintain a proper interval 60 to 180 feet from the vehicle ahead If you are following the correct distance each pair of blackout lights appears as one red light WARNING When operating in an assembly area use dismounted ground guides for safety Follow nighttime hand and arm signals guide using flashlight as necessary Evaluation Preparation Setup Give the soldier a trailer semitrailer that has operational blackout drive and marker lights and a predetermined route Brief Soldier Tell the soldier to drive the vehicle under blackout conditions without injuring personnel or damaging the vehicle trailer semitrailer or property If applicable tell the soldier to lower the windshield Performance Measures GO NOGO 1 Ensured the proper operation of all blackout lights and markers 2 Positioned windshield for visibility as directed 3 Operated vehicle at a low speed 5 to 10 MPH 8 to 16 KMPH 4 Maintained a proper interval 60 to 180 feet from the vehicle ahead Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the soldier NO GO if any performan
79. and restraint system Improper condition of windshields windows mirrors lights or reflectors Defective inoperable or out of adjustment service or parking brakes Leaks Any condition likely to cause injuries to personnel or failure of a component Improperly secured loads Vehicle loaded beyond design load limits Unsafe transportation of personnel 2 Ensure that all operators clean all reflective surfaces such as windows reflectors and mirrors prior to vehicle operation 3 Ensure that all operators adhere to the following safe operating procedures a b C d e f g h i j k l m n Perform a 360 degree walk around of vehicle prior to movement When vision is obscured or when operating large vehicles ground guides are used Does not run vehicle engine in closed areas Uses proper support when changing wheels Does not move vehicle when windows or mirrors are obscured in any way Does not smoke eat or drink while operating vehicle Does not drive vehicle too fast for driving conditions Does not smoke during refueling operations Always bonds and or grounds vehicle when refueling or being refueled Always wears seat belts eye protection and hearing protection as required Always uses proper hand signals when operating vehicles or ground guiding others as needed Always maintains safe following distance from leading vehicles Uses vehicle safety warning devices when dis
80. applicable to this operation 6 Self recover the M977 M1120 series vehicle using a winch a Refer to TM 9 2320 279 10 1 amp 2 b Adhere to all WARNING and CAUTION statements in the TM applicable to this operation 7 Self recover the M1078 1083 series vehicle using a winch a Refer to TM 9 2320 365 10 M1078 b Refer to TM 9 2320 366 10 2 M1083 c Adhere to all WARNING and CAUTION statements in the TM applicable to this operation 8 Self recover the M1074 1075 series vehicle using a winch a Refer to TM 9 2320 364 10 b Adhere to all WARNING and CAUTION statements in the TM applicable to this operation 9 Self recover vehicle by using manpower 2 to 5 Ton without winch a Find a solid length of timber or similar material approximately 8 feet long with a diameter that will permit available personnel to handle it Place a suitable support a log or rock that will not be moved when pressure is applied near the point of the lift Rig the lever under the bumper for the first lift Block the lift when you have gained all the leverage that you can Rig for a second lift with the point of the lever under the axle if possible f Lift and block once again g Repeat steps a through f until the vehicle can be backed off without too much trouble o 10 Self recover the vehicle by using the dual wheel operation 2 72 Ton to 5 without winch see Figure 3 79 Select natural anchor or construc
81. assigned 2 Give DD Form 518 to any other person involved in the accident 3 Place a DD Form 518 in or on the involved parked vehicle notify local authorities and stand by the scene of the accident until the authorities arrive if the accident involves a parked car and the person concerned is not present 4 Enter the following information on SF 91 400033 x 5o0 0o0oocnmn Name of department or agency Name and location of organization to which assigned Operator identification in section 1 Accident time and location in section 2 Federal vehicle number in section 3 Other vehicle involved in section 4 Other property damage in section 5 Person injured in section 6 Occupants in your vehicle in section 7 Occupants in other vehicle in section 8 Witnesses and police in section 9 Accident conditions in section 10 Events after accident in section 11 Other vehicle or property involved in section 12 Diagram of what happened in section 13 Operator s statement of accident and use of safety equipment in section 14 Operator s signature Date signed 5 Turn in report to the commanding officer or noncommissioned officer in charge NCOIC 3 1 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Evaluation Preparation Setup Give the soldier a DD Form 518 SF 91 identifying information about the accident and a pen Brief Soldier Tell the soldier to complete all sections of the DD Form 518 and SF 91
82. c The commander to ensure proper knowledge of subject materials and teaching ability certifies all instructors and assistant instructors in writing d Test examiners should be qualified in proper driving techniques and completely impartial in all examination procedures e Instructors have experience adequate to instruct with authority f Instructors have adequate technical knowledge g Instructors have the personality and desire to instruct 2 Ensure that DA Form 348 or DA Form 5984 E automated is completed properly and legibly for each driver or driver candidate if duties as assigned a Review all driving records on file annually for 1 Safety awards 2 Expiration of permits 3 Accidents and moving traffic violations 4 Remedial required or refresher training 5 Reexamination 6 License suspension b Issue new DA Form 348 or DA Form 5984 E automated when individual is first examined All DA Forms 348 are original cannot be photocopied d When individuals are transferred or released from regular driver or operator duties ensure all the following information has been properly posted on DA Form 348 or DA Form 5984 E automated 1 Information on official qualifications 2 Background and experience 3 246 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps 3 Examination findings 4 Performance record 5 Driver or operator awards 3 Ensure preparations are made for driver training and testing a
83. close the operator s valve or pull the emergency valve shutoff on the opposite side of the semitrailer 13 At the end of operation idle down the engine 14 Close all valves 15 Disconnect the 4 inch bulk fuel hose and put in the hose trough Secure the hose trough latches 16 Stop the engine 17 Drain accumulated water in the same manner as with top loading 18 Remove the ground wires 19 Recover and stow fire extinguishers 4 Gauge petroleum tank vehicles a Position tank vehicle b Position fire extinguishers within 5 to 10 feet of operation c Review shipping document to verify the type of fuel in the tank vehicle d Ground and bond the vehicle e Ground self from static electricity f Open the manhole cover with the wind at your back to avoid breathing fuel vapor g Insert thermometer as soon as each hatch is opened to measure the temperature h Gauge the compartment using the tank vehicle gauge stick provided with the tank vehicle i Repeat gauging procedure until two readings the same are obtained to ensure gauge is accurate and record on the gauge worksheet j Remove the thermometer after the required time and record the temperature on the gauge worksheet All Models Located Behind Piping Control Assembly NR NE Gad Valve Mar Figure 3 69a Pilot Line Water Drains 1 3 122 STP 55 88M14 SM TG AII Models Located Beneath Tank Fastened to Tube from
84. communications with unit prior to departure e Contact units through whose area in the combat zone the convoy will pass g h 2 Conduct road reconnaissance a Record the following information on the map 1 Indicate the location for scheduled halts 2 Draw in a bypass or alternate route 3 Indicate the location of problem areas along the route 4 Indicate release point b Verify and record the following information from map reconnaissance 1 Critical check points along the route 2 Condition of roadbed will it support the convoy traffic 3 Location of any halt areas 4 Defiles and ambush sites 5 Condition of major intersections 6 Condition of bridges c Progress along route at established convoy speed to track verify timeline 3 272 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps 3 Conduct closure procedures upon completion of road reconnaissance a Mark the following points on the map and overlay 1 Start point 2 Release point 3 Check point 4 Critical points 5 Halt areas 6 Alternate route 7 Problem areas b Relay route information to higher headquarters in accordance with SOP This should include 1 Condition of roadbed 2 Location of any halt areas 3 Condition of major intersections and bridges 4 Defiles and ambush sites 5 Report current enemy force activity along route 6 Bypass or alternate route selected c If engineer support is available request support to
85. contain a DA Form 5988 E Equipment Maintenance and Inspection Worksheet automated b DA Form 5987 E Dispatch printout c DD Form 518 and SF 91 Vehicle Accident forms 3 Ensure operator makes required entries and signs dispatch printout 4 Dispatcher and operator check for services due 5 Dispatcher verifies through operator that before operational maintenance checks have been completed and vehicle is ready for dispatch b For dispatch in Return from dispatch 1 Collect dispatch equipment record folder from operator 2 Verify the following entries on DA Form 5982 E within ULLS with the following information a Fuel and oil added b Date and time of return c Released by signature d Miles and hours c Check remarks section of dispatch for operator entries requiring maintenance support Report information to maintenance section d Log vehicle in from dispatch through ULLS on DA Form 5982 E e Report discrepancies in trip records to truckmaster f Annotate type cargo and tons moved as applicable g File trip records in accordance with local directives Evaluation Preparation Setup Provide for the soldier a facility equipped with dispatching logs vehicle s to track for dispatching purposes mission information requiring dispatch of vehicles Brief Soldier You are to assume duties as dispatcher You are to perform all tracking duties and dispatch vehicles as required for mission support You are to
86. date control box to printer 10 cable data printer 16 Power cable printer 2 Installed control station component items a Installed transceiver MT2010 1 Placed the MT 2010 TERM 001 in a location with a clear view of the Sky avoiding blockage or shadowing from trees and buildings 2 Connected the 100 foot power data cable CS 04B from the control box to the side of the transceiver 3 226 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Measures GO NOGO b Installed laptop 1 Using the USB Cable CS 05 connected the USB port on the laptop CS 01 to the USB port on the port expander CS 05 2 Using the RS422 data cable CS 11 connected the port expander to the Control Box Connected one end of the cable to on the port expander device CS 05 and connected the other end to the RS422 port on the Control Box CS 044A 3 Connected the laptop power adapter CS 03 to an AC power source c Installed control station printer 1 Using the printer cable CS 08 connected the printer to the laptop Connected the other end of the cable to the printer 2 Using the printer power adapter CS 09A amp CS 09B and printer cable connected the printer to the AC power supply d Installed control box Plugged the Control Box CS 04A power cable to an AC power source e Installed control station PLGR 1 Connected the 9 pin female RS232 port connector of the PLGR cable to COM1 port on the laptop comp
87. during operation of MANUAL mode for correct cycle of events to occur or damage to equipment may result If LHS had previously been used in Manual Mode and not completely stowed in Auto Mode the hook arm cylinders must be completely extended or the LHS must be completely stowed using Auto Mode before the flatrack can be loaded Failure to comply may result in damage to the truck and flatrack f Turn hydraulic selector switch to MAN M F g Move joystick to UNLOAD and hold until lift hook has moved below level of flatrack hook bar h Apply service brake pedal and set transmission range selector to Reverse R and back truck up to flatrack aligning truck and flatrack as straight as possible with lift hook to the middle of hook bar Stop truck when lift hook touches flatrack Leave truck in reverse gear with engine at idle Note Ensure parking brake is not applied during unload sequence or damage to equipment may result Do not use Reverse R to back up truck while hook arm is attached to flatrack or damage to LHS will occur k Move joystick to LOAD to engage lift hook and hook bar If lift hook fails to engage hook bar 1 Release joystick 2 Set transmission range selector to Drive D release service brake pedal and move truck forward just clear of flatrack 3 Move joystick to UNLOAD until lift hook is below level of hook bar 4 Repeat steps j through k Note When loading or unloading flatracks on uneven ground side slope or downg
88. exit Please close the message box and then wait 10 minutes before starting MTS Messenger again Figure 3 96 Error Message Performance Steps d Review a sent message Select read messages review sent messages or press F6 The message window should show all message sent see Figure 3 97 Note Select a message number by using the up and down arrows to move between messages in the Message Sent List The text and status of the sent message will populate the other fields in the window The Message Status Field indicates whether the message was received at its destination A status of Sent means it was recently sent and there has been no response yet A status of Acknowledged means the message was received A status of Negative Acknowledged means it was not received because the destination was offline or not in view of the satellite A status of Timed Out means the sending unit you was blocked and cannot communicate with the satellite In the case of a message to the entire Control Group the Acknowledged status will contain a list of the units that actually received the message Sent Messages x USA1310 i 1 Individual Message Sent List Sat Sep 30 23 53 57 2000 Acknowledged Sat Sep 30 23 54 01 2000 1 orders What is my next Message Text Field destination Receiver Field Individual or Group Field Date Time Sent Field Message Status Field Message Status Time Field
89. for the tractor you are using TM must be current and possess all changes c Make wedge adjustments to fifth wheel if appropriate 1 Position wedges fully below the walking beam for highway operations and back and away from the walking beam for cross country operations Do the following to position wedges a Remove the two caps from each wedge b Remove the wedges and reverse the position c Using the same holes reinstall and tighten the cap screws d Emplace chock blocks 1 Level Ground Place one chock block in front of the wheel and behind the opposing wheel on the same axle 2 Uphill Place both chock blocks behind the rear axle of the semitrailer 3 Downhill Place chock blocks in front of forward most axle on semitrailer e Line up tractor with semitrailer 1 Start the tractor See TM for applicable vehicle used 2 Sound horn if tactically permitted 3 Using ground guides if available align centerline of tractor with centerline of semitrailer 4 Back the tractor up slowly and maneuver so that the kingpin of the semitrailer is in line with coupling jaws of the tractor s fifth wheel 5 Stop the tractor in front of the semitrailer so that approach ramps are slightly under the front edge of the semitrailer 6 Place transmission shift lever in neutral 7 Apply parking brakes f Adjust height of semitrailer to match tractor s fifth wheel height Use crank handle on the semitrailer to raise or lower the landing legs s
90. from others remove any sideboards or canvas Prepare material handling crane for use if equipped Ensure chain of custody to receipt holder is accomplished Remove any blocking and bracing materials CAUTION Use care when loosening tiedown straps as load may have shifted and become unstable during movement Failure may result in injury to personnel or damage to load or vehicle j k l 4000533 Remove tiedown straps securing load Conduct destination inspection and or inventory of load if required Connect lifting device and any guide ropes if needed Following hand and arm visual signals lift load from vehicle into designated location Continue until unloading operation is completed Stow material handling crane if equipped Remove placarding from vehicle and or semitrailer Secure all tiedown materials Secure all blocking and bracing materials if used Dispose according to SOP Reinstall vehicle or trailer canvas and side boards Recover chock blocks and prepare for movement as instructed 5 Comply with all SAFETY WARNING and CAUTION statements referenced in steps 1 through 4 3 140 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Evaluation Preparation Setup Conduct operations in a controlled access area Provide for the soldier primary operators of both the ammunition carrying vehicle and the material handling equipment Provide a load of ammunition with which to assist in loading unloading Provide all necessary safet
91. have properly performed all required startup procedures for the APU without injury to personnel or damage to equipment Performance Steps 1 Start the APU normal conditions Refer to TM 9 2330 381 14 paragraph 2 16a pages 2 46 to 2 50 for applicable procedures CAUTION The hydraulic tank oil valve must be open prior to starting the APU or serious damage to the hydraulic pump may result WARNING Hearing protection is required within 10 feet 3m of the APU when the APU is running or injury to personnel may result CAUTION Oil pressure light must go out within 15 seconds If oil pressure light stays lit shut down the APU immediately or damage to equipment may result CAUTION If the APU fails to start within 15 seconds release the switch from the START position to prevent overheating of the starter motor Allow the starter motor to cool 1 to 2 minutes before trying again If the APU fails to start after four tries notify unit maintenance CAUTION Do not rotate START switch to the START position while the starter motor is still turning from the previous try CAUTION After starting the APU rotate switch to OFF position or damage to equipment may result CAUTION Do not subject the APU to any load until it has warmed up properly or premature failure may occur and life of the engine may be shortened 2 Start the APU cold weather starting Refer to TM 9 2330 381 14 paragraph 2 17 pages 2 51 and 2 52 for cold weather starting
92. hose couplings for proper connection and leakage 2 Check oil and lubrication levels 3 Check cooling systems for proper coolant level and leakage 4 Check brakes 5 Check tires for cuts and general condition 6 Check batteries for obvious defect such as cracked case burnt broken or loose battery terminals b Check lineup of vehicles 1 Ensure march columns regardless of size have three parts A head is the first task vehicle of the column in the order of march 2 Ensure the main body of the column follows immediately after the first task vehicle 3 Ensure the trail is the last element of the march column c Check to see that vehicles are properly marked 1 Place a blue flag on the front of the first task vehicle 2 Place a green flag on the rear vehicle 3 Place a black and white flag on the convoy commander or serial commander vehicle 4 Place a convoy follows sign on the front of the first task vehicle 5 Place a convoy ahead sign on the rear of the last vehicle 6 Place a convoy commander sign on the front and rear of the convoy commander s vehicle d Select pacesetter 1 This is normally an officer or senior noncommissioned officer SNCO at the head to ensure that the column is following the proper route 2 The pacesetter rides in the first vehicle and sets the pace necessary to meet the travel schedule 3 This officer or SNCO also checks at scheduled points and receives orders or changes in ord
93. in the TM regarding the procedures in item 2a b and c above Q 3 Operate vehicle off road a Refer to TM 9 2320 364 10 paragraph 2 20 steps a through s pages 2 196 to 2 201 Refer to subsequent paragraphs as noted in the TM b Adhere to all WARNING and CAUTION statements in the TM for this procedure 4 Operate vehicle on steep grades a Refer to TM 9 2320 364 10 paragraph 2 21a pages 2 202 to 2 206 for driving up moderate to steep grades Refer to subsequent paragraphs as needed in the TM b Refer to TM 9 2320 364 10 paragraph 2 21b page 2 207 to drive down steep grades Refer to subsequent paragraphs as needed in the TM c Adhere so all applicable WARNING and CAUTION statements in the TM for this procedure Evaluation Preparation Setup Provide the soldier with a mission ready PLS HEMTT LHS truck with before operation maintenance performed Have a prescribed course to operate the vehicle that will allow safe operation in maneuvering the vehicle through steep grades and on and off road Brief Soldier You are required to operate the PLS HEMTT LHS truck over normal terrain as well as up steep grades down steep grades and off road All preparation for operation and operation of vehicle through the various terrain must be performed while adhering to all WARNING and CAUTION statements and completing all required steps in the vehicle s TM Failure to comply with the vehicle s TM with regard to operational steps and safety will resu
94. lens with your left thumb or forefinger to obstruct view through the left lens Rotate the right diopter adjustment for the clearest view on the image intensifier screen 8 Adjust the eye relief distance by pressing the eye relief adjustment and sliding goggles fore or aft to obtain a full field of view of the image Reset the diopter adjustments for best image b AN PVS 7B night vision goggles 1 Ensured batteries were installed 2 Donned the helmet mount refer to TM 11 5855 262 10 2 paragraph 2 6 3 Placed the goggles in the socket of the helmet mount Set the eye relief by depressing the side buttons and carefully moving the goggles fore and aft until the eyecups comfortably sealed around the eyes Readjusted the helmet straps as required for vertical adjustment 4 Turned power switch to ON Adjusted the tile by using the tilt adjustment lock knob until a comfortable viewing angle was obtained 5 Adjusted the interpupillary distance by sliding the eyepiece lenses together or apart so each eye could observe the entire field of view at the same time 6 Folded the right eyecup over the eyepiece lens with right thumb and forefinger to obstruct view through the right eyepiece lens Rotated the left diopter adjustment for clearest view of the image intensifier screen 7 Folded the left eyecup over the eyepiece lens with left thumb or forefinger to obstruct view through left lens Rotated the right diopter adjustment for the
95. load through or under the third rope support A3 Pull the rope tight 4 Continue this process until you reach the rear of the vehicle Secure the rope 5 With the second rope repeat the entire process starting at the front lash hook or ring B1 4 Secure ammunition to cargo bed of HEMTT M977 M985 using web straps WARNING Be sure side panels are completely lowered Side panels can slide off hinge pin when vehicle is parked on grade Falling side panel can cause serious personal injury a Block and brace the load as needed b Lower cargo side panels to gain access to cargo tiedown anchors as needed 3 57 STP 55 88M14 SM TG A9 B7 B5 A5 B4 A3 B2 Al B8 A8 A6 A4 A2 BI Canvas Tarpaulin Semitrailer Sideboards ili I Figure 3 56 Load Lashing Performance Steps Attach all web strap tiedown to load 1 Ensure all strap hooks are completely engaged and safety latches are completely closed around tiedown anchor point 2 Ensure that strap is tensioned to form at least 1 1 2 turns on the takeup spool This is accomplished after web to web contact has been made on the takeup spool To prevent movement of cargo each tiedown must be tightened until about equal tension is applied throughout the tiedown arrangement 3 After tensioning is completed the takeup spool locking latch must be checked to ensure that it is fully seated at both ends of the spoo
96. longitudinally and laterally see Figures 3 52a and 3 52b 2 Ensure items are not stacked too high to allow for the lowest center of gravity 3 If the load extends more than 4 feet beyond the end of the bed ensures that a red flag measuring not less than 12 x 12 inch square is attached to the load During nighttime uses a red light if tactical situation permits 4 Check vehicle data plate and TM to ensure that vehicle weight and cube limitations have not been exceeded b Check configuration of ammunition on HEMTT and PLS flatrack 1 Ensure that cargo is placed on vehicle flatrack with the heaviest items on the bottom and spread evenly across the vehicle both longitudinally and laterally see Figures 3 52c and 3 520 2 Ensure items are not stacked too high to allow for the lowest center of gravity 3 Ensure that load does not extend past vehicle cargo area perimeters and that cargo truck tailgate is raised and locked in place 4 Check vehicle data plate and TM to ensure that vehicle weight and cube limitations have not been exceeded c Check configuration of vehicle payload 1 Ensure that payload vehicle center of gravity is located over the desired point on the semitrailer Center of gravity marking should be legible on both sides of payload vehicle 2 Ensure that all shackles are on the vehicle CAUTION Do not use bumperettes axles towing pintles or towing hooks as points of attachment for chains Remov
97. map used as an appendix or annex could have many routes on it and could include bypasses for each route 4 A strip map may indicate a sketch of a march which may or may not be drawn to scale 6 Prepared a strip map a Orientation Placed the symbol for grid north on the sketch Labeled it with a N to designate the general direction of north Did not make any other orientation or grid references b Plotting detail 1 Drew the route of movement 2 Plotted all critical points or areas along a route where movement may occur or where timing is critical These include SPs checkpoints RPs phase lines bridges tunnels road junctions city or town intersections where passage could be confusing and areas or halts for messing and refueling 3 Plotted the SPs and RPs Label them with their abbreviation or number if appropriate 4 Placed the distance between critical points in kilometers or miles use a measurement that would be applicable based on the movement c Created a heading 1 The detail on such a map is the same as for a strip map used as an appendix or annex except no unit symbols or designation are used If the map is extracted from a strip map with multiple routes the only route that is included is the one the user needs 2 Used the title that alludes to the order but did not mention the order by name number or letter Used the route name or a name that would be applicable for the movement f
98. menu or used one of the function keys on the keyboard F2 F3 and F4 3 To choose a recipient for your message chose a unit from Select Unit List Before you typed a message checked the Unit Status Field This field will let you know if the intended recipient is on line or off line The Unit Location Field will indicate the position of unit 4 Typed message into Message Text Field 5 Once satisfied that your message was completed pressed the Send button Pressed the Cancel button to return to the main window without sending Pushed the Recall button to load the last sent message into the Message Box Pressed Clear to clear Go to Read Messages Review Sent Messages to see if the recipient received the message b Sent message to all members of the control group 1 Selected Send Messages To Group or press F4 to send a message to all members of the Control Group except the sender Control Stations will have to use the pull down menu to select the appropriate group 2 Entered the text in the Message Text Field and pressed the Send button Pressing the Recall button loaded the message box with the text from the last message sent 3 After sending a message went to Read Messages Review Sent Messages to see if any group members received the message c Sent message to outside group d Sent message to offline unit 7 Reviewed vehicle groups a Selected Review Groups from the Options Menu of MTS Messenger b
99. messages read current via the pull down menu Read Messages x Message From USA3003 Sender Received List To USAS008 Type Individual Group or Individual sat Sep 30 20 30 40 2000 Message GMT Date Time What is your status Message Text Field Message Received Figure 3 30 Read Current Messages Read Messages x No messages received Figure 3 31 Read Messages Error Message 3 35 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Sent Messages x To USA1310 Message Sent List Sat Sep 30 23 53 57 2000 Acknowledged Sat Sep 30 23 54 01 2000 need orders What is my next Message Text Field destination Receiver Field Individual or Group Field Date Time Sent Field Message Status Field Message Status Time Field Figure 3 32 Review Sent Messages Performance Steps 5 Send messages a Toan individual unit 1 Select the send messages pull down menu or use the F2 F3 and F4 function keys on the keyboard see Figure 3 33 2 Send message to control station CS select send message to CS or press F2 see Figure 3 34 3 Send a message to a mobile unit select send message to mobile or press F3 Send message to a Control Station 4 Choose recipient for your message by choosing a unit from select unit list Before you type a message check the unit status field This field will let you know if the intended recipient is on line of off line The unit l
100. of references required and related which support training of all tasks in this STP Required references are listed in the conditions statement and are required for the soldier to do the task Related references are materials that provide more detailed information and a more thorough explanation of task performance 1 6 Task Summaries Task summaries outline the wartime performance requirements of each critical task in the soldier s manual SM They provide the soldier and the trainer with the information necessary to prepare conduct and evaluate critical task training As a minimum task summaries include information you must know and the skills that you must perform to standard for each task The format for the task summaries included in this STP is as follows e Task Title Describes the required action with one action verb object qualifier e Task Number Provides a unique permanent identification number 1 3 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Conditions Describes the field conditions under which the task will be performed The condition expands on the information in the task title by identifying when where and why the soldier performs the task as well as what materials personnel and equipment the soldier must have to perform the task Standards Establishes criteria for how well a task must be performed The standard specifies how well completely or accurately a process must be performed or product produced Training and Evaluation Guide
101. of sniper attack 2 Implement passive defense measures to counter sniper fire a Have pre designated signal for sniper attack b Have pre designated reactionary guidance for vehicle operation Cover conceal load prior to movement 3 Implement active defense measures to counter enemy ambush road not blocked a Harden vehicles b Cover loads c Wear protective clothing d Use assistant drivers e Use prearranged signals to warn the convoy of an ambush f Receive briefing on immediate action drills g Maintain proper vehicle interval h Move through the kill zone if possible i If not yet in the kill zone stop dismount take cover and await instructions j Do not block the road k Rapidly respond to orders Aggressively return fire as directed m Push disabled vehicle s off the road as directed if progress is blocked n Take evasive maneuvers with vehicle as directed to avoid enemy fire 4 Implement passive defense measures to counter enemy ambush road not blocked a Do not present a profitable target b Use OPSEC to deny the enemy foreknowledge of the convoy 5 Implement active defense measures to counter enemy ambush road blocked a In the kill zone 1 Dismount by exiting the vehicle away from the direction of enemy fire 2 Take cover 3 Return maximum volume of fire on enemy position s as directed b Not in the kill zone 1 Does not enter kill zone 2 Reacts quickly to orders 3
102. of the semitrailer 2 When parking downhill place chock blocks in front of the rear wheels on both sides of the semitrailer 3 When parking on level ground place a chock block firmly in front of a wheel on one side of the axle and firmly behind one wheel on the other side 3 8 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps C d e j Remove float pads from stowage brackets and place under landing support legs Lower the landing support legs Disconnect the intervehicular cable from the semitrailer light receptacle and secure it to the tractor f Close air supply valves to the air brake lines on the tractor g h i Disconnect the air brake lines from the air line couplings on the semitrailer and secure them to the tractor hose stowage brackets Fit the dummy couplings on the semitrailer air line couplings i Pull the plunger handle forward to open the fifth wheel coupling jaws and release wheel disengages from the tractor Move the tractor forward until fifth wheel disengages from the semitrailer Evaluation Preparation Setup Give the soldier a tractor and semitrailer that are not coupled and an area large enough to safely couple the semitrailer Brief Soldier Tell the soldier to couple the semitrailer to the tractor without injuring personnel or damaging the tractor semitrailer or surrounding area Performance Measures G NO GO 1 Coupled semitrailer a b Positioned tractor c Made w
103. on mission and commitment task listing Brief Soldier You are the company truckmaster You are required to construct a company OPORD to support your company s mission You must review all pertinent information from battalion OPORD along with company tasks commitments and commander s guidance and construct the company s OPORD Performance Measures 1 Classified OPORD Identified the situation in an area of operation Designated mission to units Executed concept of operations to units Designed convoy organization Planned administration and logistics support Planned command and communications oN O C A OO N Ensured that the appropriate authority signs the OPORD GO NO GO Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related FM 55 30 3 278 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Prepare a Fragmentary Order for a Truck Platoon 551 721 4332 Conditions Your platoon has been given a mission that will support the company s mission You are required to formulate information to disseminate to your platoon Given operations order information and guidance from the company commander and battalion S 3 in a tactical environment Standards You have successfully compiled the necessary information into a written Fragm
104. on the map and get the pop up menu 2 Chose Select Vehicle 3 Clicked on the vehicle you wish to name unname The Server Vehicle Kit Control Window will pop up listing the vehicles 4 To turn the name on right clicked on the names in the Server Vehicle Kit Control window and selected Display Name g Hid Showed entire control groups 1 Right clicked on the map to get the pop up menu 2 Chose Select Vehicle 3 Clicked on the map so that the Server Vehicle Kit Control Window pops up 4 Selected Assignments tab The various control groups will be listed with expandable plus boxes next to each one 5 Right clicked on a Control Group for example 001 002 003 and so forth and select Vehicles Hide If a control group is already hidden to show it simply selected All Vehicles Show h Displayed Hid report time labels for an individual vehicle 1 Right clicked on the map to get the pop up menu 2 Chose Select Vehicle 3 Clicked on the map with the mouse so that the Server Vehicle Kit Control window pops up 4 Selected the Assignments tab 5 Right clicked on a vehicle selected Display Time i Displayed Hid Report Time Labels for Entire Control Group 1 Right clicked on the map to get the pop up menu 2 Chose Select Vehicle 3 Clicked on the mouse so that the Server Vehicle Kit Control Window pops up 4 Selected Assignments tab 5 Right clicked on fleet name and select All Vehicle Time
105. operations You are to track and troubleshoot all aspect of the operation You are to ensure that company missions are always supported through a smooth flow of mission information dissemination and guidance Commitments will not be adversely affected by your performance Performance Measures GO 1 O oc A W N Enforced safety and environmental guidelines Enforced occupation and traffic plans for motor pool operations Coordinated for mission support Oversaw dispatching and commitment of company vehicles Enforced preventive maintenance procedures Enforced security and defense procedures NO GO Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related DA PAM 750 35 DA PAM 738 750 FM 21 305 FM 55 30 3 258 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Establish Motor Transport Safety Program 551 721 4325 Conditions Given available and existing safety guidelines and references AR 385 55 Prevention of Motor Vehicle Accidents FM 21 305 Manual for the Wheeled Vehicle Driver AR 700 68 Storage and Handling of Compressed Gasses and Gas Liquids in Cylinders and of Cylinders DA PAM 750 35 Motor Pool Operations FM 55 30 Army Motor Transport Units and Operations and AR 600 55 The Arm
106. passes and if applicable which ones against the task standards specified in the task summary If the standards are met or exceeded check the GO block under STATUS otherwise check the NO GO block w N gt STP 55 88M14 SM TG APPENDIX B FIELD EXPEDIENT SQUAD BOOK FIELD EXPEDIENT SQUAD BOOK DA FORM 5165 R INSTRUCTIONS Excerpted from STP 21 24 SMCT Appendix C DA Form 5165 R Field Expedient Squad Book allows the trainer to keep a record of task proficiency for a group of soldiers Before evaluation 1 Obtain a blank copy of DA Form 5165 R which you may locally reproduce on 8 75 x 11 paper 2 Locally reproduce the partially completed form if you are evaluating more than nine soldiers During evaluation 1 Enter the names of the soldiers you are evaluating one name per column at the top of the form 2 Under STATUS record in pencil the date in the GO block if the soldier demonstrated task proficiency to soldier s manual standards Keep this information current by always recording the most recent date on which the soldier demonstrated task proficiency Record the date in the NO GO block if the soldier failed to demonstrate task proficiency to soldier s manual standards Soldiers who failed to perform the task should be retrained and reevaluated until they can meet the standards When the standards are met enter the date in the appropriate GO block and erase the previous entry from the NO GO block
107. payload vehicle driver to slowly back payload vehicle onto loading dock 2 Signaled payload vehicle operator to shutdown engine and set brakes b Using a lifting device 1 Using hand and arm signals guided lifting device operator to apply tension to sling and raise payload vehicle clear of semitrailer deck 2 Using hand and arm signals maneuvered payload vehicle into designated position on the ground 3 Removed lifting sling from payload vehicle 4 Signaled lifting device operator to stow crane and shutdown 10 series TM Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related FM 21 305 FM 21 60 TM 9 2320 260 10 TM 9 2320 272 10 TM 9 2330 357 14 amp P 3 131 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Assist in Loading Unloading a Tracked Wheeled Vehicle Onto From a Heavy Equipment Transporter HET 551 721 2376 Conditions Given a Heavy Equipment Transporter M1070 a Heavy Equipment Transport Semitrailer M1000 already coupled blocking and bracing materials OVE hearing protection a tracked vehicle to be loaded assistance from other crew members and directions from supervisor Special Conditions HETS tractor and semitrailer combination should be placed on solid level ground with room to maneuver as necessary Oper
108. performance measures are passed Score the soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related FM 55 30 FM 7 8 3 276 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Prepare Truck Battalion Operation Order OPORD 551 721 4331 Conditions You are required to prepare a truck battalion operation order OPORD Given the requirement to prepare a truck battalion OPORD to deploy units within the battalion Standards You must prepare a truck battalion OPORD informing units within the battalion of all the necessary information needed in order to complete the movement in accordance with FM 55 30 Performance Steps 1 Classify OPORD by listing the following a b C d Transportation battalion receiving OPORD Location of transportation battalion Operation order number Maps and map sheet numbers used in the operation plan 2 Identify the situation in an area of operation by collecting information on the following a b Enemy forces and their capabilities Friendly forces and their capabilities 1 Use of aerial observation aircraft 2 Use of artillery support available 3 Use of engineer support 4 Medical support 5 Security force and tactical force support 3 Designate mission to units a b Assigns missions appropriate to units Informs units of start and finish points 4
109. person at storage tank valve or other fuel Source and other holding fill tube into semitrailer 6 Removed fill hose Closed and secured the manhole cover 7 Drained accumulated water Closed all valves Put the container under the manifold drain in the piping control cabinet Opened the emergency operator valve Slowly opened the system drain valves 8 Removed the grounding wires and store fire extinguishers b Bottom loading the product is not filtered or metered by the vehicle 1 Ensured all valves are closed 2 Grounded and bonded the vehicle 3 Removed cover from the bottom loading connection and connected the bottom loading hose to the bottom loading connection 4 Removed the fire extinguishers and brought to point of operation 5 On the M967 put the selector valve in the LOAD position 6 Opened the emergency valve operator 7 Began the flow from the outside source 8 After the flow has begun opened the pre check valve to pre check the shutoff float Flow stopped after about 20 to 25 seconds to indicate that the float is functional If it is not working stop all operations and notify higher maintenance 9 Closed the pre check valve The flow will resume in about 20 seconds 10 When tank was full the flow stopped automatically Closed all valves replaced all covers and disconnected the hoses 3 125 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Measures C Z O 11 Drained the ac
110. pressure or vacuum is exceeded The fusible vents are designed to operate at high temperatures If these vents are coated with paint dirt or other foreign material the temperature when relief occurs may be greatly increased WARNING Ensure that grounding connections are made properly and firmly before any fueling operations begin This will ensure that grounding connections will not release thus eliminating the possibility of sparks caused by static electricity which will ignite fuel a Prior to starting engine WARNING Before and after fuel servicing operations all valves are to be in the closed position Failure to follow this warning could result in excessive spillage and create a fire hazard 1 Ensure all manually operated valves are closed This is a must before either starting or ending any fuel servicing operations 2 To prevent collapse of tank when filling or emptying tank ensure that the top vent is working properly 3 118 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps 3 Ground and bond vehicle see Figure 3 67 4 Remove fire extinguishers and bring them to the point of operation 5 Ensure engine fuel tank has enough fuel for operation 6 Remove engine dipstick and check oil level Refill as needed 7 Check air cleaner restriction indicator Clean or replace filter element as needed WARNING Carbon monoxide can be deadly DO NOT operate engine in an enclosed area unless it is adequately ventilated b Starting th
111. repair roadway or bridge s as needed wa Evaluation Preparation Setup Provide for the soldier the necessary vehicles and personnel necessary to perform a route reconnaissance of a convoy route to include communications equipment and mission information Brief Soldier You are required to conduct a reconnaissance of the convoy route You are to determine all danger areas and areas that may not support the vehicle traffic from the convoy You are to confirm any route information that is provided Upon closure of reconnaissance you are to inform your chain of command and update any intelligence issues and request needed support that you may have identified along the route Performance Measures GO NOGO 1 Conducted reconnaissance preparations 2 Conducted road reconnaissance 3 Conducted closure procedures upon completion of road reconnaissance Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related FM 5 170 FM 55 30 3 273 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Subject Area 14 Tactical Base of Operation Plan Truck Company Base of Operation Area 551 721 4329 Conditions Given a general area from which to select a site and guidance from the commander to select a site suitab
112. set TA 312 PT and cable telephone WD 1 Marking stakes Maps of the area of operation Binoculars and Night Vision Devices Camouflage screen system Machine Gun 7 62mm with tripod 3 Ensure the RSOP advance party OIC NCOIC conducts at least three types of reconnaissance if possible per mission a Ensure that applicable map sheet s and overlays are available b Map Reconnaissance 1 Primary route if not dictated from higher headquarters Alternate route New location Overhead clearances Bridge classifications Route trafficability Roadway width Harbor hide areas along the primary and secondary routes 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Proximity to built up areas 2 a Se Se 3 274 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps C d Route reconnaissance conducted en route to the new position Also upon entering new or proposed location perform the following 1 Dismount on access road leading to position 2 Disperse vehicles in Herringbone pattern 3 OIC notifies unit of arrival 4 Designate at least two soldiers to guard vehicles and monitor communications 5 OIC gives stayback personnel a five point contingency plan a Who is going with the OIC NCOIC b How long the OIC NCOIC element will be gone c What to do if the OIC NCOIC element does not return d What to do if another element becomes engaged e What to do if they become engaged Site Recon
113. the convoy route Rest and service areas halt areas Usually designated as one of the checkpoints or may be an additional point along the route due to availability of space to accommodate vehicles Primary and alternate routes Both should be indicated on map and strip map Usually colored differently or have a specific name assigned Unit designations as applicable Indicates a unit s that are located along route or could be one of the destinations for convoy Legend information Definitive information regarding the strip map in regards to the mission or unit Note If there are any additional unit specific symbols or information applicable to the mission it should be identified on the strip map and defined in the legend Evaluation Preparation Setup Give the soldier a vehicle with before operation maintenance performed a protective mask with protective hood and protective clothing and a simulated contaminated area in which to drive through Brief Soldier Tell the soldier to drive the vehicle through the contaminated area and decontaminate equipment using the M 11 decontamination apparatus 3 87 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Measures GO NOGO 1 Identified strip map symbols see Figure 3 59 a b C d e f g h i j k 1 Secondary road s see item 2 Other surfaced road s see item 3 Dirt road s see item 4 Trail s see it
114. tiedown materials carpenter tools loading diagram slings hearing protection a vehicle to assist in loading offloading DD Form 626 DD Form 836 material handling device and assistance as needed Special Conditions If required to operate transporter or MHE during operation soldier must be fully licensed to operate the same May be required to possess an ammunition handler s card Standards You have assisted in the loading and unloading of ammunition from a cargo vehicle trailer or semitrailer with tiedown points Completed operator entries on DD Form 626 and DD Form 836 as applicable All procedures have been completed without injury to personnel or damage to equipment load or surrounding area Performance Steps 1 Assist in preparing the transporter for loading operation a Shutdown cargo vehicle prime mover before beginning loading operation b Set vehicle brakes c Chock transporter wheels d Clean out cargo area of transporter e Ensure DD Form 626 vehicle inspection has been completed f Correct all deficiencies noted by shipper from DD Form 626 inspection g Obtain a copy of DD Form 836 from shipper to accompany the load h Chock wheels i Assist in enforcement of no smoking area restrictions j Remove canvas tarpaulin and sideboards from transporter k Assist as necessary in the preparation of the material handling device 1 Adhere to safety statements in MHE TM 2 Start up MHE according to TM 3 Position
115. time Through force tailored organizations commanders and their staffs integrate and synchronize the Battlefield Operating Systems BOS to achieve combined arms effects and accomplish the mission Today s Army doctrine requires teamwork at all echelons Well trained Army combined arms teams can readily perform in joint multinational and interagency environments When committed to battle each unit must be prepared to execute operations without additional training or lengthy adjustment periods Leaders must regularly practice task organization of habitually associated combat arms combat support and combat service support capabilities Teams can only achieve combined arms proficiency and cohesiveness when they train together Similarly peacetime relationships must mirror wartime task organization to the greatest extent possible Commanders are responsible for training all warfighting systems The full integration of the combined arms team is attained through the task organization approach to training management Task organizing is a temporary grouping of forces designed to accomplish a particular mission This approach acknowledges that the maneuver commander integrates and synchronizes the BOS In short the maneuver commander assisted by higher echelon leaders forges the combined arms team 1 3 Soldier s Responsibilities Each soldier is responsible for performing individual tasks that the first line supervisor identifies based on the unit s miss
116. to support motor pool operations Communication has been established between company headquarters and the motor pool Mission commitments and perimeter defense plans are provided Standards You have managed motor pool operations to facilitate mission support Your maintenance and dispatch operations were effective and you have accurately accounted for vehicle movement and accountability and mission readiness All necessary vehicle status reporting has been according to regulation and unit SOP Perimeter security has been enforced Performance Steps 1 Enforce safety and environmental guidelines a Ensure safety precautions are implemented and understood 1 During preventive maintenance 2 During refueling operations 3 During vehicle movement within the motor pool 4 Ensure adherence to establish no smoking areas b Spot check locations around motor pool to ensure platoons are complying with established safety rules while working in and around vehicles or equipment c Ensure every effort is made to reduce or eliminate damage to environment 1 Ensure that all POL products are stored in designated storage areas 2 Ensure that spillage is recovered immediately d If so stated in unit SOP ensure that drip pans are placed under vehicles when parked e Enforce the use of ground guides in motor pool f Enforce the speed limits 2 Enforce occupation and traffic plans for motor pool operations a Coordinate with platoons to ensure
117. top of the map This procedure places the fixed black index line of the compass parallel to north south grid lines of the map 2 Keeping the compass aligned as directed above rotate the map and compass together until the magnetic arrow is below the fixed black index line on the compass At this time the map is close to being oriented 3 Rotate the map and compass in the direction of the declination diagram 4 If the magnetic north arrow on the map is to the left of the grid north check the compass reading to see if it equals the grid magnetic GM angle given in the declination diagram b Second technique 1 Determine the direction of the declination diagram and its value from the declination diagram 2 Using any north south on the map as a base draw a magnetic azimuth equal to the GM angle given in the declination diagram with the protractor 3 If the declination is easterly right the drawn line is equal to the value of the GM angle Then align the straightedge which is on the left side of the compass alongside the drawn line on the map Rotate the map and compass until the magnetic arrow of the compass is below the fixed black index line The map is now oriented c Using terrain association A map can be oriented by terrain association when a compass is not available or when the user has to make many quick references as he moves across country Using this method requires careful examination of the map and the ground and th
118. tractor prime mover m Shutdown vehicle engine unless needed to power material handling equipment n Cleared the cargo area of any debris or obstructions incompatible materials o Removed any side boarding or canvas if installed p Kept smokers at least 50 feet away from the vehicle q Ensured lifting device is ready and available to transfer the load to your vehicle If operating a vehicle with MHE prepare for use in accordance with 10 series TM r Gathered any tiedown materials needed to secure load s Gathered required blocking and bracing materials if unit conducted loading and unloading Gathered placarding materials applicable to the load u Adhered to all SAFETY WARNING and CAUTION statements in listed in performance steps s 2 Loaded dangerous hazardous cargo onto truck or semitrailer a Loaded or ensured the load was positioned properly on the vehicle or trailer b Ensured that the shipper has properly blocked and braced the load c Ensured that the vehicle is properly placarded according to the load d Ensured hazardous cargo is marked with the proper shipping name identification number and appropriate labels see 49 CFR e Allowed no one to loiter near the vehicle loaded with dangerous hazardous cargo Adhered to any local policies in effect for the material being loaded g Ensured that the DD Form 836 is correctly completed before signing gt 3 141 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Perf
119. volt cable on receptacle Note Perform steps af and ah for 24 volt system when not equipped with drawbar extension Note Perform steps ag and ah for 24 volt system equipped with drawbar extension af ag ah ai aj ak al am an ao 3 110 Remove cover from 12 pin receptacle on trailer and connect 24 volt cable on receptacle Remove cover from 12 pin receptacle and connect 24 volt cable on receptacle Lift upper right receptacle cover on the truck and connect 24 volt cable on receptacle Remove two covers from air couplings Install emergency air glad hand to air coupling Install service air glad hand to air coupling Install safety chains on hooks from large links on chains Attach electrical cable brackets to hook on both sides of drawbar Unhook two safety chains from trailer and attach to truck clevises Remove wheel chocks Figure 3 64 Air Coupler STP 55 88M14 SM TG Figure 3 66 12 24 Volt Receptacle Performance Steps 4 Uncouple PLS truck from PLS trailer WARNING Do not stand between trailer drawbar and truck coupler during hook up procedures to prevent being pinned between truck and trailer Serious injury of death could result to personnel Wheels on trailer must be chocked to prevent trailer from moving during hook up procedures Serious injury of death could result to personnel a Chock wheels of trailer b Unhook two safety chains from c
120. with mounting brackets hardware e Adhere to all WARNING and CAUTION statements in the TM regarding this procedure 5 Recover from tire wheel change procedure a Secured all tools and materials used to perform tire wheel change b Annotate of DA Form 2404 DA Form 5988 E that spare tire wheel is unserviceable and to be repaired as soon as possible to regain full mission capable status Note Some CTIS equipped vehicles are considered Not Fully Mission Capable if one or more tires are missing or unserviceable Ensure chain of command is notified and tire is repaired or replaced to regain Full Mission Capability c As soon as possible take vehicle to organizational maintenance to torque hub lug nuts and have the CTIS system checked if applicable Evaluation Preparation Setup Provide for the soldier a vehicle and trailer in need of a tire replacement Provide all necessary tools and assistance needed This will include BII for both vehicle and trailer If the vehicle used is 2 5 tons or larger assistance will be needed Brief Soldier You are to change a tire on a tactical wheeled vehicle and trailer You have the necessary tools and assistance from another soldier to perform this operation Your performance must result in a vehicle that is safe to operate and operational All steps will be performed without injury to personnel adherence to all WARNING and CAUTION statements in the TM and without damage to vehicle or trailer Performan
121. with or without trailer Chauffeur Bn or 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 Dispatcher Chauffeur COL or Squadron Command BG Section Chauffeur Driver for 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 Dispatcher Chauffeur COL or BG MG or LG Courier 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 Vehicle Driver Dispatcher Assistant Heavy Vehicle 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 11 Chauffeur Heavy Vehicle Driver Driver Senior Vehicle Driver 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 Heavy Vehicle Sqd Ldr Sec Sergeant Driver Dispatcher 2 Chauffeur Driver 3 HET Vehicle Driver 1 3 4 5 6 7 11 Sqd PSG Truckmaster Leader Section Sergeant Chauffeur Driver for MG 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Sqd PSG Truckmaster or LG Leader Section Chauffeur Gen or Sergeant General of the Army Squad Leader Section 8 9 10 Heavy Vehicle PSG Truckmaster Sergeant Driver Driver Test Sergeant 1 3 4 5 6 7 9 11 Sqd PSG Truckmaster Leader Section Sergeant Truckmaster USAREC 9 Heavy Vehicle PSG Truckmaster Recruiting Bn Driver 2 3 STP 55 88M14 SM TG SKILL DUTY POSITION SUBJECT CROSS TRAIN TRAIN LEVEL AREAS UP MERGER 4 Chauffeur Driver of Gen 1 3 4 5 6 7 Truckmaster Operations Senior or General of the Army Sergeant Transportation Supervisor Truckmaster Operations 9 12 13 14 Platoon Sergeant Senior Sergeant Transportation Supervisor Detachment Sergeant 9 10 11 13 14 Truckmaster Operations Senior Sergeant Transportation Supervisor Platoon Sergeant 9 10 11 13 14 Truckmaster Operations Senior Sergeant Transportation Sup
122. 11 pages 2 39 to 2 41 for applicable procedures in unloading ISO container Refer to subsequent paragraphs if directed as needed in the TM Evaluation Preparation Setup Provide the soldier with a PLS or HEMTT LHS truck CROP ISO container ground guide BII from vehicle and area for operation Brief Soldier You are required to conduct loading and unloading operations involving a single or stack maximum 6 CROP You are to use the PLS or HEMTT LHS vehicle to perform this operation You are to observe and follow the hand and arm signals of your ground guide to prevent an unsafe situation from developing You are to insert the CROP s into the ISO container secure the load and close the doors Afterwards you are to remove the CROP s from the ISO container and position as designated by the supervisor You are to complete this operation without injury to personnel or damage to any equipment Performance Measures GO NOGO 1 Loaded ISO container 2 Unloaded ISO container as Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related TM 9 3990 260 14 amp P FM 21 305 TC 21 305 10 3 74 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Subject Area 6 Adverse Terrain Operations Operate Cargo Vehicle on Secondary Roads Trails Cros
123. 14 SM TG Performance Steps b Using a lifting device 1 As directed provide hand and arm signals to lifting device operator to position payload onto semitrailer 2 Assist in enforcing control of suspended load is maintained throughout lifting operation 3 Adhere to all WARNING and CAUTION statements in lifting device TM 3 Prepare for unloading operations a Using a lifting device 1 Position lifting device or unloading operation 2 Chock wheels or track as applicable 3 Prepare lifting device for operation 4 Adhere to all WARNING and CAUTION statement in TM b Tractor semitrailer 1 Position or assist in positioning tractor semitrailer against loading dock if used 2 Set brakes and chock vehicle and trailer wheels to prevent movement 3 Shutdown tractor 4 Remove side boards from semitrailer if installed 5 Emplace loading ramps between loading dock and rear of semitrailer as necessary if loading dock is used 6 Assist in maneuvering tractor semitrailer into position alongside lifting device if used c Payload vehicle 1 Remove payload vehicle tiedown materials 2 Remove chock blocks if used 3 Attach lifting device to payload vehicle 4 Attach guide ropes to payload vehicle 4 Unload payload vehicle from semitrailer a Using a loading dock 1 Using hand and arm signals guide payload vehicle driver to slowly back payload vehicle onto loading dock 2 Signal payload vehicle operator
124. 206 for driving up moderate to steep grades Referred to subsequent paragraphs as needed in the TM b Referred to TM 9 2320 364 10 paragraph 2 21b page 2 207 to drive down Steep grades Referred to subsequent paragraphs as needed in the TM c Adhered to all applicable WARNING and CAUTION statements in the TM for this procedure Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related TM 9 2320 364 10 3 30 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Operate the Movement Tracking System MTS 551 721 1600 Conditions Given a MTS Mobile Unit V2 mounted into a tactical wheeled vehicle Standards You have successfully applied power to system completed the PLGR configuration and system diagnostics read sent and received messages and properly shutdown the MTS mobile unit and PLGR without injury to personnel or damage to equipment or vehicle Performance Steps 1 Identify MTS mobile unit V2 components a Make a visual check of the transit case see Figure 3 24 Ensure all components are accounted for by checking the equipment list see Figure 3 25 1 V2 Transceiver Satellite Modem MT 2010 2 Precision Lightweight GPS Receiver PLGR 3 Ruggedized Computer 4 Universal Power Adapter 5 Data cable 6 Power cable
125. 320 366 10 1 Never allow personnel to stand under a suspended load 3 Supervise the operation of the crane PQ207m Ensure operator explicitly follows visual hand and arm signals Ensure that crane lifting hook is properly connected to the load being lifted Ensure that operator maintains control of crane and load during movement Ensure that operator places load as directed Never allow personnel to stand under a suspended load For M977 M985 vehicles refer to TM 9 2320 279 10 1 For M1074 vehicles refer to TM 9 2320 364 10 For M1078 vehicles refer to TM 9 2320 365 10 4 Supervise stowage of crane a o Q 0o2oo0 3 174 Ensure that operator completes all steps outlined in the vehicle TM applicable to this procedure Ensure that operator adheres to all WARNING and CAUTION statements in the vehicle TM applicable to this procedure Ensure that operator safely follows all visual hand and arm signals For M977 985 vehicle refer to TM 9 2320 279 10 1 For M1074 vehicles refer to TM 9 2320 364 10 For M1078 vehicles refer to TM 9 2320 365 10 For M1083 vehicle refer to TM 9 2320 366 10 1 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Evaluation Preparation Setup Give the soldier any one of the following vehicles M977 HEMTT with Crane M1074 PLS Truck w Crane M1078 2 5 Ton Cargo Truck with Crane or M1083 5 Ton Cargo Truck with Crane Brief Soldier Tell the soldier he is to operate the crane a
126. 356 14 3 127 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Assist in Loading Unloading a Tracked Wheeled Vehicle Onto From Semitrailer 551 721 2374 Conditions Given a tractor with semitrailer combination with before operation maintenance performed payload vehicle payload vehicle operator payload vehicle characteristic information Level ground to operate ground guide assistance as needed chock blocks hearing protection and work gloves loading ramps material handling crane with lifting sling and guidance from supervisor or senior vehicle operator Special Conditions This task covers loading operations only Does not highlight tiedown of cargo Tiedown is a separate task Standards You have assisted in loading the payload vehicle onto the semitrailer The vehicle has been positioned properly as indicated by supervisor or senior vehicle operator to allow for safe transport Performance Steps 1 Prepare for loading operation a Material Handling Crane Lifting Device if used 1 Assist in positioning lifting device alongside semitrailer so that lifting device may lift and swing payload vehicle onto semitrailer 2 Chock wheels or tracks as applicable 3 Prepare lifting device for operation 10 series TM of applicable vehicle 4 Adhere to all WARNING and CAUTION statements in TM for this operation b Tractor semitrailer combination 1 Position tractor semitrailer on level ground against a loading dock or suitable ramp for rear loading Ensure
127. 3A1C M63A2C M63A1D M63A2D M139A1 M139A2 M139C M139A2C M139D M139A2D M139F M139A1F M139A2F Truck Cargo M41 M41A2 M54 M54A1 M54A2 M54A1C M54A2C M55 M55A1 M55A2 Truck Dump M51 M51A1 M51A2 TRUCK TRACTOR M52 M52A1 M52A2 Truck Tractor Wrecker M246 M246A1 M246A2 Truck Van Expansible M291A1 M291A2 M291A1C M291A2C M291A1D M291A2D Truck Wrecker Medium M62 M543 M543A1 M543A2 Truck Bridging M139 M328A1 M328A2 and Truck Logging M748A1 and M748A2 30 November 1977 Operator s Manual for Truck 5 Ton 6X6 M809 Series Diesel Truck Cargo M813 M813A1 and M814 Truck Bolster Logging M815 Truck Wrecker Medium M816 Truck Dump M817 Truck Tractor M818 Truck Tractor Wrecker M819 Truck Van Expansible M820 M820A1 and M820A2 and Truck Stake Bridge Transporting M821 TO 36A12 1C 481 14 June 1985 Operator s Manual for Truck Tractor Commercial Heavy Equipment Transporter C HET 85 000 GVWR 8x6 M911 2 December 1983 Operator s Manual for Truck 5 Ton 6X6 M939 M939A1 and M939A2 Series Trucks Diesel Truck Cargo 5 Ton 6X6 Dropside M923 M923A1 M923A2 M925 M925A1 M925A2 Truck Cargo 5 Ton 6X6 XLWB M927 M927A1 M27A2 M928 M928A1 M928A2 Truck Dump 5 Ton 6X6 M929 M929A1 M929A2 M930 M930A1 M930A Truck Tractor 5 Ton 6X6 Truck Van Expansible 5 Ton 6X6 M934 M934A1 M931 M931A1 M931A2 M932 M923A1 M932A2 Truck Van Expansible 5 Ton 6X6 M934
128. 7 Conditions On an improved roadway given an M1070 coupled to an M1000 Semitrailer loaded or unloaded with before operation preventive maintenance performed hearing protection route to maneuver and ground guides as necessary Standards You have safely operated the Heavy Equipment Transporter coupled with the Heavy Equipment Transport Semitrailer on improved roadway without injury to personnel or damage to equipment or surroundings Performance Steps 1 Prepare HET with HETS for operation Note As the referenced TM is updated the specific location within the manual for referenced procedures may change a Adjust the driver s seat as needed b Adjust all mirrors as needed c Ensure that load is secured properly to the semitrailer if loaded d Start vehicle engine refer to TM 9 2320 360 10 paragraph 2 12a and b for starting procedures e Monitor all gauges for proper readings and allow engine to warm up f Ensure all low air pressure warning lights and buzzers go out as intended by TM g Adhere to all WARNINGS and CAUTIONS in the TM applicable to this procedure 2 Place HETS into motion a Refer to TM 9 2320 360 10 paragraph 2 9a for proper operating procedures b Adhere to all WARNINGS and CAUTIONS in the TM applicable to this procedure 3 Navigate HET through normal traffic situations and road conditions a Use brake retarder unless road conditions prohibit use b Use alternate transfer gear range as needed
129. 7 PLGR Adapter Figure 3 24 V2 Transit Case Contents 3 31 STP 55 88M14 SM TG MTS Part No Item eU Bcc MTS TERM 01 Transceiver Satellite Modem IRAN SI MAN 01 MTS Manual PLGR 3 ea MTS 9 01A Laptop Hard Drive Universal Power Adapter cx MTS V2 02 Cable Data MTS V2 03 6 X MTS V2 06 PLGRAdapter amp X 6 Figure 3 25 Equipment List Performance Steps b Ensure all cable connections are made properly and system is ready for power on see Figure 3 26 1 V2 Transceiver Satellite Modem MT 2010 a Attach the transceiver Term 001 to the A Kit mounting bracket on the roof of the vehicle b Attach the lanyard to the transceiver Term 001 c Connect the A Kit power data cable A 2 to the transceiver The power data cable is part of the A Kit It starts at the Control Box A 1 and terminates with a connector that attaches to the transceiver When the transceiver is not mounted on the vehicle the power data cable connector should be stowed on the A Kit mounting bracket to protect the cable connector 2 Ruggedized computer installation to the A Kit a Attach the ruggedized computer V2 01 to the A Kit mounting bracket located inside vehicle b Connect the data cable V2 02 to J4 COM2 that is on the bottom side of the computer to the RS 422 port on the A Kit s control box A 1 c Using th
130. 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps b Normal and reinforced picket holdfast see Figure 3 75 1 Select two or more pickets at least 3 inches and 5 feet long 2 Drive the pickets 3 feet into the ground 3 to 6 feet apart and in line with the deadline 3 Tie the pickets together with fiber rope by first tying one end of the rope to the top of the front picket with a clove hitch 4 Wrap four or six wraps of rope on the picket starting from the top of the front picket to the bottom of the read picket 5 Tie the other end of the rope to the bottom of the rear picket with a clove hitch 6 Pass a stake between the rope wraps midway between the pickets 7 Tighten the rope by twisting it with the stake then drive the stake into the ground to hold the tension 8 Repeat this process with each successive pair of pickets Figure 3 75 Normal and Reinforced Picket Holdfast c Natural anchor 1 Tree or tree stump 2 Large immovable rock 3 Another vehicle may be used to construct a Scotch anchor as follows Note Scotch anchors see Figures 3 76a and 3 76b are used to anchor a truck during winching operations the additional truck that is used to winch the mired vehicle out when natural anchors are not available a Select a log at least 6 inches in diameter and 2 feet wider than the vehicle b Dig a shallow trench about 3 to 4 inches deep parallel to the front axle just ahead of the front wheels c
131. Accelerate enough to climb as your front wheels touch the opposite bank Evaluation Preparation Setup Give the soldier a vehicle capable of cross country travel and an area that will subject vehicle and driver to gullies ravines ditches snow ice rain and sand Brief Soldier Tell the soldier to drive the vehicle to preselected points and final destination and return to departure point without damaging the vehicle or physical surroundings and without injuring personnel Performance Measures GO NOGO 1 Operated vehicle in rain a A 2 0oooc If CTIS equipped select mode for this type of terrain watch for indicator showing correct mode selection on CTIS panel and adhere to speed restrictions 1 Recognized that the M1078 1083 and M939 series vehicle CTIS started automatically when engine was started and adjusted pressure to highway mode 2 Started CTIS on M1074 1075 PLS trucks by a Pressing and holding start button on the controller for approximately 1 second to activate b Observed green lights on controller to check system operation Accelerated moderately Reduced speed as necessary for conditions Moderately applied the brakes Made no quick turns Allowed twice normal stopping distance Did not pump the brakes ABS only Held the brake pedal down and let the ABS work During emergencies steered and braked simultaneously ABS only Released pressure on brakes
132. After evaluation 1 Read down each column GO NO GO to determine the training status of an individual This will give you a quick indication of which tasks a soldier needs training on 2 Read across the rows for each task to determine the training status of all soldiers You can readily see which tasks to focus training on 3 Line through the STATUS column of any soldier who leaves the unit B 1 STP 55 88M14 SM TG GLOSSARY Section I Acronyms amp Abbreviations AA active Army AAL additional authorization list ABS Anti lock Brake System ACCP Army Correspondence Course Program AIT advanced individual training AN annually ANCOC Advanced Noncommissioned Officer Course APU auxiliary power unit AR Army regulation ARTEP Army Training and Evaluation Program ATTN attention BA biannually BC bicarbonate BG Brigadier General BII basic issue items BM bimonthly Bn battalion BNCOC Basic Noncommissioned Officer Course BOS Battlefield Operating Systems BW biweekly C Celsius ccw counterclockwise CFR Code of Federal Regulations CG center of gravity CHU container handling unit Glossary 1 STP 55 88M14 SM TG cm COL COMSEC CONEX CP CROP CS CTIS cw DA DAP D C DD DMC DOD DS2 DTO DVE ETA F FM FORSCOM FRAGO Freq Gen GM Glossary 2 centimeter s Colonel communications security container express checkpoint or critical point Container ized Roll In Roll Out Platform control station central
133. Contains two sections a Task performance steps that provide details required performing the task b Performance Evaluation Guide that contains 1 Evaluation Preparation Provides special setup procedures and instruction for evaluating task performance if required 2 Berformance Measures with NO GO criteria 3 Evaluation Guidance Indicates requirements for receiving a and other special guidance if required 4 References This section identifies references that provide more detailed and thorough explanations of task performance requirements than that given in the task summary description Identifies required and related references 5 Integrated Safety statement and environmental considerations Provides special safety requirements and environmental considerations identified during task analysis NOTE Safety and environmental factors and considerations are included in the task steps as identified during task analysis 1 4 STP 55 88M14 SM TG CHAPTER 2 Trainer s Guide 2 1 General The MOS Training Plan identifies the essential components of a unit training plan for individual training Units have different training needs and requirements based on differences in environment location equipment dispersion and similar factors Therefore the MOS Training Plan should be used as a guide for conducting unit training and not a rigid standard The MOS Training Plan consists of two parts Each part is
134. DD Form 1970 a Date form is started b Serial number c Bumper number d Organization e Miles or Kilometers e h Print report to name i Noun nomenclature of vehicle j Print name of operator s 3 Ensure operator makes the following entries on DD Form 1970 a Signature b Time c Miles and hours 4 Logs vehicle out on DA Form 2401 f Hours as applicable g Dispatcher signature 3 89 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps b Upon return of vehicle from dispatch dispatch in the dispatcher verifies the following entries on DD Form 1970 1 Miles and hours 2 Time in and total time 3 Release by signature 4 Fuel and oil if required locally c Collect dispatch equipment record folder from operator d Log vehicle in from dispatch on DA Form 2401 e Annotate type cargo and tons moved as applicable f Report change in vehicle status to maintenance personnel as applicable g Report discrepancies in trip records to truckmaster h File trip records in accordance with local directives 3 Dispatch unit vehicle s for regular dispatch units supported by ULLS a For dispatch out departing on dispatch 1 Verify that operator is registered through ULLS as a licensed qualified operator If not registered in ULLS check operator OF 346 U S Government Motor Vehicle Operator s Identification Card 2 Issue dispatch equipment record folder to operator Folder should
135. Emergency Valve Discharge Tube from Emergency Valve Figure 3 69b Pilot Lines Water Drains 2 Front of Vehicle Emergency 4 Control Valve Shut Off Bottom Load Connection PS Operator A Open Screen Emergency Valve Note Fuel Flow Operation begins and ends with all values closed Selector Valve Figure 3 70 Self Load Flow Diagram 3 123 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Evaluation Preparation Setup Provide for the soldier and M967 Tank Semitrailer coupled to a prime mover BII for prime mover and semitrailer Instructions to conduct refueling operations for one or more vehicles and customer vehicle s Brief Soldier You are required to ensure your vehicle is prepared for refueling operation You are to refuel customer vehicle s safely while adhering to all safety aspects of the operation of the tank semitrailer If you are about to commit an unsafe act you will be immediately stopped and informed of your performance Performance Measures GO NOGO 1 Applied risk management procedures a Referred to FM 100 14 chapter 3 and the appendix and local SOP for guidelines applicable to this procedure Ensured all aspects of these operations are assessed for the risk involved b Filled out the risk assessment worksheet Notified chain of command if assessment determines requirement for approval from higher authority 2 Performed before operation preparati
136. Ensure tractor semitrailer is straight in line when docked 2 Set brakes and chocked vehicle and semitrailer wheels to prevent movement 3 Removed side boards if installed 4 Ensured semitrailer is clear of all obstructions nails or any foreign objects that may interfere with safe loading of payload vehicle 5 Emplaced loading ramps between loading dock and rear of semitrailer if necessary 6 Gathered all necessary tiedown materials for vehicle payload c Payload vehicle 1 Reduced payload vehicle a Folded in mirrors as applicable b Ensured canvas and bows if installed wheeled payload are removed or secured tightly against payload vehicle to prevent loosening or loss during movement Removed payload vehicle canvas and bows if required c Secured payload vehicle cargo load if applicable d Secured all payload vehicle weapons is applicable 2 Positioned payload vehicle for lifting operation 3 Attached lifting sling to payload vehicle and sling to lifting device if lifting onto semitrailer 4 Positioned payload vehicle on loading dock directly in line with rear of semitrailer if using a loading dock 2 Loaded payload vehicle onto semitrailer a Using a loading dock 1 Guided payload vehicle into position on semitrailer as directed by supervisor or senior vehicle operator displaying hand and arm signals 2 Shutdown payload vehicle and set parking brake in accordance with
137. Equipment Utilization Record Vehicle Load Card Unit Movement Planning 1 March 2000 Tiedown Handbook for Truck Movements 1 September 1997 Movement Tracking System 1 October 2001 OF 346 SF 91 STANAG 2154 STANAG 2155 Soldier Training Publications STP 21 1 SMCT STP 21 24 SMCT Technical Bulletins TB 11 5825 291 10 2 Technical Manuals TM 3 4240 280 10 TM 3 4240 300 10 2 TM 9 243 TM 9 2320 211 10 TM 9 2320 260 10 TM 9 2320 270 10 TM 9 2320 272 10 STP 55 88M14 SM TG U S Government Motor Vehicle Operator s Identification Card Motor Vehicle Accident Report Regulations for Military Motor Vehicle Movement by Road 19 June 1992 Road Movement Bid and Credit 26 August 1994 Soldier s Manual of Common Tasks Skill Level 1 31 August 2003 Soldier s Manual of Common Tasks SMCT Skill Levels 2 4 31 August 2003 Soldiers Guide for Precision Lightweight GPS Receiver PLGR AN PSN 11 and AN PSN 11 V 1 December 1996 Operator s Manual for Mask Chemical Biological Aircraft ABC M24 and Accessories and Mask Chemical Biological Tank M25A1 and Accessories 15 March 1988 Operator s Manual for Chemical Biological Mask Combat Vehicle M42 Small Medium Large 30 August 1988 Use and Care of Hand Tools and Measuring Tools M6290 AJ MAN 010 TO 32 1 101 TM 10209 10 1 12 December 1983 Operator s Manual for Truck Chassis 5 Ton 6X6 M39 M39A2 M40 M40A1 M40A2 M40A1C M40A2C M61 M61A1 M61A2 M63 M63A1 M63A2 M63C M6
138. G Performance Steps e Ensure trailer brakes are set or trailer wheel is chocked prior to disconnecting trailer from vehicle f Remove pintle lock pin and open pintle g With assistance move trailer as required to disengage drawbar ring from pintle Apply trailer handbrakes h Move vehicle a safe distance from trailer Figure 3 62c Coupling continued 3 108 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps 3 Couple PLS truck to PLS trailer PLS HEMTT LHS systems only WARNING Do not stand between trailer drawbar and truck coupler during hook up procedures to prevent being pinned between truck and trailer Serious injury or death could result to personnel Wheels on trailer must be chocked to prevent trailer from moving during hook up procedures Serious injury or death or injury to personnel could result Note Align truck coupler with drawbar prior to beginning hookup procedures Follow ground guide signals a Chock wheels of trailer b Adjust drawbar if necessary c Start truck see vehicle TM and following ground guide hand and arm signals back truck to within 6 inches from end of drawbar d Apply parking brake and place transmission range selector in Neutral Shut off truck Rotation locking pin should be in locked UP position to prevent coupler rotation during hook up e Lock rotation locking pin on coupler see Figure 3 63 f Lift up locking gate on coupler g Pull locking lever out
139. HET You are to use assistance as provided and will complete all required steps from the TMs without injury to personnel or damage to system or payload vehicle Performance Measures GO NOGO 1 Assisted in preparing the M1070 M1000 HETS for loading operation 2 Assisted in aligning the semitrailer using the tractor as close as possible to payload 3 Assisted in the preparation of the semitrailer to receive payload 4 Assisted in loading payload onto semitrailer 5 Assisted in securing payload onto semitrailer Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related TM 9 2320 360 10 TM 9 2330 381 14 3 133 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Transport Classified Sensitive Cargo 551 721 2379 Conditions You have a mission to transport classified sensitive cargo You are assigned by written orders from your commander as courier You possess a security clearance equal to or higher than the cargo being transported You have a DOD photo ID on your person You have been entrusted with a classified sensitive cargo in a sealed container DD Form 626 Motor Vehicle Inspection Transporting Hazardous Materials and DD Form 836 Dangerous Goods Shipping Paper Declara
140. IMINAL OR OTHER ADVERSE ACTION USE OF THIS SYSTEM CONSTITUTES CONSENT TO MONITORING FOR ALL LAWFUL PURPOSES Figure 3 90 Security Warning Performance Steps c Control station printer see Figure 3 91 To turn the printer on simply push the button once The small indicator light above the power button will illuminate if the printer is on If the printer is running on battery power the power indicator light the furthermost light on the left will illuminate Note The Control Station Printer can draw power from two sources an internal battery or an AC wall outlet The power button is located on the front of the printer It is the button on the right of the three available buttons 3 212 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Power Indicator and Battery Indicator Power Button Figure 3 91 Printer Controls Performance Steps 4 Start MTS Messenger Note Your computer should be configured to automatically open MTS Messenger If this function is not enabled follow the steps listed below a To start MTS Messenger double click the MTS Messenger icon located on the desktop Users will be prompted to select the COMM port see Figure 3 92 b Control station users use COMM 3 Note If you receive the following error message stating No response from Terminal Check Cables go to Troubleshooting c Users will be prompted to select a COMM port for the PLGR Select COMM 1 for control station After successfully starting MTS Messenger th
141. ISO container Serious injury or death could result from contact with electrical power lines b Check ground conditions for firmness and extreme sideways inclination before picking up or off loading a flatrack Any ground instability beneath road wheels could cause serious injury or death to personnel c Prior to and during any load or unload cycle all personnel should stay clear of LHS and flatrack or serious injury or death could result to personnel CAUTION Check ground conditions where flatrack will be placed can support the flatrack weight or damage to flatrack or LHS may result d Ensure rail transport locking pins are disengaged before unloading flatrack Rail transport locking pins are used for rail transport only Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment Loading and unloading times are controlled by engine speed Engine speed can be increased to approximately 1500 rpm to reduce loading and unloading times CAUTION Once the truck s rear suspension has been relieved of a flatrack load do not continue in UNLOAD position as possibility or jacking up rear end with hook arm may occur and damage to equipment may result If flatrack is extremely light or empty it may be necessary to place transmission range selector to Drive D to allow truck to move our from under flatrack CAUTION Never drive with NO TRANS light illuminated Evaluation Preparation Setup Place a PLS Truck with flatrack loaded or unloaded on level ground w
142. M14 SM TG Operate Vehicle in a Convoy 551 721 1359 Conditions Given a briefing by the convoy commander a vehicle with before operation maintenance performed hearing protection as needed Task must be performed under the march unit commander s supervision Standards You have operated the vehicle according to specific instructions from the convoy or march unit commander You have correctly maintained established convoy interval and speed You have correctly reacted to and relayed all hand signals and followed all highway warning and regulatory signs according to FM 21 305 You have performed all requirements without injury to personnel or damage to equipment Performance Steps 1 Start the engine upon receiving the signal or the order from the march unit commander a Refer to the vehicle TM for starting procedures b Fasten seat belt for operator and all passengers if equipped c Wear hearing protection while operating vehicle 2 Set the vehicle in motion upon receiving signal or order to move out Refer to vehicle TM for proper procedures 3 Operate the vehicle at the prescribed speed and within the proper interval between vehicles Follow guidance from convoy or serial march unit commander Acknowledge hand signals by adjusting speed interval and position accordingly Relay hand signals received from the march unit commander to other drivers Park the vehicle during halts as directed Perform during operation p
143. M934A1 M934A2 Truck Medium Wrecker 5 Ton 6X6 M936 M936A1 M936A2 TO 36A12 1C 441 15 August 1996 References 3 STP 55 88M14 SM TG TM 9 2320 273 10 TM 9 2320 279 10 1 TM 9 2320 279 10 2 TM 9 2320 279 20 1 References 4 Truck Tractor Line Haul 50 000 GVWR 6X4 M915 Light Equipment Transporter LET 56 000 GVWR 6X6 w Winch M916 Medium Equipment Transporter MET 75 000 GVWR 8X6 w Winch M920 Truck Chassis 75 000 GVWR 8X6 for 20 Ton Dump Truck M917 56 000 GVWR 6X6 for Bituminous Distributor Truck M918 75 000 GVWR 8X6 for Concrete Mobile Mixer Truck M919 15 May 1980 Operators Manual for M977 Series 8X8 Heavy Expanded Mobility Tactical Trucks HEMTT Truck Cargo With Winch M977 Truck Cargo With Winch M977A2 Truck Cargo With Winch M977A2R1 Truck Cargo Without Winch M977 Truck Cargo Without Winch M977A2 Truck Cargo Without Winch M977A2R1 Truck Tank Fuel With Winch M978 Truck Tank Fuel With Winch M978A2 Truck Tank Fuel With Winch M978A2R1 Truck Tank Fuel Without Winch M978 Truck Tank Fuel Without Winch M978A2 Truck Tank Fuel Without Winch M978A2R1 Truck Tractor With Winch Without Crane M983 Truck Tractor With Winch Without Crane M983A2 Truck Tractor With Winch Without Crane M983A2R1 Truck Tractor With Winch With Crane M983 Truck Wrecker Recovery M984 Truck Wrecker Recovery M984A1 Truck Wrecker Recovery M984A2 Truck Wrecker Re
144. MAN 24 306 27 August 1993 Operator s Manual for M977 Series 8X8 Heavy Expanded Mobility Tactical Trucks HEMTT Truck Cargo With Winch M977 Truck Cargo With Winch M977A2 Truck Cargo With Winch M977A2R1 Truck Cargo Without Winch M977 Truck Cargo Without Winch M977A2 Truck Cargo Without Winch M977A2R1 Truck Tank Fuel With Winch M978 Truck Tank Fuel With Winch M978A2 Truck Tank Fuel With Winch M978A2R1 Truck Tank Fuel Without Winch M978 Truck Tank Fuel Without Winch M978A2 Truck Tank Fuel Without Winch M978A2R1 Truck Tractor With Winch Without Crane M983 Truck Tractor With Winch Without Crane M983A2 Truck Tractor With Winch Without Crane M983A2R1 Truck Tractor With Winch With Crane M983 Truck Wrecker Recovery M984 Truck Wrecker Recovery M984A1 Truck Wrecker Recovery M984A2 Truck Wrecker Recovery M984A2R1 Truck Cargo With Winch M985 Truck Cargo With Winch M985A2 Truck Cargo With Winch M985A2R1 Truck Cargo Without Winch M985 Truck Cargo Without Winch M985A2 Truck Cargo Without Winch M985A2R1 Truck Cargo With Winch M985E1 Truck Cargo With Winch M985E1A2 Truck Cargo With Winch M985E1A2R1 15 June 1987 Training Program for the Heavy Expanded Mobility Tactical Truck HEMTT 3 October 1995 Training Program for the M939 Series 5 Ton Tactical Cargo Truck 1 August 1997 Training Program for the High Mobility Multipurpose Wheeled Vehicle
145. MHE for loading unloading operation 4 Engage and emplace outriggers as applicable according to MHE TM Ensure two 10 BC type fire extinguishers are present and available for use prior to loading ammunition m Ensure boxes crates containers if marked are positioned as indicated n If chemical munitions are involved and as required maintain the appropriate protective clothing and equipment on hand for emergency response Prepare placarding materials 2 Assist in loading ammunition onto transporter a Ensure boxes crates and containers if marked are positioned as indicated b Load ammunition according to established unit loading diagram is required Figures 3 71 3 72 and 3 73 If operating follow hand signals from designated person only Control movement of suspended load by using guide ropes Place load onto transporter as directed Block and brace the load to prevent shifting during movement Assist in securing the load as needed or directed Assist in covering and lashing the load for protection Ensure driver receives copy of DD Form 626 and DD Form 836 prior to departure Ensure the appropriate placards are secured to load carrying vehicle on front rear and both sides 3 136 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Front of Transporter Boxed Ammo xk LN a Unpalletized Projectiles amp Figure 3 73 Palletized Ammo Load M872
146. Measure Distance on a Map Right click on the map and then select Measure Click and drag the cursor from point A to point B on the map Before releasing the button look at the scale display at the bottom of the map window It displays the distance in kilometers nautical miles or statute miles see Figure 3 110 Once you release the mouse the distance measurement will disappear 7 Reset Map to Initial View Right click on the map and select Reset Figure 3 108 Mobile Unit and Control Station Symbols Select NIMA Raster Kit Select Vehicle Normal Zoom In v Zoom Out Move Change Center Measure Reset Configure Map Window Units gt Add Kit Save Map Window Save TracerLink Save TracerLink As NIMA Raster Kit gt Vehicle Figure 3 109 Right Click Popup Menu 3 220 STP 55 88M14 SM TG limi MTS TracerLink Pro 2 0 10 config TracerLink Configuration Window 1 22 Window Control Help hy I 1 4 n d H niu PIT HERE poe RU uS UTI N35 55 131 W5206 128 Map Width 1555 55 Nautical Miles 731 883 Nautical Miles 258 30 Degrees Figure 3 110 Map Showing Distances Function Performance Steps c Navigate through the Server Kit Control Window see Figure 3 111 Use the Server Kit Control Window to trace a vehicle s route hide a vehicle or display a vehicle that was previously hidden or hide display a vehicle s name and last position report time 1 Display the Server Kit Control Window
147. Movements On Public Highways In the United States 1 January 1979 AR 190 11 Physical Security of Arms Ammunition and Explosives 12 February 1998 AR 380 5 Department of the Army Information Security Program 29 September 2000 AR 385 10 The Army Safety Program 29 February 2000 AR 385 55 Prevention of Motor Vehicle Accidents 12 March 1987 AR 600 55 The Army Driver and Operator Standardization Program Selection Training Testing and Licensing 31 December 1993 AR 611 5 Army Personnel Selection and Classification Testing 10 June 2002 AR 700 68 Storage and Handling of Compressed Gases and Gas Liquids in Cylinders and of Cylinders 16 January 1990 Except where otherwise indicated below the following forms are available as follows DA forms are available on the Army Electronic Library AEL and the APD web site www apd army mil DD Forms are available from the OSD web site www dior whs mil Department of Army Forms DA FORM 285 U S Army Accident Report DA FORM 348 Equipment Operator s Qualification Record Except Aircraft DA FORM 1711 R Engineer Reconnaissance Report DA FORM 2028 Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms DA FORM 2062 Hand Receipt Annex Number DA FORM 2401 Organization Control Record for Equipment DA FORM 2404 Equipment Inspection and Maintenance Worksheet DA FORM 2408 14 Uncorrected Fault Record DA FORM 5164 R Hands On Evaluation DA FORM 5165 R Field Expedient Squad Book DA FORM 5748 R Shipment Un
148. N PVS 7B a Turned the POWER switch to the OFF position b Removed the goggles from the headmount or helmet mount by depressing the latch lever and removing the goggles from the headmount of helmet mount socket c Inspected the battery compartment for corrosion or moisture Cleaned and dried if necessary d Replaced battery cap e Removed the demist shields sacrificial window compass or 3X magnifier if installed Installed objective lens cap f Placed into carrying case 3 Operated the driver s vision enhancer a Started the vehicle referred to vehicle TM b Performed the initial setup procedures 1 Rotated sensor assembly azimuth and elevation to straight ahead and level 00 detent positions Set DVE POWER switch to OFF down position Set VIDEO switch to OFF up position Set POLARITY switch to WHT HOT up position With DISPLAY BRIGHTNESS control turned fully ccw rotated knob approximately turn 6 Set SENSOR LEVEL and SENSOR GAIN controls to full ccw AUTO detent position c Placed DVE into operation 1 Set POWER to ON position up Allow 5 minutes for system to stabilize for maximum image clarity 2 Left the VIDEO switch in the SENSOR up position for sensing input from the Sensor Assembly to the display For external input to display set switch to EXT down position see Figure 1 3 Adjusted the seat height and or display module to place the display at eye level 4
149. OM approval see FM 4 01 011 2 When permitted the vehicle height will not exceed the height of the authorized shelter Authorized shelters height is designed to accommodate both the vehicles vertical balance and overhead clearance on selected transportation modes Evaluation Preparation Setup Provide for the soldier designated vehicle s that are to undergo movement shipment soldier operator s vehicle BII and all other miscellaneous tools equipment or tiedown materials needed Brief Soldier You are to supervise your soldiers preparing the vehicle s for movement shipment All requirements of preparing your vehicle s must be accomplished If preparations involve reducing the vehicle this should also be accomplished Performance Measures G NO GO 1 Ensured that all required operator preventive maintenance is completed prior to movement shipment a b C Ensured that vehicle was cleaned thoroughly to include any specific areas identified in unit SOP Ensured that all uncorrected faults were recorded on either DA Form 2408 14 or DA Form 5988 E automated ULLS and reported to organizational maintenance Ensured the vehicle was mechanically sound free of leaks drips and other operational defects 3 185 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Measures GO NOGO 2 Ensured that vehicle s fuel tank is filled or drained to the appropriate level a Vehicles may contain fuel in tank not to exceed on
150. ON Operate the goggle under nighttime conditions only Using the goggle during the day in a brightly lit room or staring at a bright light source even at night can permanently damage the image intensifier 1 With the NVG attached to the headmount assembly turn the goggle ON by pulling the Switch knob away from the objective lens to the forward ON position 2 Adjust the eye relief and eye span distance for the most comfortable use of the goggle 3 Turn the eyepiece focus rings on each eyepiece lens for the sharpest view 4 Adjust the objective focus ring for the sharpest view 5 Repeat procedures 3 and 4 until best focus is achieved CAUTION Operate the goggles only under darkened conditions or use the objective lens cap to cover the objective lens for daylight operations 3 156 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps b AN PVS 7B night vision goggles 1 Ensure batteries are installed 2 Don the helmet mount Per instructions listed in TM 11 5855 262 10 2 paragraph 2 6 3 Place the goggles in the socket of the helmet mount Set your eye relief by depressing the side buttons and carefully move the goggles fore or aft until the eyecups comfortably seal around the eyes Readjust the helmet straps as required for vertical adjustment 4 Turn power switch to ON Adjust the tile by using the tilt adjustment lock knob until you obtain a comfortable viewing angle 5 Adjust the interpupillary distance by sliding the eyepiec
151. References 6 Operator s Instructions Manual for M1078 Series 2 1 2 Ton 4X4 Light Medium Tactical Vehicles LMTV Trk Car LMTV M1078 w Wn w o Wn Trk Van LMTV M1078 w Wn w o Wn Trk Chas LMTV M1080 Trk Car LMTV LVAD M1081 w Wn w o Wn 17 June 1998 Operator s Instructions Manual for M1083 Series 5 Ton 6X6 Medium Tactical Vehicles MTV Volume No 1 of 2 Trk Car MTV M1083 w Wn w o Wn Trk Car MTV w Matl Hdlg Eqpt MHE M1084 Trk Car MTV LWB M1085 w Wn w o Wn Trk Car MTV LWB w Matl Hdlg Eqpt M1086 Trk Tractor MTV M1088 w Wn w o Wn Trk Wkr MTV M1089 Trk Dump MTV M1090 w Wn w o Wn Trk Chas MTV M1092 Trk Car MTV Air Drop M1093 w Wn w o Wn Trk Dump MTV Air Drop M1094 w Wn w o Wn Trk Chas MTV LWB M1096 TO 36A12 1C 1091 1 15 September 1998 Operator s Instructions Manual for M1083 Series 5 Ton 6X6 Medium Tactical Vehicles MTV Volume No 2 of 2 Trk Car MTV M1083 w Wn w o Wn Trk Car MTV w Matl Hdlg Eqpt MHE M1084 Trk Car MTV LWB M1085 w Wn w o Wn Trk Car MTV LWB w Matl Hdlg Eqpt MHE M1086 Trk Tractor MTV M1088 w Wn w o Wn Trk Wkr MTV M1089 Trk Dump MTV M1090 w Wn w o Wn Trk Chas MTV M1092 Trk Car MTV Air Drop M1093 w Wn w o Wn Trk Dump MTV Air Drop M1094 w Wn w o Wn Trk Chas MTV LWB M1096 TO 31A12 1C 1091 2 15 September 1998 Operator s Unit Direct Support and General Support Maintenance Including R
152. STP 55 88M14 SM TG THIS IS A DOD COMPUTER SYSTEM BEFORE PROCESSING CLASSIFIED INFORMATION CHECK THE SECURITY ACCREDITATION LEVEL OF THIS SYSTEM DO NOT PROCESS STORE OR TRANSMIT INFORMATION CLASSIFIED ABOVE THE ACCREDITATION LEVEL OF THIS SYSTEM THIS COMPUTER SYSTEM INCLUDING ALL RELATED EQUIPMENT NETWORKS AND NETWORK DEVICES INCLUDING INTERNET ACCESS ARE PROVIDED ONLY FOR AUTHORIZED U S GOVERNMENT USE DOD COMPUTER SYSTEMS MAY BE MONITORED FOR ALL LAWFUL PURPOSES INCLUDING TO ENSURE THEIR USE IS AUTHORIZED FOR MANAGEMENT OF THE SYSTEM TO FACILITATE PROTECTION AGAINST UNAUTHORIZED ACCESS AND TO VERIFY SECURITY PROCEDURES SURVIVABILITY AND OPERATIONAL SECURITY MONITORING INCLUDES BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO ACTIVE ATTACKS BY AUTHORIZED DOD ENTITIES OT TEST OR VERIFY SECURITY OF THIS SYSTEM DURING MONITORING INFORMATION MY BE EXAMINED RECORDED COPIED AND USED FOR AUTHORIZED PURPOSES ALL INFORMATION INCLUDING PERSONAL INFORMATION PLACED ON OR SENT OVER THIS SYSTEM MAY BE MONITORED USE OF THIS DOD COMPUTER SYSTEM AUTHORIZED OR UNAUTHORIZED CONSTITUTES CONSENT TO MONITORING UNAUTHORIZED USE OF THIS DOD COMPUTER SYSTEM MAY SUBJECT YOU TO CRIMINAL PROSECUTION EVIDENCE OF UNAUTHORIZED USE COLLECTED DURING MONITORING MAY BE USED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE CRIMINAL OR OTHER ADVERSE ACTION USE OF THIS SYSTEM CONSTITUTES CONSENT TO MONITORING FOR ALL LAWFUL PURPOSES Figure 3 28 Security Warning Performance Steps 4 Enter
153. STP 55 88M14 SM TG Soldier s Manual and Trainer s Guide 88M Motor Transport Operator Skill Levels 1 2 3 and 4 OCTOBER 2004 DISTRIBUTION RESTRICTION Approved for public release distribution is unlimited HEADQUARTERS DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY This publication is available at Army Knowledge Online www us army mil STP 55 88M14 SM TG SOLDIER TRAINING PUBLICATION HEADQUARTERS No 55 88M14 SM TG DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY Washington D C 6 October 2004 SOLDIER S MANUAL AND TRAINER S GUIDE MOS 88M Soldier s Manual and Trainer s Guide 88M Motor Transport Operator Skill Levels 1 2 3 and 4 CONTENTS PAGE lait no V Chapter 1 Introduction 15 cerle eric eI e ecran e ede en Sce anina e Sae deaa aaraa 1 1 151 Gerner all 1 1 1 2 Army Training System asiyan Ri aeei eene nennen nennen nennen nnns 1 1 1 3 Soldiers Responsibilities sseessssssssssseeeeneememeene eene 1 2 1 4 NCO Self Development and the Soldiers Manual 1 3 155 Training SUP POM a noie e noe eO D tee edem s 1 3 1 64 T ask Sumimaries 5 i m eig RERUM MN este M EM 1 3 Chapter 2 Trainer s Guide 1 21 cutee edendesececacueuseenessaneesuevecuctesneesusuersteneeceee 2 1 221 4 Generall E LI 2 1 2 2 oubject Area Codes 1t seeds rena
154. Selected a group from the Select Control Group The vehicles assigned within the selected group will be displayed in the Vehicles in Group box c Modified Groups 1 Selected Control Station from the MTS Messenger menu 2 Selected the control group to be modified From here selected their modification needed for example add vehicle or remove vehicle 3 228 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Measures GO NOGO 8 Started TracerLink a Double clicked on the TracerLink icon located on the desktop to start the TracerLink application TracerLink connected to the MTS Messenger program over a TCP IP socket to receive position data b Identified the following program controls and indicators 1 Symbols a Mobile Unit Round symbols represent mobile units A square lug on top of the symbol indicated the unit is turned on and transmitting No lug on top indicated the unit is turned off b Control station Square symbols represent control stations A square lug on top of the symbol indicates the unit is turned on and transmitting No lug on top indicates the unit is turned off 2 Right clicked the Pop Up Menu 3 Zoomed the Map To zoom right clicked on the map to show the pop up menu Selected Zoom In or Zoom Out Clicked on the map at the point you wish to become the center of the map The map zoomed with the point clicked becoming the new center of the map 4 Changed Center Right clicked the mouse over the map to pop up the
155. Semitrailer 3 137 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps 3 Assist in unloading ammunition from transporter a j Ensure vehicle engine is off during loading unloading operations unless needed to power lifting device Ensure no smoking within 50 feet and no open flames within 100 feet Ensure two 10 BC fire extinguishers are present and available for use Ensure transporter wheels are chocked Assist in removing tarpaulin Assist in removing blocking and bracing materials Assist in inspecting ammunition for damage Set aside all damaged items Assist in controlling movement of suspended load from vehicle If chemical ammunition is involved ensure protective clothing and equipment is available in case of emergency Assist in removal of placarding from vehicle once all ammunition has been unloaded Evaluation Preparation Setup Provide for the soldier a cargo carrying vehicle or vehicle combination a designated load of ammunition to load unload all necessary materials to tied own the load Material handling equipment DD Form 626 and DD Form 836 Brief soldier You are required to load and unload ammunition for transport If the load requires the use of MHE ensure that its operation is according to the operator s manual and that all safety precautions are adhered to Performance Measures GO NOGO 1 Assisted in preparing the transporter for loading operation 2
156. T and M1000 semitrailer as close as possible to the disabled M 1 tank approximately 15 feet on as level ground as possible c Assistant operator visually checks the HET and semitrailer offset angle Adjusts angle as necessary d Moves transmission range selector to N neutral position e Applies HET parking brakes f Turns on PTO switch g Turns on beacon light switch h Chocks M1070 Front 1st axle in front and behind each tire i Lays out curbside angled rear payload tiedown chain s j Lays out streetside angled rear payload tiedown chain s k Lowers warning light on streetside of platform 2 Prepare M1000 semitrailer Note The operator and crew members will perform this step a Removes manila rope from semitrailer stowage compartment b Unwinds manila rope and positions on semitrailer c Positions front streetside payload chock approximately 10 inches from forward edge of platform steps d Positions front curbside payload chock approximately 14 inches from forward edge of platform Aligns streetside and curbside front payload chock with fourth hole on outboard payload chock mounting brackets on platform Secures both payload chocks with cap screws washers and nuts Aligns curbside rear payload chock on streetside front edge above bogie 1 Positions streetside payload chock next to bogies 4 rear of semitrailer Removes front and rear curb guides stowage brackets from platform area Removes all 12 cur
157. TG Operate the Loading Ramps on the M1000 Semitrailer 551 721 2305 Conditions Given an M1000 semitrailer with BII hearing protection work gloves and assistance as needed from other crew members Special Conditions Position semitrailer on level ground when possible Standards You have successfully operated the loading ramps on the M1000 semitrailer without injury to personnel or damage to equipment Performance Steps 1 Adjust loading ramps Refer to TM 9 2330 381 14 paragraph 2 20a and pages 2 58 2 59 and 2 60 for applicable steps 2 Lower ramps Refer to TM 9 2330 381 14 paragraph 2 20b pages 2 61 and 2 62 for applicable steps 3 Raise ramps Refer to TM 9 2330 381 14 paragraph 2 20c for applicable steps Evaluation Preparation Setup Emplace a Heavy Equipment Transport Semitrailer HETS onto level ground Provide an assistant Brief Soldier Inform the soldier to lower and raise the loading ramps on the M1000 semitrailer without injury to anyone or damage to the semitrailer This is to be a two person operation under your guidance Performance Measures GO NOGO 1 Adjusted loading ramps 2 Lowered ramps 3 Raised ramps NN _ Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all performance measures passed Score the soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly Re
158. You must then submit for approval your requirements as part of the battalion s OPORD for approval corrections Performance Measures GO NOGO 1 Prepared the request 2 Ensured that requested support is adequate 3 Followed up on the request to ensure engineer support is available 4 Incorporated engineer support needed into the OPLAN OPORD Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related AR 25 50 3 281 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Prepare Map Overlay 551 721 4335 Conditions Given a clear sheet of overlay material colored pencils 1 50 000 scale military map protractor guidance from commander and information from OPORD Standards You have completely legibly and accurately constructed a map overlay and have included all relevant information required Performance Steps 1 Place overlay materials over the map area to be annotated see Figure 3 121 a If possible attach the edges of the map to the overlay materials with tape b Unlike strip maps a map overlay is drawn to the same scale as the map ER ERE Figure 3 121 Map Graphic 2 Trace the grid intersection nearest the two opposite corners of the overlay placed in perform
159. a Method 1 Right click on the mouse and choose Select Vehicle on the pop up menu This will change your cursor into a hand with a pointed finger Left click on the map with the hand while over a vehicle s icon or over a bare spot If you clicked over a vehicle s icon the vehicle kit window will display the clicked vehicle s in the pane If you clicked over a bare spot the window will be empty b Method 2 Slowly slide the cursor off the screen to the right side of the map When you approach the edge of the map the Kit Bar will appear Select the vehicle image at the top see Figure 3 112 2 Display the information in the Server Kit Control Window a The Assignments Tab Click on the Assignment Tab see Figure 3 113 to display vehicle information in a hierarchical fleet view b The Selection Tab Click on the Selection Tab see Figure 3 114 to display vehicle information listed by vehicle 1 Server Vehicle Kit Control E x Show All Vehicles Hide All Vehicles Vehicle Names Vehicle Time Configure Labels Assignments Selection Servers Figure 3 111 Server Kit Control Window 3 221 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 3 222 Im MTS TracerLink Pro 2 0 10 config TracerLink Configuration Window 1 Default Window Control im 1 Default Window Figure 3 112 Kit Bar 1 Server Vehicle Kit Control Show Vehicles Hide All Vehicles Vehicle Names Vehicle Time Configure Labels Assignment
160. a failure of control electrical system Greater care must be exercised during operation of MANUAL mode for correct cycle of events to occur or damage to equipment may result a Change truck weight indicator to reflect load weight to be uploaded b Adjust driver seat and controls as necessary c Ensure vehicle fuel level is sufficient for mission Refuel as needed d Operate lights according to tactical situation e Start vehicle Normal starting procedures see TM 9 2320 364 10 for details if necessary f Check vehicle gauges and warning buzzers for proper indication g Operate service brakes and hand brakes as necessary 1 Ensure brake air pressure gauge reads 100 psi for proper operation of brake system 2 Operate trailer brakes as necessary Select proper gear range using transmission range selector Position vehicle for uploading operations 1 If available always use a ground guide 1 or more to maneuver vehicle into position 2 Chock vehicle wheels 3 Set parking brake as required 4 Prepare Load handling system for uploading 2 Load flatrack onto PLS truck a Set the transmission range selector to Reverse R and back truck up to the flatrack Stop approximately 5 feet 1 5 meters from hook bar Check for overhead obstructions and firmness of ground b Apply the service brake pedal and set transmission range selector to Neutral N CAUTION To avoid equipment damage ensure that hook arm cylinders do not comple
161. able operations area been selected Have suitable rest and mess halt area been selected Have convoy clearances been obtained What date 15 Is escort required Has it been requested 16 Are spare truck available for emergencies 12 3 4 5 6 17 Are vehicles fully serviced and ready for loading 8 9 0 1 1 18 Are loads properly blocked and braced neat and balanced 19 Are drivers properly briefed By whom When Strip Maps furnished 20 Is convoy marked front and rear of each march unit With convoy number when required Is each vehicle marked Are convoy flags on the vehicles 21 Are guides in place Have arrangements been made to post and recover them 22 Are blackout lights functioning 23 Have maintenance services been alerted 24 Is maintenance truck in rear Are medics in rear 25 Are all interested parties advised of ETA 26 Is the officer at the rear of the convoy ready to take necessary corrective action such as investigating accidents and unusual incidents and changing loads 27 Who is the trail officer 28 Is there a truck unloading plan Who is responsible Do they have the necessary equipment 29 Is there a plan for feeding personnel 30 Have times been established for loading trucks 31 Has time been established for formation of convoy 32 Have times been established for unloading trucks 33 Has time been established for releasing trucks Who is res
162. abled Removes jewelry especially watches and rings when working around vehicles 4 Ensure that all operators adhere to the following guidelines when carrying hazardous materials non hazardous materials or passengers a b For vehicles transporting hazardous materials 1 Follow a preplanned route 2 Park in areas where exposure to inhabited buildings and public gatherings is limited Vehicles carrying ammunition 1 Loaded to meet hazard classification and compatibility standards 2 Off loaded before major maintenance is performed 3 193 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps 3 Inspected prior to loading and when entering an Army establishment before unloading using DD Form 626 4 Have brakes set and at least one wheel chocked during all loading or unloading and tiedown operations 5 No person will be allowed to ride on or in the cargo compartment of a motor vehicle transporting explosives fuel or other hazardous materials 6 Will have an assistant driver when transporting hazardous materials c Vehicles carrying passengers 1 Vehicle must have fixed seating 2 All passengers will remain seated while vehicle is in motion 3 Will not be the last vehicle in a convoy Evaluation Preparation Setup Provide an SOP for guidance vehicles or equipment for which the guidelines apply personnel and vehicle safety equipment Brief Soldier Inform the soldier of the requirement to perform the task
163. accordance with AR 611 5 Chapter 2 9 Ensured conduct of remedial driver training a For drivers of at halt accidents b Traffic violations c Misuse of vehicle d Other demonstrated need for additional training Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related AR 385 10 AR 385 55 AR 600 55 AR 611 5 DA FORM 2404 DA FORM 2408 14 DA FORM 348 DA FORM 5984 E FM 21 305 FM 55 30 OF 346 TC 21 305 1 TC 21 305 10 TC 21 305 11 TC 21 305 2 TC 21 305 3 TC 21 305 4 TC 21 305 5 TC 21 305 6 TC 21 305 7 TC 21 305 8 TC 21 305 9 3 251 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Manage Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services 551 721 4322 Conditions You are assigned duties as a platoon sergeant You are given platoon assets consisting of soldiers and vehicles assigned to your platoon You are also provided with all TMs issued for each vehicle BII lubricants access to company maintenance personnel and maintenance facilities maintenance worksheets and maintenance records Some replacement parts are available Standards You have managed the performance of preventive maintenance checks and services of your platoon vehicles You have provided proper instructions to your squad leaders in the performance of their rol
164. ace The Server Kit Vehicle Kit Control window will open with the Selection tab containing a list of vehicles 4 Right click on the vehicle you wish to trace and then select Display Trace 1 Server Vehicle Kit Control oj x Properties Center Vehicle Send Message Display Clear Trace Trace Options State Disconnect Assignments Selection Servers Vehicle Latitude Longitude DU 22 503630 5 00 N 39 10 34 W 85 00 05 CS GPS Active Power On Properties Center on Vehicle Send Message Vehicle Clear Trace v Name Trace Options Time q See Disconnect Figure 3 116 Trace Function 3 223 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps f Hide Show an Individual vehicle s name see Figure 3 117 1 Right click on the map and get the pop up menu 2 Choose Select Vehicle 3 Click on the vehicle you wish to name unname The Server Vehicle Kit Control Window will pop up listing the vehicles 4 To turn the name on right click on the names in the Server Vehicle Kit Control window and select Display Name 1 Server Vehicle Kit Control olx Properties Center on Vehicle Send Message Display Clear Trace Trace Options State Disconnect Assignments Selection Servers Longitude TOMER 22503630 5 00 39 10 34 W 85 00 05 CS GPS Active Power On rie Center on Vehicle Send Message v Vehicle Gear Traco Trace Options Time State P v Trace 4 RU Disconnect
165. ack UY mat qu Cw WS Figure 3 57 Tiedown Flatrack 6 Secure payload vehicle to semitrailer using load binders and chains general procedures applicable to M872 semitrailers see Figure 3 58 a Emplace chock blocks as necessary b Adhere to all safety issues concerning chains and load binders 1 Failure to use load binder properly may result in serious injury or even death 2 Do not operate load binder while standing on the load 3 Move handle with caution It may whip keep body clear 4 Keep yourself out of the path of the moving handle 3 59 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps 5 You must be familiar with state and federal regulations regarding size and number of chain systems required for securing loads on trucks 6 Always consider the safety of nearby workers as well as yourself when using load binder 7 While under tension load binder must not bear against an object WARNING Use caution when moving around load on semitrailer A fall from the semitrailer could cause serious injury WARNING Never use a cheater pipe or handle extender to release handle Use a steel bar and pry under the handle and stay out of the path of handle as it moves upward Figure 3 58 Vehicle Payload on M872 Semitrailer c Attach chains and load binders to front and rear of vehicle Note It is not possible to illustrate all possible configurations in this step of tying
166. ad chock from front streetside of platform Operator continues to pay in driver s side and passenger side winch cables until crew members signal that both front tiedown chains are tight and front road wheels are firmly on top of front payload chocks Crew members chock rear of disabled M 1 tank with two rear payload chocks firmly under tracks Operator pays out both driver s side and passenger side winch cables until cables touch top of HET tires Crew members check both driver s side and passenger side winch cables for twist Crew members slowly and carefully remove cotter pins and shouldered pins from clevises from driver s side and passenger side winch cables Removes two large shackles from both upper recovery eyes on disabled M 1 tank Installs two large shackles and four load binders on rear payload tiedown rings Removes two shackles from semitrailer stowage compartment Attaches streetside parallel chain and curbside rear angled tiedown chain to streetside towing lug using shackle Attaches curbside parallel tiedown chain and streetside rear angled tiedown chain to curbside rear towing lug using shackle Attaches both parallel chains to each parallel load binders Tightens each load binder as tight as possible Attaches both curbside and streetside rear angled tiedown chains to angled load binders as follows 1 Attaches free end of curbside rear angled tiedown chain to curbside rear angled l
167. aders checked validity of entries on maintenance worksheets b Ensured a signature is entered as appropriate in the Maintenance Supervisor block 9a DA Form 2404 or Operator s Supervisor signature block on DA Form 5988 E if so stated in unit SOP c Ensured all parts on order have been properly logged into ULLS on the applicable vehicle s DA Form 5988 E or annotated on DA Form 2408 14 by unit maintenance section for each vehicle d Inspection worksheet was turned in to unit maintenance section if faults were found and recorded for future correction 7 Ensured all vehicles and equipment are secured upon completion of maintenance checks a Squad leaders accounted for all vehicles BII and other tools and ensured all tools are stowed properly b Squad leaders ensured their vehicles with drivers report to maintenance section for repairs as necessary c Squad leaders ensured security of all vehicles d Squad leaders reported their squad operational status to you 8 Ensured that scheduled vehicle services are conducted a Coordinated with maintenance section for scheduled times for services b Ensured squad leaders prepared the vehicle and operator for reporting for services to include 1 Daily PMCS was completed and all faults corrected or parts ordered 2 Vehicle was cleaned to include undercarriage 3 Inspection worksheets were completed and available to maintenance section 4 Any additional requir
168. ades d Use the windshield to protect from wire stretched across the road that could decapitate personnel e Remove or lower the windshield when it interferes with the use of weapons or during blackout operations f Place a piece of plywood or similar material covered with sandbags between the windshield and the hood to prevent the lowered windshield from breakage by shock or vibration 2 Harden the vehicle a Cover the floor of troop carrying vehicles with at least a double interlocking layer of sandbags b Using a double layer of sandbags place sandbags under the driver s seat and cab floors of all vehicles c Cover the sandbags with rubber or fiber mats to prolong the life of the sandbags and to help reduce danger from fragments such as sharp stones sand and metal vehicle parts d Place sandbags on the gas tank fenders and hood for added protection e Insert steel plates between the fuel tanks and the hanger straps to harden the fuel tanks Evaluation Preparation Setup Provide vehicle operator s vehicle s mission information and SOP guidance Brief Soldier You are to supervise the preparation of vehicles for shipment movement Your supervision and guidance must afford the vehicle operators the knowledge needed to properly prepare their vehicle for movement shipment by air land and sea You will provide applicable guidance according to the mode of transportation used and the types of vehicles transported Perfor
169. adjusting speed interval and position Relayed hand signals received from the march unit commander Parked vehicle during halts as directed Performed during operation preventive maintenance checks Checked vehicle load during halts for security Shutdown engine unless told to otherwise by supervisor or march unit commander Resumed vehicle convoy operations repeated step 1 through 6 Shutdown vehicle at destination repeated step 9 Performed after operation preventive maintenance checks Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References 3 12 Required Related FM 21 305 FM 4 01 30 FM 55 15 FM 55 30 TM 9 2320 260 10 TM 9 2320 272 10 TM 9 2320 279 10 1 TM 9 2320 279 10 2 TM 9 2320 280 10 TM 9 2320 283 10 TM 9 2320 360 10 TM 9 2320 364 10 TM 9 2320 365 10 TM 9 2320 366 10 1 TM 9 2320 366 10 2 TM 9 2330 357 14 amp P TM 9 2330 385 14 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Operate Vehicle With Standard or Automatic Semiautomatic Transmission 551 721 1364 Conditions Given a tactical wheeled vehicle with a standard or automatic semiautomatic transmission with before operation maintenance performed BII dispatch 10 series TM accident forms and guidance on route to operate Standards You have safely oper
170. afely operated a tractor with semitrailer through varying terrain conditions which include but are not limited ditches gullies and ravines wooded areas rocky terrain streams and swamps and mud without injuring personnel damaging the tractor or semitrailer physical surroundings and without getting mired Performance Steps 1 Drive tractor with semitrailer through shallow and deep ditches a Shallow ditches 1 Stop the tractor 2 Check the terrain for obstructions 3 Place the transmission shift lever into first gear 4 Steer the tractor toward the ditch so that one wheel on the axle will leave the ditch as the other wheel on the same axle enters it b Deep ditches 1 Stop the tractor 2 Check the terrain for obstructions 3 Cut away sides of the ditch if necessary 4 Place the transfer shift lever into all wheel drive if applicable 5 Place the tractor into its lowest forward gear and four wheel drive if applicable 6 Approach the ditch at an angle 7 Accelerate the tractor enough to keep it rolling as it goes up the other side NS 2 Drive tractor with semitrailer through gullies and ravines Stop the tractor Check the terrain for obstructions Place the transmission shift lever into 1st gear Ease the front wheel over the edge and into the ravine Steer a straight course so that both front wheels strike the bottom at the same time f
171. aining d Ensure driver testing and training device is available and in working condition 1 Perform trial test to familiarize with equipment and to ensure it is working condition 2 Construct equivalent testing instruments in lieu of availability of testing and training device must be made to accurately measure the same physical characteristics e Conduct a risk analysis of the training to be conducted f Setup the assigned driving range g Setup road testing site should include 1 Forward stop 2 Straight line backing Right turn Alley dock Eight left and eight right turns Straight section of urban business street Two through intersections and two intersections requiring stop Two railway crossings 3 4 S 6 7 8 9 Two curves one left one right 5 6 7 8 9 10 A two lane rural or semi rural road 11 A section of expressway 12 A downgrade 13 An upgrade 14 A downgrade for stopping 15 An upgrade for stopping 16 An underpass or low clearance and one bridge 3 164 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Inform Soldier of Reason NOT Selected Select Driver Candidates Successful Soldier Intervie Trained on Accident Avoidance in Accordance with TC 21 305 Drive Off Post Medically Cleared Retrain and Pass Test Retrain and Pass Retest Issue Learner s Permit OF 346
172. ance step 1 Use a straight edge and label each with the proper grid coordinates from the map Note It is imperative that absolute accuracy be maintained in plotting the register marks as the smallest mistake will throw off the overlay 3 Plot detail information a Use standard topographic or military symbols where possible Note Nonstandard symbols invented by the author must be identified in a legend on the overlay b Plot new observed topographic or cultural features not on the map onto the overlay Use the standard topographic symbols and place as accurately as possible Note If difficulty in seeing through the overlay material is encountered while plotting or tracing detail lift the overlay from time to time to check orientation of information being added in reference to the base 3 282 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps 4 Record marginal information a Title and objective b Time and date c Map reference d Author e Legend f Security classification g Additional information as required Evaluation Preparation Setup Provide for the soldier mission information grid map sheet and guidance to produce the overlay Brief Soldier You must construct a map overlay that includes all required relevant information Performance Measures GO NOGO 1 Placed overlay material over the map area to be annotated 2 Traced the grid intersection nearest the two opposite corners of the overlay
173. and 2 162 for applicable steps in this procedure WARNING Do not park truck on steep grades Serious injury to personnel could result b Rapid operation repeatedly of service brakes will consume compressed air supply and cause automatic spring brake application Failure to follow proper service brake operating procedures may cause serious injury or death to personnel CAUTION Before shutting down engine increase tachometer to 800 1000 rpm at no load for three to five minutes to allow turbocharger to slow down and cool off Turbocharger may be damaged if not allowed to cool off Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related TM 9 2320 364 10 TC 21 305 10 3 71 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Conduct Loading Unloading Operations Using Container Handling Unit CHU 551 721 1505 Conditions Given a PLS tractor equipped with the CHU a container to be loaded either of a 82 72 51 or 48 inch tall hearing protection vehicle TM 10 series and assistance from others as needed Standards You have safely and successfully loaded and unloaded a container using the Container Handling Unit CHU without injury to personnel or damage to equipment Performance Steps 1 Prepare PLS truck for container mode Note This ta
174. and lock position prior to operating the vehicle WARNING Helmets must always be worn when driving with the DVE installed The DVE display should be removed from its mount when not in use for extended driving operations to minimize the risk of head strike injuries a Rotate Sensor Assembly azimuth and elevation to straight ahead and level 00 detent positions b Set DVE POWER switch to OFF down position c Set VIDEO switch to SENSOR up position d Set POLARITY switch to WHT HOT up position e With DISPLAY BRIGHTNESS control turned fully ccw rotate knob approximately turn cw f Set SENSOR LEVEL and SENSOR GAIN controls to full ccw AUTO detent position 3 Place DVE into operation a Set POWER to ON position up Allow 5 minutes for system electronics to stabilize for maximum image clarity b Leave the VIDEO switch in the SENSOR up position for sensing input from the Sensor Assembly to the display For external input to display set switch to EXT down position see Figure 3 50 c Adjust the seat height and or Display module to place the display at eye level Note If the display becomes degraded while driving the vehicle such as the presence of dead pixels and or video noise that prevents the driver from performing his mission then immediately bring the vehicle to a safe stop to avoid a collision If the problem cannot be fixed report the situation to higher level of maintenance d Adjust the DISPLAY BRIGHTNESS contro
175. and pull lever back at the same time to open coupler jaw Note Air tank No 1 must be charged with air for air assist lever to work If it is not charged remove the charging hose from the trailer stowage box and perform steps h through t below If air tank is charged perform step u h Remove cover from emergency air glad hand i Connect charging hose glad hand to emergency air glad hand see Figure 3 64 j Remove cover from charging hose connector k Remove cover from trailer quick disconnect Connect charging hose connector to trailer quick disconnect m With truck running push trailer air supply valve on dash to charge No 1 air tank n When fully charged three to five minutes release trailer air supply valve on dash and shutoff engine Disconnect charging hose connector from trailer quick disconnect Install cover on trailer disconnect Install cover on charging hose connector Disconnect charging hose glad hand from emergency air glad hand and stow in stowage box Install cover on emergency air glad hand WARNING Drawbar weighs 425 Ibs 850 Ibs with drawbar extension if equipped Drawbar may rise quickly or fall suddenly to the ground when released from coupler Do no allow feet or body to get under or above drawbar Serious injury to personnel my result t Move air assist lever on drawbar air assist valve to UP position and raise drawbar to level of coupler see Figure 3 65 u Place air assist lever in neutral positio
176. and work gloves Standards You have successfully made adjustments to gooseneck by raising or lowering as necessary All operational steps were performed without injury to personnel or damage to equipment Performance Steps 1 Start the APU a Uncouple the semitrailer from the tractor if coupled b Refer to TM 9 2330 381 14 paragraph 2 18a for applicable steps 2 Operate gooseneck control valves as necessary to raise or lower gooseneck refer to TM 9 2330 381 14 paragraph 2 18b for applicable steps WARNING Wear hearing protection while APU is running Ensure that tractor is UNCOUPLED from semitrailer before beginning operation Adhere to all WARNINGS and CAUTION statements in the TM Prior to adjusting gooseneck height ensure that both gooseneck isolation and suspension shut off valve handles have been pulled outward to the ADJUST position or injury to personnel from unexpected movement or damage to equipment may result 3 Shutdown APU refer to TM 9 2330 381 14 paragraph 2 16b 2 50 and 2 51 Evaluation Preparation Setup Provide for the soldier an M1000 semitrailer uncoupled from the M1070 HET tractor Brief Soldier You are required to make adjustments to the gooseneck of the M1000 semitrailer The semitrailer should not be coupled to the tractor and the landing support legs should be lowered to support the semitrailer before starting operation Performance Measures GO NOGO 1 Started the APU a Uncou
177. any large rocks before continuing movement 3 80 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps 7 Operate vehicle across ditches a b C d e f If CTIS equipped select mode for this type of terrain watch for indicator showing correct mode selection on CTIS panel and adhere to speed restrictions Follow any steps in the vehicle TM for operation in this type of terrain Check under operation under unusual conditions Cross shallow ditches by shifting low gear or range and proceed slowly Enter the ditch obliquely so that on wheel leaves the ditch as the other wheel on the same axle enters it Accelerate the motor enough to keep rolling as you go up the other side Cut away tops of the bank on both sides if necessary before attempting to cross 8 Operate vehicle through gullies and ravines a o aoao If CTIS equipped select mode for this type of terrain watch for indicator showing correct mode selection on CTIS panel and adhere to speed restrictions Follow applicable steps in the vehicle TM for operation in this type of terrain Check under operation under unusual conditions Look over terrain to determine the safest route to take Put your vehicle in low gear or low range Approach the ravine at a right angle to the edge Ease the front wheels into gully so that they touch bottom at the same time Bring engine up to normal operating speed as your wheels touch the opposite bank
178. appropriate primary and alternate route that will support your movement All critical points have been identified Friendly and enemy units in the vicinity have been identified and plotted on your overlay You have indicated halt and release point locations You have recorded and reported all necessary route information for higher headquarters and for use on your convoy movement Performance Steps 1 Conduct reconnaissance preparations a If convoy route has already been selected obtain overlay information from commander or battalion S 3 If not obtain guidance from commander OPORD b Select personnel vehicles and equipment involved in reconnaissance effort and provide this information to the commander prior to departure c Conduct a map reconnaissance of selected route 1 Select a tentative route if not selected by S 3 based on the following a Time Distance factors b Current and expected enemy activities c Availability of security forces d Fire support along the selected route e Trafficability of roadbed f Restrictions of transporting hazardous cargo through populated areas Tentative checkpoints Ascertain possible critical points and ambush sites If available contact the Division Transportation Officer DTO or servicing Movement Control Team MCT through whose area the convoy will pass i Possible fording locations j Built up areas along the route K Availability of alternate route s d Establish
179. are passed Score the soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related AR 385 55 FM 21 305 FM 55 30 3 52 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Perform Tiedown Procedures 551 721 1411 Conditions Given either a 5 ton cargo vehicle loaded with general cargo a tractor semitrailer combination loaded with a vehicle payload or a HEMTT cargo vehicle loaded with ammunition and all necessary basic issue items tools and tiedown materials capable of securing the load to the vehicle The vehicle or vehicle combination has been properly parked for loading unloading operations and chocked to prevent movement The load has been placed onto the vehicle but has not been secured All necessary pre use inspections have been performed on vehicle and or trailer semitrailer Standards You have ensured proper placement of the load on the vehicle inspected the tiedown materials to be used and secured the load by properly blocking and bracing if needed and using the proper tiedown configuration The load has been inspected by supervisor or other proper authority and deemed secure and ready for movement Performance Steps 1 Ensure load is properly positioned for tiedown a Check configuration of general cargo load 1 Ensure that cargo is placed on vehicle with the heaviest items on the bottom and spread evenly across the vehicle both
180. are seated and all safety equipment is in place c Drivers will warn passengers not to jump from passenger beds and upon dismounting move away from traveled portions of the roadway d Drivers will refuse to move any vehicle in which anyone is in an unsafe position 3 261 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps 10 Risk Management a Integrate risk management into mission planning preparation and execution b Make risk decisions at the appropriate level in the chain of command c Accept no unnecessary risk d Conduct a risk assessment prior to each mission 3 Submit recommendations to unit commander for approval Evaluation Preparation Setup Provide the soldier with the necessary regulations regarding motor transport safety guidelines Brief Soldier You have been delegated to establish a motor transport safety program for a new unit being activated in your area You are to use existing doctrinal information to include safety in your recommendations that you submit to the commander for approval Performance Measures GO NOGO 1 Reviewed available and existing guidelines a Reviewed the local SOP company battalion and platoon if available b Reviewed applicable regulations and other preexisting guidelines 2 Suggested changes to safety guidelines and operations based on a Accident Reports b Army Regulations c Driver proficiency evaluation reports d Provided guidance on 1
181. at reduced speed Displayed turn signals earlier that usual Pumped brakes to give signals to give early warning to those following of intention to stop Non ABS Applied steady brake pressure ABS only Descended moderate grades in the gear normally used to climb the same grade 6 Operated vehicle on rocky terrain 3 82 If CTIS equipped selected mode for this type of terrain watched for indicator showing correct mode selection on CTIS panel and adhered to speed restrictions Followed applicable step in tech manual for this operation Did not straddle boulders Moved very slowly over rocky terrain Checked for and removed any rocks between dual wheels STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Measures GO NOGO 7 Operated vehicle across ditches a b C d e f If CTIS equipped selected mode for this type of terrain watched for indicator showing correct mode selection on CTIS panel and adhered to speed restrictions Followed steps in TM for this operation Crossed shallow ditches using low gear or range and proceeded slowly Entered the ditch obliquely Accelerated motor enough to get through area Cut away tops of bank as needed 8 Operated vehicle through gullies and ravines a noaoo If CTIS equipped selected mode for this type of terrain watched for indicator showing correct mode selection on CTIS panel and adhered to spee
182. ate All required hand receipts or DD Form 1384 TCMD will accompany load as applicable 3 180 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Measures GO NOGO b Trailer semitrailer 1 Prepared cargo area a Ensured that the trailer semitrailer to be loaded is chocked b Removed canvas and bows as necessary c Removed sideboards d Ensured cargo area is cleaned out and ready for loading e Ensured sufficient tiedown materials are on hand 2 Ensured heavier items are loaded on the bottom and lighter items are loaded on the top 3 Ensured that all heavy cargo is distributed as evenly as possible over the bed to maintain a safe weight distribution 4 Kept the load as low as possible A high load may make the vehicle difficult to control and may cause it to overturn 5 Filled the cargo space to the maximum weight allowable 6 For multiple stop loads separated cargo by destination for easy off loading 7 Ensured that drums and barrels are loaded either upright or on their sides If blocked on their sides their length should be parallel to the sides of the trailer semitrailer 8 If MHE is employed to load vehicle ensured that all operational guidelines to include SAFETY is adhered to according to the operator s TM 9 Ensured that once loading is complete all tiedowns are secure and blocking and bracing has been correctly emplaced Refer to items listed below a Blocked and braced cargo with lumber or other mate
183. ated your vehicle by following all starting and operating procedures in the referenced TM You have shifted gears manual transmission and maintained control of the vehicle during all movement forward and backward All driving maneuvers were completed without injury to personnel or damage to vehicle Performance Steps 1 Prepare for vehicle operation a Adjust the seats as needed b Adjust driving mirrors as needed c Fasten seat belt d Ensure the parking brake is applied e On vehicles with winch ensure that power takeoff is disengaged f Insert hearing protection prior to starting vehicle g Start vehicle engine refer to applicable vehicle TM for proper starting procedures h Observe all instruments and warning lights and buzzers for proper operation i Allow engine to warm up and brake system air tank warning buzzer to go off as applicable 2 Set the vehicle in motion Turn on lights as required Refer to TM for proper procedures for placing your vehicle into motion Check for approaching traffic Signal to indicate your direction of movement if tactically permitted Release parking brake 3 Shift the gears as applicable Bring vehicle to desired speed by shifting as necessary through the gear pattern manual transmission or selecting different gear ranges automatic transmission 4 Turn the vehicle a Prepare to turn full turn 1 Signal a right or left turn when permitte
184. ation using the Central Tire Inflation System CTIS a Ensure the adherence to applicable steps from the applicable TM 1 Self recover the M939 series vehicle refer to TM 9 2320 272 10 2 Self recover the M1074 1075 series vehicle refer to TM 9 2320 364 10 3 Self recover the M1078 series vehicle refer to TM 9 2320 365 10 4 Self recover the M1083 series vehicle refer to TM 9 2320 366 10 1 2 Supervised use of manpower to recover vehicle without winch a Instructed personnel to locate a length of timber or similar material about 8 feet long and with a diameter that available personnel can handle b Instructed personnel to place a suitable fulcrum a log or rock that will not move when pressure is applied near the point of lift c Instructed personnel to rig the lever under the bumper for the first lift d Instructed personnel to block the lift when they have gained all the lift they can e Instructed personnel to rig for a second lift with the point of lever under the axle if possible Instructed personnel to repeat this procedure until the vehicle can be backed off without too much trouble 3 Supervised use of the dual wheel operation to recover the vehicle without winch a Ensured that two lengths of a strong rope are available for use b Determined if a natural anchor is available a tree or large boulder The anchor used must be as close as possible in line with direc
185. ations with the HETS require two persons to perform One person will be used assistance Standards Provided assistance as directed in the loading of a tracked vehicle and assist in the proper tiedown of vehicle on semitrailer without injury to personnel or damage to HETS or tracked vehicle being loaded Performance Steps 1 Assist in preparing the M1070 M1000 HETS for loading operation a Start the vehicle b Ensure that the CTIS switch is set to the desired setting for the expected road conditions and allow tractor to sit until selected CTIS indicator remains lit 2 Assist in aligning the semitrailer using the tractor as close as possible to payload a Payload should be approximately 15 feet 4 6m on level ground when positioned WARNING Load semitrailer on as level ground as possible In adverse conditions loading can be done on grades up to 10 percent with a maximum offset angle of 10 degrees between tractor and semitrailer Avoid exceeding these limitations to prevent payload from rolling on semitrailer and causing serious injury to personnel and damage to equipment b Visually check tractor semitrailer offset angle by having spotter check relationship between steering wedge bolt and weld circle at bottom rear of pickup plate If inside edge of bolt aligns with outside edge of weld circle offset angle is 10 degrees Make any required adjustments c Apply tractor parking brakes WARNING Using the M1070 tractor semitrailer wil
186. atoon s mission 2 Construct the FRAGO using the information gathered from OPORD a Follow the format listed in performance step 1 b Address FRAGO to 1 Each commander required to take action 2 Higher and adjacent headquarters for information 3 279 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps c Include brief outline in FRAGO 1 Outline the situation that generated the requirement for the order 2 State the mission 3 Provide brief specific and clear instructions if changed d Request acknowledgement of FRAGO from receiving units e Ensure the FRAGO contains the proper classification f Ensure the FRAGO has command approval Evaluation Preparation Setup Provide OPORD information and guidance from the company commander and battalion S 3 in a tactical environment Brief Soldier You must formulate information from the OPORD and guidance given to disseminate to your platoon Performance Measures GO NOGO 1 Reviewed tactical information provided by commander 2 Constructed the FRAGO using the information gathered from OPORD Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related FM 101 5 3 280 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Coordinate Engineer Requirements to Suppor
187. ayed it will be If the time was previously displayed it will be turned off Display Hide Report Time Labels for an Entire Control Group 1 Right click on the map to get the pop up menu 2 Choose Select Vehicle 3 Click on the mouse so that the Server Vehicle Kit Control window pops up 4 Select the Assignments tab 5 Right click on the fleet name and select Vehicle Time Display or Vehicles Time Hide see Figure 3 48 i Center the map on a vehicle see Figure 3 49 1 Right click on the map to get the pop up menu 2 Choose select vehicle 3 Click on the map with the mouse so that the Server Vehicle Kit Control window pops up 4 Select the Assignments tab 5 Open the control group right click on the vehicle you wish to find and select Center on Vehicle 7 Perform power off procedures CAUTION Improper shut down of system may result in data loss a Close all applications MTS Messenger TracerLink Vehicle Server TracerLink Map Viewer b Click the Start button in bottom left corner of the screen c Select the Shut down option d Select Shut down and then click OK e When It is now safe to turn off the computer appears on the screen press the Power ON OFF button on the Control Box f On the PLGR press OFF and wait for the timer or press the OFF button two times to power down immediately CAUTION Failure to turn off the Power ON OFF button on the Contro
188. b guides from platform recessed stowage area Aligns and installs 10 curb guides into second hole inboard from platform edge with pin facing outward Sets remaining two curb guides aside Inventories and removes all tiedown chains load binders and shackles from semitrailer stowage compartment m Positions two front tiedown chains through two front tiedown rings recessed in platform n Extends four load binders to show 6 1 2 inches of thread on both ends Positions two large shackles and load binders near rear payload tiedown rings Using two shackles secures each set of load binders with small pear end facing toward load binder to each rear payload tiedown ring TO 4 3 234 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps p q r s t u v w Adjusts each set of load binders by placing one load binder parallel with edge of platform and one angled toward center of platform Positions handles inboard Lays out streetside parallel tiedown chain s Lays out curbside parallel tiedown chain s Lays out streetside parallel tiedown chain s Lays out curbside parallel tiedown chain s Lays out curbside angled rear payload tiedown chain s Lays out streetside angled rear payload tiedown chain s Lowers warning light on streetside of platform 3 Adjust loading ramps a b C d e f 9 h Opens load binder on streetside and removes ramp stow chain hook from slotted hole in platform C
189. be If the time was previously displayed it will be turned off 1 Server Vehicle Kit Control Properties Center on Vehicle Display Clear Trace Trace Options State Disconnect Assignments Selection Servers Properties fU Center on Vehicle gt U Clear Trace v Name Trace Options v Time State gt v Trace Disconnect HAAA Figure 3 119 Display Hide Individual Vehicles i Center the map on a vehicle see Figure 3 120 1 Right click on the map to get the pop up menu 2 Choose Select Vehicle 3 Click on the map with the mouse so that the Server Vehicle Kit Control Window pops up 4 Select Assignments tab 5 Open the control group right click on the vehicle you wish to find and select Center on Vehicle 1 Server Vehicle Kit Control EX x Properties All Vehicles Reload States Assignments Selection Servers El amp Connected Fleets a BETO002 008 Properties USA0003 7X 7 004 Center on Vehicle lt USA0003 Display Clear Trace Trace Options State Disconnect soc wee od OO Figure 3 120 Center Map on Vehicle 3 225 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps 9 Perform power off procedures CAUTION Improper shut down of system may result in data loss a Close all applications MTS Messenger Tracerlink Vehicle Server and Tracerlink Map Viewer b Click the Start button in bottom left corner of the screen c Select Shut down option d Selec
190. bility Brief Soldier Tell the soldier to operate the vehicle through varying terrains without injuring personnel or damaging equipment and without getting stuck Performance Measures GO NOGO 1 Started the engine 2 Operated vehicle through shallow ditches 3 Operated vehicle through deep ditches Operated vehicle through gullies and ravines Operated vehicle through wooded area Operated vehicle through rocky terrain Operated vehicle through streams fording Operated vehicle through swamps and mud o oco Oo OC fF Shut down engine and performed after operation PMCS Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related FM 21 305 TM 9 2320 260 10 TM 9 2320 272 10 TM 9 2320 279 10 1 TM 9 2320 279 10 2 TM 9 2320 280 10 TM 9 2320 360 10 TM 9 2320 364 10 TM 9 2320 365 10 TM 9 2320 366 10 1 3 76 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Operate Vehicle With Semitrailer on Secondary Roads Trails Cross country 551 721 1368 Conditions Given a tractor with semitrailer with before operation maintenance performed hearing protection as needed and area to maneuver Standards You have s
191. bogie 1 Positions streetside payload chock next to bogie 4 rear of semitrailer Removes front and rear curb guides stowage brackets from platform area Removes all 12 curb guides from platform recessed stowage area Aligns and installs 10 curb guides into second hole inboard from platform edge with pin facing outward Sets remaining two curb guides aside STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps Cen 5 Inventories and removes all tiedown chains load binders and shackles from semitrailer stowage compartment Positions two front tiedown chains through two front tiedown rings recessed in platform Extends four load binders to show 6 1 2 inches of thread on both ends Positions two large shackles and load binders near rear payload tiedown rings Using two shackles secures each set of load binders with small pear end facing toward load binder to each rear payload tiedown ring Adjusts each set of load binders by placing one load binder parallel with edge of platform and one angled toward center of platform Positions handles inboard Lays out streetside parallel tiedown chain s Lays out curbside parallel tiedown chain s Lays out curbside angled rear payload tiedown chain s Lays out streetside angled rear payload tiedown chain s Lowers warning light on streetside of platform 14 Adjust loading ramps a b C gt Opens load binder on streetside and removes ramp stow
192. breviation and the model of the equipment in block 2 of DA Form 2404 example Truck Cargo 5 Ton 6 X 6 M923 c Enter the registration number or serial number in block 3 of DA Form 2404 d Enter the type of inspection service to be done in block 6 of DA Form 2404 e Enter the number and date of the appropriate TM used in block 7 of DA Form 2404 3 4 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Measures GO NOGO 2 Performed before operation inspection as listed in appropriate vehicle operator s manual 10 series TM if deficiencies are noted when using DA Form 2404 DA Form 5988 E a Isolate the malfunction by applying the step by step troubleshooting procedures as listed in the operator s manual b Correct all deficiencies faults within the operator s level of maintenance c Record in column c of DA Form 2404 all vehicle deficiencies corrected by replacing parts d Record all uncorrectable deficiencies in column c of DA Form 2404 e Complete blocks 4 5 8a and columns a and b of DA Form 2404 as follows 1 Enter the meter reading as of the date in block 5 in miles kilometers and hours as applicable in block 4 2 Enter the current calendar date in block 5 3 Enter your signature and rank in block 8a 4 Write in the PMCS item number from the operator crew PMCS checklist in the appropriate TM in column a that applies to the fault listed in column d Note If the PMCS has no item number list the page paragraph or sequence n
193. c Adhere to all restricted speed ranges for the appropriate driving conditions load d Monitor vehicle indicator lights and gauges during movement for proper indications part of during operation maintenance e Maintain awareness of vehicle operation to include 1 Unusual engine noises or vibration 2 Unusual handling characteristics or erratic behavior 3 Vehicle position on the roadway 4 Upcoming obstacles that may hinder vehicle progress Negotiate tractor semitrailer combination through the following obstacles 1 Right or left turns 2 Heavy traffic areas Over bridges Through underpasses T Steep upgrades or downgrades Curves in the roadway Intersections for stopping and not stopping 3 4 5 6 7 4 Shutdown vehicle Refer to TM 9 2320 360 10 paragraph 2 129 page 2 139 for proper shutdown procedures 3 232 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Evaluation Preparation Setup Provide for the soldier a coupled Heavy Equipment Transporter HET that has before operational maintenance checks performed and has been dispatched for operation and a route of improved roads on which to travel Brief Soldier Instruct the soldier to mount the vehicle make the necessary driver adjustments and follow the designated route to destination All vehicle operations must occur without injury to any personnel or damage to vehicle or surroundings Performance Measures GO 1 Prepared HET with HETS for operation
194. carding materials applicable to the load OQo00533 x 5o0 00ooo0 eons 2 Load dangerous hazardous cargo onto truck or semitrailer a Load or ensure the load is positioned properly on the vehicle or trailer b Ensure that the shipper has properly blocked and braced the load c Ensure that the vehicle is properly placarded according to the load d Ensure hazardous cargo is marked with the proper shipping name identification number and appropriate labels see 49 CFR e Allow no one to loiter near the vehicle loaded with dangerous hazardous cargo f Adheres to any local policies in effect for the material being loaded 3 139 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps g h Ensure that the DD Form 836 is correctly completed before signing Cover and lash the load to protect it and to prevent casual observation NA for tanker vehicles Note During highway movement of chemical agents hazardous chemicals and chemical ammunition the driver should have a protective mask protective clothing and appropriate protective and first aid items such as burn ointment as necessary 3 Transport dangerous hazardous cargo to destination a f Complies with all local traffic laws and regulations b Allows no smoking inside vehicle c Driver does not go through or near heavily populated areas d e Maintain attendance of the vehicle at all times while loaded with dangerous hazardous Driver does not go where crowds are a
195. causing serious injury or death to personnel CAUTION Engine speed must be at idle before using hydraulic selector switch or damage to equipment may result Note Hook arm does not need to be fully stowed if more transfer operations are going to be made a Hydraulic selector switch must be in OFF position before driving or hydraulic system can overheat causing damage to equipment b Refer to TM 9 2320 364 10 paragraph 2 26f 11 through 32 pages 2 220 to 2 224 3 64 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps 3 Unload flatrack from trailer automatic mode CAUTION Load must be evenly distributed on flatrack pallet Uneven load distribution may cause LHS overload indicator to give false signals and cause LHS to operate incorrectly Damage to equipment may result a There must be sufficient pressure in trailer air system to retract locks or damage to flatrack can occur while attempting to load flatrack or trailer If not use truck to charge trailer air system using trailer air charging hose If air system cannot retract flatrack use manual flatrack lock retract procedures b Ensure that trailer drawbar is down against the ground during transfer operation or damage to equipment may result c Ensure air lines and cables are properly stowed to prevent damage to equipment TM 9 2330 385 14 d Ensure both flatrack locks are fully retracted or damage to equipment may result 4 Load flatrack onto trailer manual mode WARNING Tra
196. ccording to each performance step applicable TM without damaging the equipment or physical surroundings and without injuring personnel Performance Measures GO NOGO 1 Supervised starting procedures a Ensure that operator is wearing hearing protection as applicable b Ensured the vehicle operator adheres to all procedural steps listed in the appropriate vehicle TM for engine starting as appropriate 2 Supervised preparation of crane for use a Ensure that operator is wearing hearing protection as applicable b Ensured that operator adheres to all steps listing in the TM for this procedure c Ensured that load to be lifted is positioned and prepared and does not exceed limitations of the crane For M977 M985 vehicles refer to TM 9 2320 279 10 1 For M1074 vehicle refer to TM 9 2320 364 10 For M1078 LMTV vehicles refer to TM 9 2320 365 10 For M1083 MTV vehicles refer to TM 9 2320 366 10 1 Ensured the vehicle operator adheres to all SAFETY and WARNING statements in the vehicle TM for this procedure 0 3 Supervised operation of the crane Ensured operator explicitly follows visual hand and arm signals Ensured that crane hook is properly connected to the load being lifted Ensured that operator maintains control of crane and load during movement Ensured that operator places load as directed For M977 M985 vehicles refer to TM 9 2320 279 10 1
197. ce Measures GO NOGO 1 Made preparations for tire wheel assembly replacement a Position vehicle or trailer on as level ground as possible b Chock wheels opposite from flat to prevent inadvertent movement c Remove spare tire from stowage location d Gather all necessary tools to complete the tire change e Ensure spare tire is inflated to correct pressure f If vehicle is equipped with CTIS system ensure all components are removed and replaced according to the vehicle TM Steps may vary between front and rear tires g Adhered to all WARNING and CAUTION statements in the TM 2 Removed tire wheel assembly from vehicle or trailer a Using a lifting device slightly raise vehicle or trailer till weight is off the tire but tire still contacts the ground b Using lug wrench slightly loosened lug nuts in a crisscross pattern c Raised vehicle or trailer high enough to remove and replace wheel tire assembly Used hydraulic jack BII or other suitable lifting device If hydraulic jack was used ensured base of jack was supported by thick wood or other materials so that jack would not sink into the ground under vehicle weight d Blocked supported vehicle before handling tire using jack stands or any suitable item that will support vehicle weight 3 94 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Measures GO NOGO e Finished loosening lug nuts and removed wheel tire assembly f Finished loosening lug nuts and removed w
198. ce measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly 3 84 STP 55 88M14 SM TG References Required Related FM 21 305 TM 9 2320 211 10 TM 9 2320 260 10 TM 9 2320 272 10 TM 9 2320 279 10 1 TM 9 2320 279 10 2 TM 9 2320 280 10 TM 9 2320 283 10 TM 9 2320 360 10 TM 9 2320 364 10 TM 9 2320 365 10 TM 9 2320 366 10 1 TM 9 2320 366 10 2 3 85 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Read Strip Maps 551 721 1410 Conditions Given a prepared strip map protractor route instructions and mission information Standards You have read and interpreted the strip map by identifying all plotted critical information including start point check critical points release point and primary and alternate route designations applicable to your mission Performance Steps 1 Identify strip map symbols see Figure 3 59 a b C d e f g h i j k l 3 86 Primary road s see item 1 Secondary road s see item 2 Other surfaced road s see item 3 Dirt road s see item 4 Trail s see item 5 Impassable section of road s see item 6 Main supply road s see item 7 Single track railroad broad gauge see item 8 Single track railroad narrow gauge see item 9 Double track railroad standard gauge see item 10 Crossings see Figure 3 60 Bridges see Figure 3 61 1 Highway 2 Railroad 1 2 3 4 6 8 9 Fi
199. ch M1044 M1044A1 Truck Utility S250 Shelter Carrier 4X4 M1037 Truck Utility S250 Shelter Carrier 4x4 w Winch M1042 Truck Ambulance 2 Litter Armored 4X4 M996 M996A1 Truck Ambulance 4 Litter Armored 4X4 M997 M997A1 M997A2 Truck Ambulance 2 Litter Soft Top 4X4 M1035 M1035A1 M1035A2 TO 36A12 1A 2091 1 TM 2320 10 6B 31 January 1996 Operator s Manual For Truck Tractor Line Haul 50 000 GVWR 6X4 M915A1 27 June 1983 Operator s Manual For Truck Cargo Tactical 1 1 4 Ton 4X4 M1008 Truck Cargo Tactical 1 1 4 Ton 4X4 M1008A1 Truck Utility Tactical 3 4 Ton 4X4 M1009 Truck Ambulance Tactical 1 1 4 Ton 4X4 M1010 Truck Shelter Carrier Tactical 1 1 4 Ton 4X4 M1028 Truck Shelter Carrier w PTO Tactical 1 1 4 Ton 4X4 M1028A1 Truck Shelter Carrier w PTO Tactical 1 1 4 Ton 4X4 M1028A2 Truck Shelter Carrier Tactical 1 1 4 Ton 4X4 M1028A3 Truck Chassis Tactical 1 1 4 Ton 4X4 M1031 TO 36A12 1A 2081 TM 2320 10 1 4 July 1986 Operator s Manual for Truck Tractor M1070 8X8 Heavy Equipment Transporter HET 31 March 1994 Operator s Manual for Truck Tractor M1074 and M1075 Palletized Load System PLS 1 August 1999 References 5 STP 55 88M14 SM TG TM 9 2320 365 10 TM 9 2320 366 10 1 TM 9 2320 366 10 2 TM 9 2330 213 14 amp TM 9 2330 356 14 TM 9 2330 357 14 amp P TM 9 2330 359 14 amp P TM 9 2330 381 14 TM 9 2330 385 14 TM 9 2330 386 14 amp
200. ch knob to the OFF position Switch knob shall be aligned with knurled corner of the goggle b Remove the goggle from the headmount assembly by depressing the release button on the carriage and pulling the goggle away from your face Allow goggle to hang by the neck cord around your neck c Remove the headmount assembly and head strap d Remove the battery from the battery compartment and close the hatch e Remove eyecups demist shields and sacrificial window if applicable f Remove goggle from around your neck Replace eyepiece and objective lens caps g Ensure goggle is clean and dry before placing into carrying case h Replace all equipment in the carrying case 2 AN PVS 7B shutdown a Turn the POWER switch to the OFF position b Remove the goggles from the headmount or helmet mount by depressing the latch lever and removing the goggles from the headmount or helmet mount socket WARNING Do not carry batteries in pockets containing metal objects such as coins keys and so on Metal object can cause the batteries to short circuit and become very hot c Unscrew battery cap and remove battery ies d Inspect the battery compartment for corrosion or moisture Clean and dry if necessary 3 157 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps e Replace battery cap f Remove the demit shields sacrificial window compass or 3X magnifier if installed Install objective lens cap g Place into carrying case 3 Ope
201. chain hook from slotted hole in platform Connects ramp stow chain hook to forward large mounting hole on ISO container bracket and closes load binder Removes hitch pin and crowbar from rear of platform below loading ramps Reinstalls hitch pin to secure isolation valve handle Operator inserts small end of crowbar through hole in streetside ramp lift lever and into bar strip Assistant operator stands on beavertail section pushes ramp rearward against ramp stow chain until ramp is perpendicular to platform Operator pushes or pulls on crowbar in direction required to slide ramp outboard from center Continues to place crowbar into bar strip holes until ramp is at furthest outboard position Repeat above steps to adjust curbside loading ramp 15 Lower ramps a b C Opens load binder on streetside and removes ramp stow chain hook from platform and attaches hook into ramp lever Closes load binder Standing between both ramps grasps lower handle on streetside loading ramp and pulls downward As ramp swings downward transitions to upper handle and applies pressure until ramp is below horizontal position and then pulls down until ramp is on the ground Repeat above steps to lower the curbside loading ramp 16 Adjust platform height Note The operator and crew members will perform this step a b C d e f Operator starts and runs APU Opens hydraulic control panel and pulls suspension s
202. chains are required on the rear of the vehicle because forces seen when braking are higher than when accelerating e Use only tiedown provisions on the vehicle to attach chains refer to 1c2 above f Attach load binder hooks to chains so that open part of hook throat faces upward whenever possible Secure load binder handle by wiring to chain Evaluation Preparation Setup Provide for the soldier a loaded 5 ton cargo truck M977 M985 Cargo HEMTT and a loaded M915 M872 semitrailer combination web strap tiedown materials tiedown chains and load binders work gloves and blocking and bracing materials as needed Brief Soldier You are required to ensure that the load has been positioned on each vehicle according to its capabilities and limitations and is situated so as to not cause undue wear on the vehicle by being improperly loaded You are required to inspect all tiedown materials and use only items that pass inspection You are also required to install the appropriate number of tiedown devices that will adequately secure each load to the vehicle or semitrailer Your supervisor upon completion will evaluate your efforts Performance Measures GO NOGO 1 Ensured load was properly positioned for tiedown Inspected tiedown materials Secured general cargo to bed of 5 ton cargo truck using web tiedown straps Secured ammunition to cargo bed of HEMTT M977 M985 using web straps Sec
203. ches to streetside rear angled load binder 3 Tightens each load binder as tight as possible and ensures disabled M 1 tank is securely against rear payload chocks 4 Passes two utility chains through two tiedown rings in front of each payload chock and connects chains to them 5 Passes free end of both chains through handles of two rear payload chocks lay ends in center of platform 6 Checks that small load binder is attached to two utility chains and closes load binder 11 Prepare HETS for transport Note The operator and crew members will perform this step a b Removes both winch cables from gooseneck cable guides C d Operator pays in passenger side winch cable while crew members keep tension on winch gt Checks that shouldered pins and cotter pins are installed to each clevis on both winch cables Operator pays in driver s side winch cable while crew members keep tension on winch cable cable Crew members ensure cables are wrapped evenly on drums without tangles kinks or twist Cable coils should be tight and close together Crew members attach cable clevis to HET stowage point and signals operator to take up slack and watch to prevent cables from winding over the drum flanges Operator disengages engine speed control switch to low idle Operator lowers winch guard and locks in place Removes and secures six curb guides in platform recess area 1 Grasps upper handle on ramp and pull upward
204. clearest view on the image intensifier screen 8 Adjusted the eye relief distance by pressing the eye relief adjustment and sliding goggles fore or aft to obtain full field of view of the image Reset the diopter adjustments for best image 9 Adjusted the objective lens focus while observing an object until the sharpest image is obtained 10 To flip up turn the power switch to the RESET OFF position place an open hand under the goggles and rotated up and rearward until the latch was firmly engaged 11 To flip down grasped the goggles and rotated down and forward until the latch was firmly engaged 12 Turned the power switch to the ON position to resume viewing c Shutdown the night vision goggles 1 AN PVS 7A shutdown a Turned switch to the OFF position Switch knob was aligned with knurled corner of the goggle b Removed the goggle from the headmount assembly by depressing the release button on the carriage and pulling the goggle away from face Allowed goggle to hand by the neck cord around the neck c Removed the headmount assembly and head strap d Removed the battery from the battery compartment and closed the hatch 3 161 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Measures GO NOGO e Removed eyecups demist shields and sacrificial window if applicable f Removed goggle from neck Replaced eyepiece and objective lens caps g Ensured goggle was clean and dry before placing into carrying case 2 A
205. contacts rear rollers increase engine speed to approximately 1500 rpm until main frame cylinders have nearly completed full retraction Reduce engine speed to idle and continue loading until main frame cylinders are fully retracted Release the joystick Turn the hydraulic selector switch to MAN H A Move the joystick to LOAD position and increase engine speed until flatrack is nearly loaded then reduce speed to idle E 3 68 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps x Continue to load until LHS and flatrack is in transit position LHS NO TRANS light will extinguish y Release joystick z Apply parking brakes aa Inspect that load locks have engaged and flatrack is fully down on truck Turn the hydraulic selector switch to MAN TRANS Note Check for overhead power lines or other obstructions before attempting LHS operation LHS reaches a height of 17 feet two inches 5 22 m with ISO container Serious injury or death could result from contact with electrical power lines Note Check ground conditions for firmness and extreme sideways inclination before picking up or off loading a flatrack Any ground instability beneath road wheels could cause serious injury or death to personnel Note Prior to and during any load or unload cycle all personnel should stay clear of LHS and flatrack or serious injury or death could result to personnel 3 Offload flatrack from PLS truck a Check for sufficient operating r
206. covery M984A2R1 Truck Cargo With Winch M985 Truck Cargo With Winch M985A2 Truck Cargo With Winch M985A2R1 Truck Cargo Without Winch M985 Truck Cargo Without Winch M985A2 Truck Cargo Without Winch M985A2R1 Truck Cargo With Winch M985E1 Truck Cargo With Winch M985E1A2 Truck Cargo With Winch M985E1A2R1 21 November 1986 Operator s Manual for M977 Series 8X8 Heavy Expanded Mobility Tactical Trucks HEMTT Truck Cargo With Winch M977 Truck Cargo With Winch M977A2 Truck Cargo With Winch M977A2R1 Truck Cargo Without Winch M977 Truck Cargo Without Winch M977A2 Truck Cargo Without Winch M977A2R1 Truck Tank Fuel With Winch M978 Truck Tank Fuel With Winch M978A2 Truck Tank Fuel With Winch M978A2R1 Truck Tank Fuel Without Winch M978 Truck Tank Fuel Without Winch M978A2 Truck Tank Fuel Without Winch M978A2R1 Truck Tractor With Winch Without Crane M983 Truck Tractor With Winch Without Crane M983A2 Truck Tractor With Winch Without Crane M983A2R1 Truck Tractor With Winch With Crane M983 Truck Wrecker Recovery M984 Truck Wrecker Recovery M984A1 Truck Wrecker Recovery M984A2 Truck Wrecker Recovery M984A2R1 Truck Cargo With Winch M985 Truck Cargo With Winch M985A2 Truck Cargo With Winch M985A2R1 Truck Cargo Without Winch M985 Truck Cargo Without Winch M985A2 Truck Cargo Without Winch M985A2R1 Truck Cargo With Winch M985E1
207. cted equivalent testing instruments in lieu of availability of testing and training device must be made to accurately measure the same physical characteristics 3 167 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Measures e Setup the assigned driving range f Setup road testing site should include 1 Forward stop Alley dock Eight left and eight right turns Straight section of urban business street Two through intersections and two intersections requiring stop Two railway crossings Two curves one left one right A two lane rural or semi rural road Asection of expressway A downgrade An upgrade A downgrade for stopping An upgrade for stopping An underpass or low clearance and one bridge 2 Conducted physical evaluation upon receipt of driver candidates of each student if required by regulation a Stated purpose and objective of evaluation b Tested students for 1 Visual acuity 2 Field of vision 3 Depth perception 4 Color perception 5 Foot reaction time 6 Hearing test 3 Conducted review of examiner instructor and assistant instructor qualifications to include a Ensured they have selected and are appointed in writing to train operators b Ensured they were licensed to operate the type of equipment vehicle being used for training c Ensured they possessed the technical knowledge and experience required for the equipment vehicle being used for training
208. cumulated water in the same manner as stated in 1 8 above for top loading 12 Removed the grounding wires 13 Stowed fire extinguishers Self loading using vehicle engine and pump Product is not filtered 1 Ensured all valves are closed 2 Grounded and bonded the vehicle 3 Removed fire extinguishers and brought to point of operation 4 Started the engine and pump see item 1 as necessary 5 Adjusted idle speed on pump to 1000 to 1200 rpm 6 Removed the 4 inch bulk fuel hose from the hose trough Did this by disconnecting the spring pins and turning the hose trough bars out of the way 7 Removed dust cap from the fuel outlets Connected one end of the bulk fuel hose to the outlet and the other end to the storage facility 8 Placed the selector valve in the LOAD position 9 Opened the operator valve fuel outlet valve and the manifold outlet valve 10 Shortly after the flow had started opened the pre check valve to pre check the shutoff float After about 20 to 25 seconds the flow stopped to let you know the float was working properly If it was not working stopped all operations and notified higher maintenance 11 Closed the pre check valve Flow resumed in about 20 seconds 12 When tank was full the flow stopped automatically 13 At the end of operation idled down the engine 14 Closed all valves 15 Disconnected the 4 inch bulk fuel hose and put in the hose trough Secured the hose tro
209. cw 6 Set SENSOR LEVEL and SENSOR GAIN controls to full ccw AUTO detent position 2 wa 2 3 4 5 NO SENSOR VIDEO CHECK VIDEO SWITCH Power Video POL Display 7 Sensor On Sensor Wht Hot Brightness Level Gain C 2390 0 0 0 Figure 3 80 Driver Screen Display 3 158 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps c Place DVE into operation 1 Set POWER to ON position up Allow 5 minutes for system to stabilize for maximum image clarity 2 Leave the VIDEO switch in the SENSOR up position for sensing input from the Sensor Assembly to the display For external input to display set switch to EXT down position 3 Adjust the seat height and or display module to place the display at eye level WARNING If the display becomes degraded while driving the vehicle such as the presence of dead pixels and or video noise that prevents the driver from performing his mission then immediately bring the vehicle to a safe stop to avoid a collision If the problem cannot be fixed report the situation to higher level of maintenance 4 Adjust the DISPLAY BRIGHTNESS control until the scene brightness is suitable for operator viewing 5 Select either the AUTO LEVEL or the MANUAL LEVEL position 6 Adjust the SENSOR GAIN control to automatic or manual position The AUTO GAIN mode should normally be used while driving the vehicle WARNING The AUTO LEVEL and AUTO GAIN modes do not react instantly to rapidly changing sce
210. d 2 Observe responses of other vehicle to your signals 3 Reduce speed to make the turn safely Keep in mind terrain and load if applicable when determining your speed through the turn b Start the turn Rotate the top of the steering wheel in the direction of turn and adjust as desired 5 Stop the vehicle nonemergency a Remove foot from accelerator b Apply engine retarder if equipped and as needed c Apply service brakes as needed to bring vehicle to complete and safe stop 6 Back the vehicle a With vehicle at a complete stop set the parking brake b Place transmission in neutral N c Pose ground guides if available d Check behind vehicle to ensure there are no obstructions or personnel e Sound horn if tactically permitted f Place transmission in reverse R STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps g Release parking brake h If ground guide is posted observe and adhere to signals to move vehicle into position i If no ground guide is present check all views through rear view mirrors and slowly steer the vehicle backward into position If necessary repeat steps 6 a through g above to complete the rearward movement j Stop the vehicle 7 Park the vehicle Place the transmission selector lever in neutral N Set the parking brake Shutdown the engine refer to TM Drain reservoir as needed Emplace chocks blocks as needed 08 Evaluation Preparation Setup Provide the s
211. d in OPORD Determine security requirements Consider the following 1 Noise and light discipline 2 Front flank and rear security 3 Security during halts 4 Air cover 5 Fire support 6 Communications security 7 Deception Determine necessity and availability of spare vehicle bobtails for recovery Determine maintenance support Determine medical support 1 Assistant convoy commander 2 Serial March unit commanders 3 Pacesetter 4 Trail Officer 5 Trail maintenance officer Delegate responsibility to construct strip maps for all drivers Determine if and how many route guides are necessary Determine time distance factors Consider driver limitations maximum driving time per shift and co drivers Coordinate with squad leaders and maintenance sergeant and other platoon sergeants on availability of vehicles to support the movement Determine preparation timeline for 1 Loading of vehicles 2 Marshalling vehicles Determine makeup and duties of advance quartering party to be performed at destination as applicable Consider the following 1 NCOIC 2 Other key personnel 3 Ensuring that the convoy is able to move quickly off the route and into the marshalling area 4 Positioning of vehicles within the marshalling area STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps 2 Prepare for convoy movement Note The convoy commander must perform specific actio
212. d restrictions Followed applicable steps in TM Looked over terrain to determine safe route through Placed vehicle in low gear or gear range Approached ravine at right angle Eased front wheels into gully so that they touched bottom at the same time Brought engine up to normal operating speed through area Accelerated enough to climb as front wheels touch opposite bank Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related FM 21 305 TM 9 2320 279 10 2 FM 55 30 TM 9 2320 260 10 TM 9 2320 272 10 TM 9 2320 279 10 1 TM 9 2320 364 10 TM 9 2320 365 10 TM 9 2320 366 10 1 TM 9 2320 366 10 2 3 83 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Operate Vehicle With or Without Trailer Semitrailer Under Blackout Conditions 551 721 1363 Conditions Given a vehicle with or without trailer semitrailer with before operation maintenance performed hearing protection and a lead vehicle Standards You have operated the vehicle under blackout conditions at night using only blackout operating lights as directed and maintained proper vehicle distance without injury to personnel or damage to equipment Performance Steps 1 Ensure the proper operation of all blackout lights and markers a Check blackout marker lights on both front
213. d result b Rapid operation repeatedly of service brakes will consume compressed air supply and cause automatic spring brake application Failure to follow proper service brake operating procedures may cause serious injury or death to personnel CAUTION Before shutting down engine increase tachometer to 800 1000 rpm at no load for three to five minutes to allow turbocharger to slow down and cool off Turbocharger may be damaged if not allowed to cool off 2 Loaded flatrack onto PLS truck a Refer to TM 9 2320 364 10 paragraph 2 26d 3 to 25 2 204 to 2 211 for applicable steps for this procedure WARNING Check for overhead power lines or other obstructions before attempting LHS operation LHS reaches a height of 17 feet two inches 5 22 m with ISO container Serious injury or death could result from contact with electrical power lines b Check ground conditions for firmness and extreme sideways inclination before picking up or off loading a flatrack Any ground instability beneath road wheels could cause serious injury or death to personnel c Prior to and during any load or unload cycle all personnel should stay clear of LHS and flatrack or serious injury or death could result to personnel d Overload warning light will come on when hook arm cylinders are fully extended and joystick is activated e Loading and unloading times are controlled by engine speed Engine speed can be increased to 1500 rpm to reduce loading a
214. d F6 b Select read messages read current or press F1 to read messages see Figure 3 95 c In the Message Received List click the message number you wish to read It will default to the most recent message received The text of the message will appear in the Message Text Field Click the Reply button to return a message to the sender or Done to go back to the main window Use the up and down arrow keys to move between messages Note If you did not receive any messages for example right after you started MTS Messenger or you selected read messages read current via the pull down menu and you had no messages you will receive an error message see Figure 3 96 mm MTS Messenger Read Messages Send Messages Options Control Station Help Read Current F2 Send to Control Station F3 Send to Mobile F6 Review Sent Messages Outgoing 0 BN USA0282 XCVR USA00282 19 10 20 9 28 2001 Figure 3 94 Read Messages Pull Down Menu Read Messages xd Message From 20 00E 1 5 5 Sender Received List To 20 0061 35 Receiver Type Individual Fri Oct 13 20 30 40 2001 What is your status Group or Individual Message GMT Date Time Message Received Message Text Field Figure 3 95 Read Current Message Window 3 214 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Terminal Not Ready The terminal did not complete the over the air provisioning process MTS Messenger will reset the terminal and then
215. d an area with snow covered and icy surfaces Standards You must start the vehicle engine using cold weather starting procedures according to appropriate TM You must safely operate the vehicle following traffic regulations and rules of the road You must have full control of the vehicle at all times All driving maneuvers must be made without damaging the vehicle or physical surroundings and without injuring personnel Performance Steps 1 Operate vehicle in rain CAUTION Road surfaces are especially slick just after a rain or drizzle begins Loosed grease and oil mix with raindrops quickly covering the surface with a slippery film a If CTIS equipped select mode for this type of weather or terrain as necessary Watch for indicator lamp showing correct mode selection on CTIS panel and adhere to speed restrictions 1 Recognizes that the M1078 1083 and M939 series vehicle CTIS starts automatically when engine is started and adjusts pressure to highway mode 2 Start CTIS on M1074 1075 PLS trucks by a Pressing and holding start button on the controller for approximately 1 second to activate b Observe green lights on controller to check system operation Accelerate moderately Reduce speed as necessary for conditions Moderately apply the brakes when slowing down Make no quick turns Allow at least twice the normal following distance Do not pump the brakes ABS only Hold the brake pedal down and let the ABS system
216. d and the test verified on the load card If load changes the test must be repeated and the load card revalidated 7 Submitted proposed unit load plans to UMO and company commander for approval Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related DA FORM 5748 R DD FORM 1750 FM 4 01 011 FORSCOM FORM 285 R FORSCOM REG 55 1 3 264 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Subject Area 13 Convoy Planning and Operation Perform Duties as Convoy Commander 551 721 4326 Conditions Given a mission by the company commander to serve as convoy commander vehicles operators subordinate NCOs to serve as serial march unit commanders information from the commander s operation order and map overlays cargo to transport and a timeline to follow Standards You have successfully planned prepared and executed the mission of commanding a convoy All supporting elements were notified and able to support the movement All receiving units have been informed with complete details of the mission You have allocated the correct number of vehicles to support movement of all designated cargo A route reconnaissance was conducted All personnel were properly briefed and performed their duties as expected The convoy completed all actions while
217. d bows are installed and secured properly with end curtain opened Ensure that cargo compartment is adequately ventilated 2 Brief passengers on safety requirements PQ207m j k All passengers must wear hearing protection All passengers must keep all parts of their bodies inside the vehicle at all times All passengers must remain seated while vehicle is in motion All passengers must secure their equipment and any loose items All passengers must mount and dismount from the tailgate only All passengers will not throw anything from the vehicle If equipped all passengers must fasten seat belts In the event of and accident all uninjured passengers must assist in moving the injured to safety and summon medical attention Only the vehicle operator will install or remove the personnel safety strap and raise or lower the tailgate No smoking for all occupants of a military vehicle Demonstrates safe method of mounting and dismounting vehicle cargo area 3 Assist in loading passengers a b Ensure all passengers are seated properly Does not exceed passenger seating capacity of vehicle 4 Secure vehicle for movement a b C d Secures troop safety strap Raises and secures vehicle tailgate Secures canvas end curtain Recovers and stows chock blocks if used 3 51 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps 5 Prepare vehicle for unloading of passengers If vehicl
218. d payload capacity 3 186 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Measures GO NOGO c Securely restrained the equipment and cargo in the vehicle body or chassis d Ensured there was no metal to metal contact of loaded cargo for example a container loaded in a 5 ton cargo truck must have plywood between its bottom and the metal cargo bed e After loading cargo into cargo bed covered it with canvas Secured the canvas by lashing with manila rope If steel strapping was used used enough padding to prevent damage to the canvas f If vehicle was equipped with a built up shelter complied with the following 1 Built up vehicles will not be transported on vessels or commercial conveyances without MACOM approval see FM 4 01 011 2 When permitted the vehicle height will not exceed the height of the authorized shelter Authorized shelters height is designed to accommodate both the vehicles vertical balance and overhead clearance on selected transportation modes Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related DA FORM 2404 DA FORM 2408 14 DA FORM 5988 E DA PAM 738 750 FM 4 01 011 TM 38 250 3 187 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Review Vehicle Accident Reports 551 721 3353 Conditions You are the supervisor of a so
219. d to prevent pilferage or compromise by enemy forces 3 Exchange drivers if operating limits have been reached Do not exceed authorized driving times as listed in AR 385 55 paragraph 2 6 As terrain dictates direct the column into open or closed formations Movement through urban areas will facilitate closing the formation to established vehicle intervals Enforce passive and active defense measures within the convoy Enforce Operations Security OPSEC and Communications Security COMSEC Report any enemy contact made during movement to higher headquarters Include attack location size of enemy force if known types and number of weapons used damage inflicted on convoy assets reactive measures taken casualties incurred and any information covered in unit SOP As convoy passes RP ensure that vehicle accountability is conducted and that control is relinquished as applicable for those elements supply convoy in which custody and control will change and elements may continue to other destinations Contact trail trail maintenance officer for updates on any all vehicle breakdowns actions taken and status of effected equipment loads personnel 4 Conduct convoy closure operations Note For those convoy assets that are relinquished upon crossing the release point RP ensure that the chain of custody is not broken and that all command and control of released assets is delegated to authorized personnel Note For
220. designed to assist the commander in preparing a unit training plan which satisfies integration cross training training up and sustainment training requirements for soldiers in this MOS Part One of the MOS Training Plan shows the relationship of an MOS skill level between duty position and critical tasks These critical tasks are grouped by task commonality into subject areas Section lists subject area numbers and titles used throughout the MOS Training Plan These subject areas are used to define the training requirements for each duty position within an MOS Section Il identifies the total training requirement for each duty position within an MOS and provides a recommendation for cross training and train up merger training e Duty Position Column This column lists the duty positions of the MOS by skill level which have different training requirements e Subject Area Column This column lists by numerical key see Section 1 the subject areas a soldier must be proficient in to perform in that duty position e Cross Train Column This column lists the recommended duty position for which soldiers should be cross trained e Train up Merger Column This column lists the corresponding duty position for the next higher skill level or MOSC the soldier will merge into on promotion Part Two lists by general subject areas the critical tasks to be trained in an MOS and the type of training required resident integration or sustainment
221. dinate with other platoon sergeants for maintenance support as necessary a Identify need for additional personnel support to perform maintenance on your platoon vehicles b Identify need for additional personnel requested by other platoons for maintenance assistance 6 Ensure squad leaders have accounted for all maintenance worksheets upon completion of maintenance checks for each vehicle inspected a Squad leaders check validity of entries on maintenance worksheets b Ensure a signature is entered as appropriate if so stated in unit SOP in the Maintenance Supervisor block 9a DA Form 2404 or Operator s Supervisor signature block on DA Form 5988 E c Ensure all parts on order have been properly logged into ULLS on the applicable vehicle s DA Form 5988 E or annotated on DA Form 2408 14 by unit maintenance section for each vehicle d Inspection worksheet is turned in to unit maintenance section if faults are found and recorded for future correction 7 Ensure all vehicles and equipment are secured upon completion of maintenance checks a Squad leaders account for all vehicles BII and other tools and ensure all tools are stowed properly b Squad leaders ensure their vehicles with drivers report to maintenance section for repairs as necessary c Squad leaders ensure security of all vehicles d Squad leaders report their squad operational status 8 Ensure that scheduled vehicle services are conducted a Coordinate with mainte
222. down a vehicle on the M872 semitrailer The vehicle included is the M998 HMMWV 1 ton vehicle Similar vehicles may be used as substitute d The following restrictions apply to this procedure NTE Not To Exceed 1 Vehicle payload NTE 12 000 Ibs Use 3 8 inch chain One chain required for each corner of vehicle 2 Vehicle payload NTE 17 000 Ibs Use 3 8 inch chain One chain for left and right front corners of payload vehicle Two chains required for left and right of rear corners of vehicle 3 Vehicle payload NTE 19 000 Ibs Use 7 16 inch chain One chain for each front corner of vehicle payload Two chains required for left and right rear corners of vehicle payload 4 Vehicle payload NTE 27 000 Ibs Use 7 16 inch chain One chain for left and right front corners of payload vehicle Two chains required for left and right rear corners of vehicle payload 3 60 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps 5 Vehicle payload NTE 48 000 Ibs Use 4 inch chains One chain for left and right front corners of payload vehicle Two chains required for left and right rear corners of vehicle payload 6 Vehicle payload NTE 67 000 Ibs Use inch chains One chain for left and right front corners of payload vehicle Two chains required for left and right rear corners of vehicle payload CAUTION All chains are attached to the cargo tiedown rings DO NOT use the outside stake pockets of the semitrailer for vehicle payloads Note Additional
223. down materials are on hand and prepared for use 2 Remove canvas tarpaulin or other cover if installed 3 Check trailer semitrailer bed and ensure cargo area is clear 4 Remove any sideboards as necessary if installed 5 If using MHE prepare device for operation see applicable TM Place heavy items on the bottom and lighter cargo on top Distribute heavy cargo as evenly as possible over the bed to maintain a safe weight distribution Keep the load as low as possible A high load may make the vehicle difficult to control and may cause it to overturn Fill the cargo space to the maximum weight allowable For multi stop loads separate cargo by destination for easy offloading If possible load items of uniform size and weight together Load drums and barrels either upright or on their sides If blocked on their sides their length should be parallel to the sides of the truck 2 Secure cargo onto trailer semitrailer a b C Block and brace cargo with lumber or other materials to keep the load from shifting or falling off the vehicle while en route Block crates boxes and barrels to keep them from shifting en route Use crib blocking whenever possible It need not be nailed to the floor or sides if placed tightly against the cargo to reduce damage to the floor and sideboards of the vehicle If a gap exists between pipes or lumber and the end of the trailer block the load with a gate con
224. e 2 Right Click Pop Up Menu Simply right click with the mouse on the Map Viewer see Figure 3 37 3 Zoom the map To zoom right click on the map to show the pop up menu Select Zoom In or Zoom Out Click on the map at the point you wish to become the center of the map The map will zoom with the point clicked becoming the new center of the map 3 37 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Mobile Control Station Unit Icon Icon Figure 3 36 MTS Mobile Unit and Control Station Symbols Select NIMA Raster Kit Select Vehicle Normal Zoom In v Zoom Out Move Change Center Measure Reset Configure Map Window Units Add Kit Save Map Window Save TracerLink Save TracerLink As NIMA Raster Kit gt Vehicle Figure 3 37 Right Click Popup Menu Performance Steps 4 Change Center Right click the mouse over the map to pop up the menu select Change Center Click on the map and the map will move with the point clicked becoming the new center of the map 5 Pan a Map Move Right click the mouse over the map to pop up the menu select Move The cursor becomes a hand Click on the map and hold down the left mouse button then drag the map to the desired position When you release the mouse the map will redraw in the new position 6 Measure distance on a map Right click on the map and then select Measure Click and drag the cursor from point A to point B on the map Before releasing the button look at th
225. e TMs within the maintenance inspection tables g Squad leaders checked all vehicle operator inspection worksheets for proper completion 3 Conducted random vehicle inspections to ensure operators are performing thorough maintenance checks a Checked operator maintenance worksheet for entries and verified upon check of vehicle b Check to ensure that all inspections are performed according to intervals in the TM c Informed squad leader of any discrepancies found and directed corrections to be made 4 Coordinated with maintenance section for necessary maintenance support beyond operator capability a Provided maintenance section with status of vehicles needing repairs b Scheduled appropriate time for vehicle repairs according to maintenance section availability c Ensured vehicle s and operator s were available to report to maintenance section at allotted time d Ensured replacement parts were properly installed on vehicle 5 Coordinated with other platoon sergeants for maintenance support as necessary a Identified need for additional personnel support to perform maintenance on your platoon vehicles b Identified need for additional personnel requested by other platoons for maintenance assistance 3 254 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Measures GO NOGO 6 Ensured squad leaders have accounted for all maintenance worksheets upon completion of maintenance checks for each vehicle inspected a Squad le
226. e backing vehicle TODT AO 2 Reconnoiter the area the vehicle will be traveling through a Ensure area of travel is large enough to accommodate size of vehicle b Ensure path of travel is free of obstacles that would impede movement of both ground guide and vehicle such as 1 Deep gullies 2 Fallen trees 3 Submerged areas unless known to support vehicle travel 4 Overhead obstructions 5 Steep downgrades or upgrades 6 Restricted areas c Inform driver if any obstacles that must be negotiated or any operational precautions use 4 wheel drive or low range to take before movement 3 Employ visual hand signals to guide vehicle movement see Figures 3 4 through 3 23 Evaluation Preparation Setup Give the soldier a vehicle and driver BII and designated route during both day and night Brief Soldier Tell the soldier to ground guide the vehicle into a designated area during day and night 3 18 When Only One Guide is Available Control Guide gt Q Control Guide i L L L L L L L L L L L L L L Signal Relay 3 1 i i u u Assistant Guide Figure 3 2 Two Guides STP 55 88M14 SM TG STP 55 88M14 SM TG 3 20 Control Guide Signal Relay Assistant Guide Congested Area S IUS L L L L L L L L L L L L
227. e computer power cable V2 03 connect port J1 on the computer to the power port on the A Kit s control box A 1 3 V2 PLGR Installation see Figure 3 27 a Connect the military connector on the PLGR adapter cable V2 06 to the ruggedized computer s V2 01 serial port portJ3 b Connect the 9 pin male connector on the PLGR adapter cable V2 06 to the 9 pin female connector on the PLGR cable c Connect the 15 pin female connector of the PLGR cable to the top port of the PLGR All ports on the PLGR can be found on the back of the device 2 Conduct V2 configuration power on procedures a Observe power indicator lights on A Kit control box 1 The GREEN LED light indicates that the unit is running on auxiliary power not vehicle and that terminal is fully charged 2 The RED LED light indicates that the A Kit battery is running out or auxiliary power not vehicle If the system is on shutting down the ruggedized computer is recommended b Turn on Control Box Flip the power switch to ON If connected properly the LED lights on the transceiver MT 2010 will illuminate 3 32 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Indicator Backup Power A3 Power in User LED Green Connects to Back Indicator Backup Power of Control Box Power Low LED Red MTS Control On Off Switch Connects to J1 Port omine Rie Power Cable Ruggedized Computer Bottom View External Antenna J1 J2 e Power
228. e engine see Figure 3 68 1 Rotate engine switch to RUN When engine is warm or restarted after short periods of time preheating is usually not necessary In temperatures below 30 F a longer preheating period is needed 2 Rotate pre heater switch to ON for about 1 minute Ensure indicator light has illuminated 3 After 1 minute continue to hold pre heater switch and rotate starter switch to START 4 5 2 a aS wa Release both starter and pre heater switches after engine starts Check the gauges for correct indication Stop the engine if a system malfunction is indicated c Stopping engine If not used for refueling operations CAUTION Throttle engine to fast idle 1200 rpm for about 5 minutes before stopping to allow for gradual cooling of engine 1 Release throttle to low idle 2 Rotate engine switch to STOP d Engine operation High temperature 1 See the nothing obstructs the air flow to and from the engine oil cooler and the cylinder cooling fins 2 See that shrouds are properly installed and in good condition e Engine operation Low temperature Note If operating in cold weather cover dust boot of fuel stop solenoid must be cut off Cover stiffens in cold temperatures and stops flow of fuel to engine 1 Ensure that engine has the proper oil and fuel for the existing temperatures 2 Keep batteries fully charged Note Entire cold weather starting procedures may not be required The colder the te
229. e half tank full Ensure tanks are securely closed b Vehicles may contain fuel in tank not to exceed three fourths tank full when transported under the authority of paragraph 3 7 units transported under this chapter may contain additional quantities of fuel in tank based on operational necessity Ensure tanks are securely closed c Did not exceed one half tank full on an aircraft cargo ramp with the fuel tank openings located on the high side of the ramp 3 Ensured installed batteries are protected Note Prevented short circuit and secured so that battery fluid would not leak To secure the battery from short circuit completely protect the terminal posts from contact such as tape rubber boots and so on When prepared in this manner it is not required to disconnect the battery or remove it from the equipment Ensured installed batteries are protected 4 Ensured that all originally installed equipment BII AAL is secured to vehicle a Securely fastened all original installed equipment in properly configured and approved holders b Did not leave removable crew served weapons such as spare barrels and other sensitive items mounted or stored in the vehicle Instead consolidated them and placed in a secure container Sealed the container and locked it with an appropriate locking device c Equipped all vehicles with serviceable and proper lifting tiedown devices or shackles d Secured ignition keys
230. e laptop Figure 3 88 shows the two connectors on a standard PLGR cable 2 Connect the 15 pin female connector of the PLGR cable to the top port of the PLGR All ports on the PLGR can be found on the back of the device 3 Connect the remote PLGR antenna cable to the second port of the PLGR Connect the remote PLGR hockey puck antenna to the antenna cable 4 Connect PLGR AC power adapter cable to the third PLGR port Plug the PLGR power supply into the wall outlet making sure the voltage selector is in the proper position 110 220 see Figure 3 88 MTS CS PLGR Cable Setup Note The PLGR cable and PLGR is not included in the standard Control Station delivery however the cable should be included with a PLGR 3 Perform control station power on procedures see Figure 3 89 a Control box To turn on the Control Station Control Box flip the MTS MASTER SWITCH to ON If connected correctly the LED lights on the transceiver MT 2010 will illuminate b Laptop 1 Press the power switch on the laptop computer Wait for the computer to load initialize software 2 Eventually you will see a security window see Figure 3 90 and read over the text in the window and click OK if you agree to the terms 3 When prompted press CTRL ALT DEL to login 4 Enter username and password and then click OK The Windows desktop should contain the MTS Messenger and TracerLink icons Start the MTS Messenger software to see if the cables to the c
231. e lenses together or apart so each eye can observe the entire field of view at the same time The eyepiece lenses adjust independently If necessary readjust the eye relief 6 Fold the right eyecup over the eyepiece lens with your right thumb and forefinger to obstruct view through the right eyepiece lens Rotate the left diopter adjustment for the clearest view of the image intensifier screen 7 Fold the left eyecup over the eyepiece lens with your left thumb or forefinger to obstruct view through the left lens Rotate the right diopter adjustment for the clearest view on the image intensifier screen 8 Adjust the eye relief distance by pressing the eye relief adjustment and sliding goggles fore or aft to obtain a full field of view of the image Reset the diopter adjustments for best image WARNING It is critical that the goggles be turned off manually before placing them in the flipped up position in order to avoid detection by the enemy 9 Adjust the objective lens focus while observing an object until the sharpest image is obtained 10 To flip up turn the power switch to the RESET OFF position place an open hand under the goggles and rotate up and rearward until the latch is firmly engaged 11 To flip down grasp the goggles and rotate down and forward until the latch is firmly engaged 12 Turn the power switch to the ON position to resume viewing c Shutdown the night vision goggles 1 AN PVS 7A shutdown a Turn swit
232. e of the map When you approach the edge of the map the Kit Bar will appear see Figure 3 40 2 Display information in the Server Kit Control Window a The Assignments Tab Click on the Assignment Tab to display vehicle information in a hierarchical fleet view see Figure 3 41 b The Selection Tab Click on the Selection Tab to display vehicle information listed by vehicle see Figure 3 42 c Enable Autotrack function see Figure 3 43 1 Right click on the map to get the pop up menu 2 Choose the Select Vehicle option from the pop up window 3 Click on the vehicle you wish to track The Server Vehicle Kit Control window will open with the Selection tab containing a list of vehicles 4 Right click on the vehicle you wish to track select State Track Note If the vehicle you are tracking is off the map use the Assignments tab instead of the Selection tab to make the change d Enable Trace function see Figure 3 44 1 Right click on the map to get the pop up menu 2 Choose the Select Vehicle option from the pop up menu 3 Click on the vehicle you wish to trace The Server Vehicle Kit Control window will open with the Selection tab containing a list of vehicles 4 Right click on the vehicle you wish to trace and then select Display Trace 3 39 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 1 Server Vehicle Kit Control _ ol x Show All Vehicles Hide All Vehicles Vehicle Names Vehicle Time Assignments Selection Servers l R its
233. e or band canvas and bows to prevent wind damage as applicable Protect windshield of payload vehicle if needed Ensure that fuel tank of payload vehicle is no more than three quarters full Reduce payload vehicle to lowest height configuration consistent with the operational requirement and unit SOP 7 Secure any materials or equipment loaded in the beds of cargo vehicles by banding chains or cargo straps 8 Remove all sensitive or pilferable items that cannot be secured 3 4 5 6 3 53 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 3 54 This overloads and shortens tire life and bends the truck rear axle housing Applying the trailer brakes may lock the wheels and cause flat spots and skidding Figure 3 52a Load Balancing This will bend the frame overload the Place heavy part of load near rear axle front tires and makes steering harder for proper tire loading and to keep frame from bending This kind of weight distribution bends Set a concentrated load just ahead the frame overloads rear tires and of the rear axle with longest side makes steering almost impossible on the floor if possible Figure 3 52b Load Balancing continued Right Figure 3 52c Load Balancing continued STP 55 88M14 SM TG Nothing overloaded This overloads one spring and Frame will not twist and set of tires Brakes lock on the loosen cross member rivets right side causing skids
234. e scale display at the bottom of the map window It displays the distance in kilometers nautical miles or statute miles Once you release the mouse the distance measurement will disappear see Figure 3 38 7 Reset Map to Initial View Right click on the map and select Reset 8 Units Changing Units of Measure Right click on the map and select Unit Select whether you want the map in Kilometers Nautical Miles or Statute Miles 3 38 STP 55 88M14 SM TG im MTS TracerLink Pro 2 0 10 config TracerLink Configuration Window 1 Window Control Help 731 883 Nautical Miles 258 30 Degrees Figure 3 38 Map of Measure Distance Function Performance Steps c Navigate through the Server Vehicle Kit Control Window Use the Server Vehicle Kit Control Window see Figure 3 39 to trace a vehicle s route hide a vehicle or display a vehicle that was previously hidden or hide display a vehicle s name and last position report time 1 Display the Server Kit Control Window a Method one Right click the mouse and choose Select Vehicle on the pop up menu This will change your cursor into a hand with a pointed finger Left click on the map with the hand wither over a vehicle s icon or over a bare spot If you clicked over a vehicle s icon the vehicle kit window will display the clicked vehicle s in the pane If you clicked over a bare spot the window will be empty b Method two Slowly slide the cursor off the screen to the right sid
235. e semitrailer You are to make any adjustments according to the TM without damaging the equipment or injuring personnel Performance Measures GO NOGO 1 Performed all steps required to cage the brakes of the affected bogie 2 Lowered semitrailer platform until suspension bogie is completely compressed 3 Prepared disabled bogie to allow semitrailer movement Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related TM 9 2320 360 10 TC 21 305 9 TM 9 2330 381 14 3 97 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Operate the Gas Particulate Filter Unit GPFU on the M1070 Tractor 551 721 2301 Conditions Given a M1070 HET Tractor with functioning GPFU full protective MOPP gear to include either the M25A1 or M42 Protective Masks Standards Operated the Gas Particulate Filter Unit on the M1070 Tractor after assuming MOPP level 4 posture in such a manner as to allow mission continuance without injuring personnel or damaging any equipment or surroundings Performance Steps 1 Assume a MOPP level 4 status a Refer to FM 3 11 4 b Refer to TM 3 4240 280 10 for wear of the M24 protective mask c Refer to TM 3 4240 300 10 2 for the M42 protective mask 2 Perform all operational steps to opera
236. e standard display screen also known as the command reference will appear see Figure 3 93 d Ensure that all status blocks appear at the bottom of the screen see Figure 3 93 e Wait for Network registration The bumper number and transceiver ID will appear in status block 4 at the bottom when network registration completes Note Until network registration is received the operator cannot send or receive messages Note Ensure that transceiver is unobstructed The transceiver should not be under trees inside a building or shadowed by large objects f Refer to the MTS User s Manual Version 1 9 1 Section 8 Troubleshooting when directed or as needed Select Terminal Comm Port x Cancel Figure 3 92 Communication Port Window 3 213 STP 55 88M14 SM TG fm MTS Messenger _ Read Messages Send Messages Options Control Station Help F1 Read Messages F2 Send to Control Station F3 Send to Mobile F4 Send to Group F6 Review Sent Messages Outgoing 0 GPS STATUS PLGR BN USA0282 XCVR USA00282 193 0 20 9 28 2001 Status Block 1 Status Block 2 Status Block 3 Status Block 4 Status Block 5 Time and Date Outgoing Incoming GPS Fix Network Message Quene Message Quene Quality Identification Figure 3 93 MTS Messenger Window Performance Steps 5 Read messages a Access the read messages pull down menu see Figure 3 94 by either clicking with the mouse or using the function keys F1 an
237. e user must know his approximate location 3 Explain the details of a topographic map Note This is a map that portrays terrain features in a measurable way usually through use of contour lines as well as the horizontal positions of the features represented The vertical positions or relied are normally represented by contour lines on military maps On maps showing relief the elevations and contours are measured from a specific vertical datum plane usually mean sea level Note This is the military map that is most commonly used by maneuvering units to navigate The standard scale is 1 50 000 a Identify and or determine topographic symbols such as 1 The map s legend It normally contains the symbols used in a particular series or on that specific map sheet Therefore the legend should be referred to each time a new map sheet is used The symbol should reflect as closely as possible what the feature is intended to be 2 Military symbols are added to give additional significance to the military application at the time the map is used Refer to FM 101 5 1 Appendixes A and B for friendly and enemy unit symbols b Identify terrain features on the map c Determine grid coordinates using the military grid reference system d Determine distance on the map from one point to another 4 Explain the details of a road map Note These are maps of a region in which the main means of transportation and areas of interest are shown Some o
238. e was moved adhere to items 1a through 1d above b Releases canvas end curtain if used c Releases troop safety strap d Lowers vehicle tailgate e Provides assistance as needed to unload passengers 6 Assist in unloading passengers from vehicle a Ensures passengers adhere to proper method of dismounting vehicle b Ensures passengers use designated steps and hand holds on the vehicle 7 Secure vehicle for movement a Secure troop safety strap b Raise and secure vehicle tailgate c Secure canvas end curtain d Recover and stow chock blocks if used Evaluation Preparation Setup Give the soldier a cargo truck passengers to be transported and BII Brief Soldier Tell the soldier to transport passengers in a truck and arrive at destination without injuring passengers or damaging equipment Tell the soldier to observe all safety procedures and local traffic laws and the make sure the vehicle s passenger capacity is not exceeded Performance Measures GO NOGO 1 Prepared vehicle to receive passengers Briefed passengers on safety requirements Assisted in loading passengers Secured vehicle for movement Prepared vehicle for unloading passengers Assisted in unloading passengers from vehicle OI amp W M Secured vehicle for movement Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all performance measures
239. earance is necessary If so submit request DD Form 1265 Request for Convoy Clearance This requirement is based on local guidelines SOP and the selected route for the convoy In NATO controlled areas STANAG 2154 and STANAG 2155 are applicable Submit at least 10 days prior to planned move 3 265 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps 3 266 0 naO 6 Determine if request for oversized vehicles loads is required If so submit DD Form 1266 Request for Special Hauling Permit Request must reach approving authority 15 days before the planned move 7 Determine selected convoy route Conduct a map and route reconnaissance of convoy route Use engineer reconnaissance report information DA Form 1711 R Engineer Reconnaissance Report if available to determine route characteristics that may play a key part in your convoy mission 1 Select an alternate route if possible 2 Determine all critical check points 3 Determine situational requirements 4 Determine choke points along the route that may endanger the mission 5 Plot all necessary items on map 6 Plot scheduled halts Perform a risk assessment in accordance with FM 100 14 Determine the size of serial march units Determine march rate if not covered by SOP Determine vehicle march order interval and location of key vehicles within the convoy Determine pre departure assembly area Seek command guidance if information not provide
240. ed to load vehicle ensured that all operational guidelines to include SAFETY are adhered to according to the operator s manual 10 Ensured that once loading is complete all tiedowns are secure and blocking and bracing has been correctly emplaced Refer to items listed below If shipper is other than owning unit ensure that all items below are checked by driver prior to departing a Blocked and braced the load with lumber or other materials to keep the load from shifting or falling off the vehicle while en route as applicable b Blocked crates boxes and barrels to keep them from shifting en route c Used crib blocking whenever possible It need not be nailed to the floor or sides if placed tightly against the cargo to reduce damage to the floor and sideboards d If a gap exists between pipes or lumber and the end of the trailer blocked the load with a gate constructed with 4X4 boards to prevent it from slipping e Ensured that all lumber used for blocking and bracing must be free of knots and strong enough to provide a rigid and stable support for the load en route f Tiedown the load with the available tiedown materials 11 Rechecked entire load to ensure that nothing is overlooked prior to allowing vehicle to move 12 During loading ensured that no person is allowed to stand or walk under a suspended load 13 Ensured load is lashed securely as needed 14 Ensured all load documentation is completed and accur
241. edge adjustments as necessary d Emplaced chock blocks e Lined up tractor with semitrailer f g h i j k Prepared coupling devices Adjusted height of semitrailer to tractor s fifth wheel height Made tractor to semitrailer brake line connections Checked security of tractor to semitrailer Connected electrical intervehicular cable from tractor to semitrailer Checked semitrailer lights Prepared semitrailer for movement 2 Uncoupled semitrailer a b C oe Removed chock blocks from stowage brackets Chocked semitrailer wheels Removed float pads from stowage brackets and placed under landing support legs Lowered the landing support legs Disconnected intervehicular cable from semitrailer light receptacle and secured to tractor Close air supply valves Disconnect air brake lines Opened fifth wheel coupling jaws Moved tractor forward until fifth wheel disengaged from semitrailer Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly 3 9 STP 55 88M14 SM TG References Required Related FM 21 305 TC 21 305 11 TM 9 2320 260 10 TC 21 305 6 TM 9 2320 272 10 TM 9 2320 283 10 TM 9 2320 366 10 1 TM 9 2320 366 10 2 TM 9 2330 359 14 amp P 3 10 STP 55 88
242. edures b Correct all deficiencies faults within the operator s level of maintenance c Record all vehicle deficiencies correctly by replacing parts in column d of DA Form 2404 under corrective action of DA Form 5988 E d Record all uncorrectable deficiencies in column c of DA Form 2404 under fault description of DA Form 5988 E 3 3 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps e When a deficiency or shortcoming is found using DA Form 5988 E the operator or supervisor signs and enters the rank Complete blocks 4 5 8a and columns a and b of DA Form 2404 as follows 1 Enter the meter reading as of the date in block 5 in miles kilometers and hours as applicable in block 4 2 Enter the current calendar date in block 5 3 Enter the signature and rank in block 8a 4 Write in the PMCS item number from the operator crew PMCS checklist in the appropriate TM in column a that applies to the fault listed in column c If the PMCS has no item number list the page paragraph or sequence number Circle the fault if the fault is listed in the Equipment is not ready available column of the PMCS 5 If the PMCS has no ready available column circle the TM item number page or paragraph number of any faults that make the equipment non mission capable NMC 6 Enter the condition status symbol for all incorrect faults in column b f If no deficiencies are noted enter the date in column c of DA Form 2404 3 Perform during operatio
243. ef Soldiers Tell the soldier he will be evaluated on his ability to properly perform duties as a serial march unit commander 3 197 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Measures GO NOGO 1 Performed predeparture checks duties 2 Enforced the correct driving procedures while the convoy is underway 3 Instructed drivers at halt checks duties 4 Performed all required checks duties at the release point Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related FM 21 10 FM 21 60 FM 4 01 30 FM 55 30 TM 9 2320 260 10 TM 9 2320 272 10 TM 9 2320 279 10 1 TM 9 2320 279 10 2 TM 9 2320 280 10 TM 9 2320 360 10 TM 9 2320 364 10 TM 9 2320 365 10 TM 9 2320 366 10 1 TM 9 2320 366 10 2 3 198 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Instruct the Use of Maps in Motor Transport Operations 551 721 3355 Conditions Applied to a tactical environment given dispatched vehicle s vehicle operator s vehicle navigator s assistant drivers topographic and grid maps and strip map information plotting protractor map markers legend information route information and communications equipment Special Conditions The soldiers receiving the instruction are given the duty as vehicle navigator
244. em 5 Impassable section of road s see item 6 Main supply road s see item 7 Single track railroad broad gauge see item 8 Single track railroad narrow gauge see item 9 Double track railroad standard gauge see item 10 Crossings see Figure 3 60 Bridges see Figure 3 61 1 Highway 2 Railroad 2 Identified mission information a b C d e f g h i j Start Point SP Release Point RP Check critical point CP Mileage between routes Routes and route numbers Major cities and towns Rest and service areas halt areas Primary and alternate routes Unit designations as applicable Legend information Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related FM 101 5 1 FM 21 305 FM 21 31 FM 3 25 26 3 88 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Skill Level 2 Subject Area 2 Dispatcher Duties Perform Dispatcher Duties 551 721 2371 Conditions Under the supervision of the truckmaster given a request for a vehicle or equipment to be dispatched DA Form 2401 Organization Control Record for Equipment or DA Form 5982 E Dispatch Control Log DD Form 1970 or DA Form 5987 E pencil ULLS workstation if unit is so equipped a list of dr
245. ements identified in maintenance SOP were completed c Conducted follow up checks with maintenance section to ensure service completion with minimal delay d Ensured squad leader and or vehicle operator remains present during service according to SOP guidelines e At completion of service had squad leader report vehicle status to you 9 Reported platoon vehicle status to platoon leader and or maintenance section sergeant company truckmaster a Number of vehicles fully mission capable by bumper number b Number of vehicles in service or due service c Number of vehicle that are non mission capable Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly 3 255 STP 55 88M14 SM TG References Required Related DA FORM 2404 AR 750 1 DA FORM 2408 14 DA PAM 750 35 DA FORM 5988 E DA PAM 738 750 FM 21 305 FM 55 30 3 256 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Manage Motor Pool Operations 551 721 4323 Conditions You have been assigned duties as the company truckmaster Your unit has established a tactical motor pool site for mission support You are provided with company assets consisting of unit vehicles assigned operators support from company platoon sergeants and their platoons and company maintenance section Facilities have been erected
246. emitrailer prior to movement Evaluation Preparation Setup Provide for the soldier a load tactical cargo vehicle MHE soldiers to supervise level area and mission information Brief Soldier You are required to supervise the safe operation of loading and unloading cargo to and from a vehicle or semitrailer 3 179 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Measures GO NOGO 1 Supervised loading operations a Cargo vehicle 1 Ensured that the vehicle to be loaded is chocked and brakes set 2 Prepared cargo area for loading a Lowered tailgate as applicable b Removed canvas and bows as necessary c Ensured cargo area is cleaned out and ready d Ensured sufficient tiedown materials are on hand e Ensured sufficient blocking and bracing are on hand if needed 3 Ensured heavier cargo items are placed on bottom and lighter items are on top 4 Ensured that all heavy cargo items are distributed as evenly as possible over the bed to maintain a safe weight distribution 5 Kept the load as low as possible A high load may make the vehicle difficult to control and may cause it to overturn 6 Filled the cargo space to the maximum weight allowable 7 For multiple stop loads separated cargo by destination for easy off loading 8 Ensured that drums and barrels are loaded either upright or on their sides If blocked on their sides their length should be parallel to the sides of the truck 9 If MHE is employ
247. empt to self recover the vehicle using the Central Tire Inflation System CTIS in EMERGENCY mode if equipped a Self recover the M939 series vehicle Refer to TM 9 2320 272 10 b Self recover the M1074 M1075 PLS vehicle Refer to TM 9 2320 364 10 c Self recover the M1078 LMTV vehicle Refer to TM 9 2320 365 10 d Self recover the M1083 MTV vehicle Refer to TM 9 2320 366 10 1 2 Construct if necessary the type of anchor to use for winch recovery a Deadman log anchor see Figure 3 74 3 144 1 Select a place where the direction of pull is as nearly horizontal as possible such as a sharp bank or crest 2 Dig and slant the bank at least 15 degrees from the vertical and undercut toward the disabled vehicle 3 Drive stake in front of the deadman at each end to hold it in place 4 Tie the deadline to the center of the deadman so the main standing part of the line leads from the bottom of the deadman 5 Dig a narrow trench for the deadline to the center of the deadman 6 Tie the deadline to the center of the deadman so that the main part of the line leads to the bottom 7 Connect the deadline to the vehicle winch cable 8 Operate the winch according to the appropriate vehicle TM to pull the vehicle free 9 Stop the winch and remove winch cable then rewind 0 Replace the dirt into the hole in which the anchor was constructed 1 Figure 3 74 Deadman Log Anchor STP 55
248. ency Codes e Sustainment Training Skill Level Column This column lists the skill levels of the MOS for which soldiers must receive sustainment training to ensure they maintain proficiency to soldier s manual standards 2 2 Subject Area Codes 2 2 Skill Level 1 NOOO BW Accident Forms Motor Vehicle Operator Maintenance Motor Vehicle Operations Transport Cargo and Personnel Adverse Terrain Operations Motor Vehicle Tactical Operations Skill Level 2 2 NOOO o Dispatcher Duties Motor Vehicle Operator Maintenance Motor Vehicle Operations Transport Cargo and Personnel Adverse Terrain Operations Motor Vehicle Tactical Operations Skill Level 3 8 9 10 11 Duties of the Squad Leader Section Sergeant Motor Pool Operations Convoy Operations Heavy Equipment Transporter HET Operation Skill Level 4 12 13 14 Motor Pool Management Convoy Planning and Operation Tactical Base of Operation 2 3 Duty Position Training Requirements STP 55 88M14 SM TG SKILL DUTY POSITION SUBJECT AREAS CROSS TRAIN TRAIN UP MERGER LEVEL 1 2 Vehicle Driver 1 3 4 5 6 7 Vehicle Driver Sqd Ldr Sec Sergeant HET Vehicle Driver 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 11 Senior Vehicle Sqd Ldr Sec Sergeant Driver Heavy Vehicle Driver 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 Senior Vehicle Sqd Ldr Sec Sergeant vehicles of more than 5 Driver ton cargo capacity includes all truck tractors
249. entary Order format You have provided your platoon with all the necessary information to support the company s mission Performance Steps 1 Review tactical information provided by commander a Review all OPORD information provided by commander and determine what items should be placed into FRAGO for your platoon Include the information into your written FRAGO in the following format Classification Copy of copies Issuing headquarters Place of Issue Date time group of signature Message reference number FRAMENTARY ORDER References Mandatory Reference the order being modified Time Zone Used Throughout the Order Optional 1 SITUATION Mandatory Include any changes to the existing order 2 MISSION Mandatory List the new mission 3 EXECUTION Intent Optional a Concept of operations Mandatory b Tasks to subordinate units Mandatory Include statement Current overlay remains in effect or See change 1 to Annex C Operations Overlay Mark changes to control measures on overlay or issue a new overlay 4 SERVICE SUPPORT Include any changes to existing order or statement No change to OPORDxx 5 COMMAND AND SIGNAL Include any changes to existing order or statement No change to OPORDxx ACKNOWLEDGE Mandatory NAME Commander s last name RANK Commander s rank OFFICIAL Optional ANNEXES Optional DISTRIBUTION Optional Classification b Review unit tactical SOP in areas regarding your pl
250. epair Parts and Special Tools Lists for Trailer Chassis 1 1 2 Ton 2 Wheel M103A1 M103A3 and Trailer Cargo 1 1 2 Ton 2 Wheel M105A1 M105A2 M105A2C Trailer Tank Water 1 1 2 Ton 2 Wheel 400 Gallon M107A1 M107A2 M107A2C Trailer Van Shop Folding Sides 1 1 2 Ton 2 Wheel M448 9 October 1990 Operator s Unit Direct Support and General Support Maintenance Manual for Semitrailer Tank 5000 Gallon Bulk Haul Self Load Unload M967 M967A1 Semitrailer Tank 5000 Gallon Fuel Dispensing Automotive M969 M969A1 Semitrailer Tank 5000 Gallon Fuel Dispensing Under Overwing Aircraft M970 M970A1 26 October 1990 Operator s Organizational Direct Support and General Support Maintenance Manual Including Repair Parts and Special Tools Lists for Semitrailer Flatbed Radar Set and Launching Station M860A1 4 May 1993 Operator s Organizational Direct Support and General Support Maintenance Manual Including Repair Parts and Special Tools Lists for Semitrailer Flatbed Breakbulk Container Transporter 34 Ton M872 Theurer Greenville Corp and Southwest Truck Body Co M872A1 Theurer Greenville Corp and Heller Corp M872A2 Theurer Greenville Corp And Heller Corp M872A3 Southwest Truck Body Co 8 October 1991 Operator s Unit Direct Support and General Support Maintenance Manual for Heavy Equipment Transporter Semitrailer 70 Ton M1000 30 November 1994 Operator s Unit Direct Support and General Support Mainte
251. epared semitrailer for manual steering operation 3 Steered bogie s manually in desired direction 4 Prepared semitrailer for travel 5 Shutdown the APU EL Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related TM 9 2320 360 10 TM 9 2330 381 14 3 104 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Prepare Vehicle for Inclement Weather Operation 551 721 2355 Conditions Given a wheeled tactical vehicle with before operation maintenance performed BII AAL vehicle TM 10 series designated weather conditions to prepare for inclement weather clothing and hearing protection Standards You have prepared the vehicle for inclement weather operation without injury to personnel or damage to vehicle Performance Steps 1 Perform before operation PMCS on the vehicle according to the operator s vehicle TM a Refer to applicable vehicle TM chapter 2 for all steps in this procedure b Ensure that all WARNING and CAUTION statements are adhered to in the TM applicable to this procedure in chapter 2 c Adhere to cold weather starting procedures when required in the vehicle TM 2 Make vehicle preparations for inclement weather a Remove all ice snow and fog from windows b Ensure all tools ass
252. er a tractor and semitrailer and an area that has been marked for the driver to back the tractor and semitrailer into Brief Soldier Tell the soldier to safely back the tractor with semitrailer to a predetermined spot without damaging the tractor and semitrailer or physical surroundings and without injuring personnel 3 16 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Measures GO NOGO 1 Prepared to operate the tractor Set the vehicle in motion Backed the semitrailer to the left Backed the semitrailer to the right Backed the semitrailer without turning straight line O A W N Parked the semitrailer mE TENERE Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related FM 21 305 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Perform as Wheeled Vehicle Ground Guide Day or Night 551 721 1384 Conditions During daylight and darkness given a flashlight assistant ground guide s vehicle with driver an area to maneuver and hearing protection as needed Standards You have positioned yourself and successfully portrayed each visual hand signals that correctly represents the intended vehicle movement You have influenced vehicular movement in indicating visual signa
253. er what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related TM 9 2320 364 10 TC 21 305 10 3 73 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Conduct Container Roll In Roll Out Platform CROP Load Unload Operations 551 721 1507 Conditions Given a mission ready PLS HEMTT LHS truck and a CROP with before operational inspection performed and area to perform operation and hearing protection and ground guide Special Conditions Operator should have a valid driver s license or be accompanied by a licensed driver or perform operation in a controlled driving range under direct supervision of a licensed driver instructor During insertion procedure at least one ground guide is required Standards You have operated the PLS HEMTT LHS truck in loading unloading operations involving the Container Roll on Roll off Platform CROP All functions of the operations were performed without injury to personnel or damage to vehicle or equipment Performance Steps 1 Load ISO container a Adhere to all WARNING and CAUTION statements in the TM regarding this procedure b Refer to TM 9 3990 260 14 amp P paragraph 2 16a steps 1 through 23 pages 2 31 to 2 38 for applicable procedures in loading ISO container Refer to subsequent paragraphs if directed as needed in the TM 2 Unload ISO container a Adhere to all WARNING and CAUTION statements in the TM regarding this procedure b Refer to TM 9 3990 260 14 amp P paragraph 2 16b steps 1 through
254. erating vehicle g Did not drive vehicle too fast for driving conditions h Did not smoke during refueling operations i Always bonded and or grounded vehicle when refueling or being refueled j Always wore seat belts eye protection and hearing protection as required k Always used proper hand signals when operating vehicles or ground guiding others as needed Always maintained safe following distance from leading vehicles m Used vehicle safety warning devices when disabled n Removed jewelry especially watches and rings when working around vehicles 3 194 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Measures GO NOGO 4 Ensured that all operators adhered to the following guidelines when carrying hazardous materials non hazardous materials or passengers a For vehicles transporting hazardous materials 1 Followed a preplanned route 2 Parked in areas where exposure to inhabited buildings and public gatherings is limited b Vehicles carrying ammunition 1 Loaded to meet hazard classification and compatibility standards 2 Off loaded before major maintenance is performed 3 Inspected prior to loading and when entering an Army establishment before unloading using DD Form 626 4 Had brakes set and at least one wheel chocked during all loading or unloading and tiedown operations 5 No person was allowed to ride on or in the cargo compartment of a motor vehicle transporting explosives fuel or other hazardous mate
255. erator s are complying with established standards in the vehicle or equipment TM while performing during operation inspection a Monitor and spot check the operation of the vehicle s or equipment being operated under your supervision by soliciting feedback from operators b Ensure that organizational maintenance is informed of any changes in vehicle or equipment operational status as a result of during operation inspection c Prohibit any operator from operating any vehicle or equipment if the operation or inspection of this equipment is determined to be unsafe and or non mission capable NMC 3 190 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps d Ensure the operator s make the required entries on the maintenance worksheet that reflects the completion of during operation checks Operator signed and dated in appropriate block if deficiencies are found e Ensures that operator adheres to all safety WARNINGS and CAUTIONS applicable to the maintenance procedures being performed 4 Ensure the operator s are complying with established standards in the vehicle or equipment TM while performing after operation inspection a Monitor and spot check the operation of the vehicle s or equipment being operated under your supervision by observation and soliciting feedback from operators b Ensure that organizational maintenance is informed of any changes in vehicle or equipment operational status as a result of after operation inspection c Prohibit any
256. ers e Check weapons on the vehicles to make sure they are operational 1 Correct existing minor deficiencies on the spot 2 If major deficiencies exist have the weapon and vehicle returned to the parent unit and request an operational replacement Check to ensure that the sandbags are installed correctly on the floor of the troop carrying vehicles and on the cab floors of all vehicles 1 Cover the floors of troop carrying vehicles with at least a double interlocking layer of sandbags 2 Cover the cab floors of all vehicles with a double layer of sandbags under the driver s Seat gt 3 196 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps Check the cargo to ensure it is secured and covered correctly 1 Cover the cargo to protect it from being damaged by prevailing weather conditions 2 Cover the cargo if necessary to deny intelligence information while providing protection from elements h Brief the drivers on the rules of the road traffic laws and regulations speed limits time and distance gaps routing plans review schedules and march discipline i Give the signal order to start engine j Give the signal order to move out 2 Enforce the correct driving procedures while the convoy is underway 3 Instruct drivers at halt checks duties a Inform the drivers of details at halts 1 Time duration and purpose of convoy operations 2 Review the location of convoy 3 Review the duties of personnel during the convo
257. ervise Driver Training Program UNIT AN 3 4 551 721 3338 Supervise Personnel Performing Vehicle Recovery BNCOC AN 3 4 551 721 3340 Supervise Operation of Vehicle mounted Crane BNCOC BM 551 721 3341 Supervise Personnel Loading Unloading Equipment UNIT AN 3 4 Cargo Onto From Vehicle and Semitrailer 551 721 3347 Supervise Preparation of Vehicle for Movement or BNCOC AN 3 4 Shipment 551 721 3353 Review Vehicle Accident Reports BNCOC AN 30 Subject Area 9 Motor Pool Operations 551 721 3334 Supervise Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services BNCOC AN Subject Area 10 Convoy Operations 551 721 3336 Enforce Driver Safety Rules and Techniques BNCOC AN 551 721 3348 Perform Duties as Serial March Unit Commander BNCOC 34 551 721 3355 Instruct the Use of Maps in Motor Transport Operations BNCOC AN 3 4 551 721 3600 Operate the Movement Tracking System MTS Control Station Subject Area 11 Heavy Equipment Transporter HET Operation 551 721 3337 Drive A Heavy Equipment Transporter HET on Improved UNIT SA 3 4 Roads 551 721 3345 Load Able Disabled Tracked Wheeled Vehicles Onto a UNIT SA 3 4 Heavy Equipment Transporter HET 551 721 3346 Unload Able Disabled Tracked Wheeled Vehicles Off a UNIT SA 3 4 Heavy Equipment Transporter HET Skill Level 4 Subject Area 12 Motor Pool Management 551 721 4320 Manage Driver Training Program ANCOC AN 4 551 721 4322 Manage Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services ANCOC AN 4 551 721 4323 Manage Mo
258. ervisor Fleet Management NCO 9 10 11 13 14 Truckmaster Operations Senior Sergeant Transportation Supervisor Senior Courier 1 3 4 5 6 7 Truckmaster Operations Senior Sergeant Transportation Supervisor 2 4 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 2 4 Critical Tasks List MOS TRAINING PLAN 88M14 CRITICAL TASKS Task Number Title Training Sust Sust Location Tng Tng SL Freq Skill Level 1 Subject Area 1 Accident Forms 551 721 1388 Complete DD Form 518 and SF 91 AIT BM Subject Area 3 Motor Vehicle Operator Maintenance 551 721 1352 Perform Preventive Maintenance Checks 551 721 1314 551 721 1359 551 721 1364 551 721 1367 551 721 1384 551 721 1500 551 721 1600 551 721 1650 Subject Area 4 Motor Vehicle Operations Perform Coupling Operations Operate Vehicle in a Convoy Operate Vehicle With Standard or AIT DA Automatic Semiautomatic Transmission Back Vehicle With Semitrailer Perform as Wheeled Vehicle Ground Guide Day or Night AIT BM 1 Operate Palletized Load System AIT BM Operate the Movement Tracking System MTS Operate the Driver s Vision Enhancer DVE Subject Area 5 Transport Cargo and Personnel 551 721 1386 551 721 1411 551 721 1501 551 721 1503 551 721 1504 551 721 1505 551 721 1507 Load and Unload Passengers for Transport in a Truck AIT AN Perform Tiedown Procedures Perform Load Unload Operations With Truck Palletized Load System PLS in Automatic Mode
259. es during the vehicle inspection process Upon completion of platoon preventive maintenance checks and services your platoon under your guidance has identified all deficiencies according to each TM and either made corrections on the spot or recorded the deficiency properly on the maintenance inspection worksheet All forms have been completed properly Replacement parts were either available and replaced or properly placed on order through the company maintenance section Scheduled services were identified and applicable vehicle s and operator s reported to company maintenance section which prepared to complete the service under the guidance of company maintenance section personnel Performance Steps 1 Ensure squad leaders have made preparations to perform maintenance inspections a Vehicles are positioned at a 360 degree walkaround with wheel chocks in place b Drip pans are positioned under vehicles if available c Technical manuals tools and inspection forms are present d Squad leaders are present and actively involved and have current status of vehicles during preparation e Squad leaders acquire any available replacement parts that can be installed by the operator 2 Ensure squad leaders supervise the performance of before during after weekly or monthly operational preventive maintenance checks a Squad leaders are present and actively involved in the maintenance inspection process b Squad leaders report any needed urgen
260. f any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related TM 9 2320 260 10 TM 9 2320 270 10 TM 9 2320 272 10 TM 9 2320 279 10 1 TM 9 2320 279 10 2 TM 9 2320 280 10 TM 9 2320 283 10 TM 9 2320 360 10 TM 9 2320 364 10 TM 9 2320 365 10 TM 9 2320 366 10 1 TM 9 2320 366 10 2 TM 9 2330 213 14 amp P TM 9 2330 385 14 3 115 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Operate Vehicle Mounted Crane 551 721 2407 Conditions Given a vehicle equipped with a vehicle mounted crane on which before operation PMCS has been performed applicable TM flat surface in which to operate and directions hands signals from another person Standards Setup vehicle mounted crane for operation to include outriggers as applicable Operate the crane while following visual hand and arm signals Prepare crane and outriggers as applicable for travel All crane operations must be performed without injury to personnel or damage to any equipment or load Performance Steps 1 Start vehicle engine except LMTV a M977 HEMTT crane mounted vehicles Refer to TM 9 2320 279 10 1 b M1074 M1075 PLS crane mounted vehicles Refer to TM 9 2320 364 10 c M1084 1086 MTV with MHE Refer to TM 9 2320 366 10 1 2 Prepare crane for use a M1078 LMTV vehicles Refer to TM 9 2320 365 10 b M1083 MTV vehicles Refer to TM 9 2320 366 10 1 c M1084 1086 MTV vehicles Refer to
261. f these maps show secondary networks of roads historic sites museums and beaches in detail They may contain road and time distance between points Careful consideration should be exercised about the scale when using these maps a Scale of the map if different than a topographic map Determine to the best extent possible what the scale is of the map you are using b Origin and destination 3 200 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps c Selected routes d Cities and towns e Four lane divided highways principle highways and other thruways and roads f Width and height of bridges and overpasses g Rest and service areas h Distance miles kilometers from point of origin to destination i Map symbols j Special features on the map k Alternate route s 5 Explain the details of a strip map Note A strip map is an unscaled drawing of routes or a march including the critical points along those routes see Figure 3 83 It may be prepared either as an overlay or as a schematic of the map itself It is similar to a route overlay but not to scale The purpose of a strip map is to graphically portray a routs of movement over a distance that may exceed standard military map sheets of that requires multiple map sheets a Explain the following regarding strip maps 1 Origin and destination 2 Start Point SP and Release Point RP if different from 4a above 3 Routes and route numbers 4 Major towns 5 Major roads and c
262. ferences Required Related TM 9 2320 360 10 TM 9 2330 381 14 3 103 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Manually Steer the M1000 Semitrailer 551 721 2306 Conditions Given an M1000 semitrailer with BII and operational APU hearing protection work gloves and assistance as needed Special Condition All operations involving the M1070 and M1000 require two persons Standards You have successfully performed a manual steering operation using the M1000 semitrailer without injury to personnel or damage to equipment Performance Steps 1 Start the APU Refer to TM9 2330 381 14 paragraph 2 21a page 2 65 2 Prepare semitrailer for manual steering operation Refer to TM 9 2330 381 14 paragraph 2 21b c d e and f page 2 66 for applicable steps 3 Steer bogie s manually in desired direction Reference TM 9 2330 381 14 paragraph 2 21g h and i page 2 66 for applicable steps 4 Prepare semitrailer for travel Refer to TM 9 2330 381 14 paragraph 2 21j 1 through 4 page 2 66 and 2 67 for applicable steps 5 Shutdown the APU Refer to TM 9 2330 381 14 paragraph 2 21j 5 page 2 67 for applicable steps Evaluation Preparation Setup Emplace a M1000 semitrailer on level ground Brief Soldier You are required to manually steer the semitrailer by adhering to all steps and WARNING and CAUTION statements in the TM You may proceed as directed to move semitrailer Performance Measures GO NOGO 1 Started the APU 2 Pr
263. fold Figure 3 68 Engine and Pump Assembly 3 120 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps 3 Conduct basic haul and fuel services operation NOT involving engine and pump WARNING Top loading should only be done when bottom loading is not possible Bottom loading minimizes the level of static electricity buildup When top loading through fill cover there is no automatic shutdown Man the loading hose to avoid fuel spillage Use capacity indicator gauge and dipstick gauge to determine amount of fuel loaded Failure to follow this warning may result in uncontrolled fuel spillage and a fire or explosion hazard Ladder has narrow tread be careful when climbing a Top Loading the product is not filtered or metered by the vehicle 1 Ensure all valves are closed 2 Ground and bond the semitrailer before opening the fill cover 3 Place fire extinguishers at point of operation 4 Slowly open fill cover Insert hose far enough to keep the end of the hose in contact with the bottom of the tank 5 Slowly begin the flow and fill the tank no further than to the bottom of the capacity indicator one person at storage tank valve or other fuel source and other holding fill tube into semitrailer 6 Remove fill hose Close and secure the manhole cover 7 Drain accumulated water Close all valves Put the container under the manifold drain in the piping control cabinet Open the emergency operator valve Slowly open the system
264. from contact such as tape rubber boots and so on When prepared in this manner it is not required to disconnect the battery or remove it from the equipment 4 Ensure that all originally installed equipment BII AAL is secured to vehicle a Securely fasten all original installed equipment in properly configured and approved holders b Do not leave removable crew served weapons such as spare barrels and other sensitive items mounted or stored in the vehicle Instead consolidate them and place in a secure container Seal the container and lock it with an appropriate locking device c Equip all vehicles with serviceable and proper lifting tiedown devices or shackles d Secure ignition keys on the steering wheel with wire The wire must be long enough to reach the ignition e Do not cover headlights windshields or mirrors with tape f Ensure fire extinguishers are in the approved mounting bracket if they are kept with vehicles during shipment g Keep driver compartments and steering wheels unlocked h Store radios in secured containers to avoid moisture damage to them If radios are shipped mounted in the vehicle secure them with chain and lock then cover them with plastic Treat COMSEC equipment as classified materials 3 184 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps 5 Ensure that vehicle is reduced as necessary a b e f g Reduce vehicle length and width by folding in side mounted mirrors and removin
265. g System MTS Control Station 3 209 Subject Area 11 Heavy Equipment Transporter HET Operation Drive A Heavy Equipment Transporter HET on Improved Roads 3 232 Load Able Disabled Tracked Wheeled Vehicles Onto a Heavy Equipment Transporter HET cede ae rcd e eite read a aed D Rd 3 234 Unload Able Disabled Tracked Wheeled Vehicles Off a Heavy Equipment Transporter a oe are De eoe dede boe tee e edd bcd eue dee 3 244 Skill Level 4 Subject Area 12 Motor Pool Management Manage Driver Training Program ssssesseeee eee 3 246 Manage Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services 3 252 Manage Motor Pool Operations 3 257 Establish Motor Transport Safety 3 259 Prepare Unit Load Plans ssssssssssssseseesee eene ener enne 3 263 551 721 4328 STP 55 88M14 SM TG PAGE Subject Area 13 Convoy Planning and Operation 551 721 4326 Perform Duties as Convoy Commander sss 3 265 551 721 4327 Conduct Reconnaissance of Convoy Route 3 272 Subject Area 14 Tactical Base of Operation 551 721 4329 Plan Truck Company Base of Operation 3 274 551 721 4331 Prepare Truck Ba
266. g entries on DA Form 5982 E within ULLS with the following information a Fuel and oil added b Date and time of return c Released by signature d Miles and hours c Checked remarks section of dispatch for operator entries requiring maintenance support Report information to maintenance section d Logged vehicle in from dispatch through ULLS on DA Form 5982 E e Reported discrepancies in trip records to truckmaster f Annotated type cargo and tons moved as applicable g Filed trip records in accordance with local directives Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related DA FORM 2401 DA FORM 5823 DA FORM 5982 E DA PAM 738 750 DD FORM 1970 FM 21 305 FM 55 30 OF 346 3 92 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Subject Area 3 Motor Vehicle Operator Maintenance Remove and Replace a Tire on a Wheeled Vehicle and Trailer 551 721 2393 Conditions Given a vehicle and trailer with a tire to replace applicable BII tools and assistance as needed Special Conditions This task requires two personnel for vehicles 2 and larger Standards You have successfully removed the disabled unserviceable wheel tire assembly and replaced it with serviceable spare without injuring personnel or damaging equipme
267. g information and indicate which section you refer from IX Federal Driver s Certification Driver will read the privacy act statement and sign the form indicating information provided is correct 2 Complete supervisor entries of SF 91 a Complete section X items 72 to 82c page 3 as follows self explanatory 72 Origin 73 Destination 74 Exact purpose of trip 75 Date and Time when trip began 76 Date and Time when accident occurred 77 Authority for the trip 78 Deviation form direct route 79 Was the trip during established working hours 80 Did the operator while en route engage in any activity other than that for which the trip was authorized 81a Did the accident occur within the employee s scope of duty 81b Comments 82a Name and title of supervisor 82b Supervisor s signature and date 82c Telephone number b Refer form to unit commander or accident investigator as applicable 3 188 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Evaluation Preparation Setup Provide a completed SF 91 from a subordinate vehicle operator Brief Soldier You are to review the accident report and provide your input to the form as the soldier s supervisor and turn the form in to your commander Performance Measures G NO GO 1 Reviewed SF 91 for operator entries pages 1 2 3 a Federal Vehicle Data Self explanatory see form I Other Vehicle Data Self explanatory see form Ill Killed or Injured
268. g storage baskets that overhand the vehicle s fixed dimensions Remove antennas c Keep windshields and cab canvas in the up position d Leave exhaust stacks in place If removal is necessary place metal can over exposed exhaust pipe and remove before starting vehicle Reduce height as needed for rail clearance Check with the ITO Reduce the length width and height only if it is specified in movement order Do NOT reduce tire pressure to conform with height restrictions 6 Ensure cargo is configured properly on the vehicle if vehicle is loaded with cargo nested for movement shipment a b gt Maximize use of all vehicles cargo capacity particularly cargo vehicles and trailers If trailer is nested in the back of a cargo truck load cargo under and around the trailer Do not exceed payload capacity c Securely restrain the equipment and cargo in the vehicle body or chassis d Ensure there is no metal to metal contact of loaded cargo for example a container loaded ina 5 ton cargo truck must have plywood between its bottom and the metal cargo bed After loading cargo into cargo bed cover it with canvas Secure the canvas by lashing with manila rope If steel strapping must be used use enough padding to prevent damage to the canvas If vehicle is equipped with a built up shelter comply with the following 1 Built up vehicles will not be transported on vessels or commercial conveyances without MAC
269. gibly correctly and accurately All checks were completed without injury to personnel or damage to equipment Performance Steps 1 Prepare for inspection a Enter the name of the unit to which the vehicle belongs in block 1 of DA Form 2404 b Enter the noun abbreviation and the model of the equipment in block 2 of DA Form 2404 for example Truck Cargo 5 Ton 6x6 M923 c Enter the registration number or serial number in block 3 of DA Form 2404 E Enter the type of inspection service to be done in block 6 of DA Form 2404 Enter number and date of the appropriate TM used in block 7 of DA Form 2404 Note When using the Unit Level Logistics System ULLS DA Form 5988 E the Admin number Equipment Model Equipment Noun Equipment National Stock Number NSN Equipment Serial Number Registration Number type Inspection and publication numbers with changes will be retrieved from the equipment data file No entries from the operator crew chief are needed in these areas Note The operator crew chief must ensure that data contained in these areas are correct prior to pulling PMCS If any fields are not current notify the ULLS operator so he can update the data field through the ULLS Menu process 2 Perform before operation inspection as listed in appropriate vehicle operator s manual 10 series TM if deficiencies are noted when using DA Form 2404 DA Form 5988 E a Isolate the malfunction by applying step by step troubleshooting proc
270. ground and experience 3 Examination findings 4 Performance record 5 3 Ensured preparations were made for driver training and testing a Coordinated with company truckmasters first sergeants for driver candidates b Instructors examiners interviewed driver candidates considering the following areas as required 1 Maturity 2 Attitude 3 Past driving record 4 Hearing 5 Extreme nervousness 6 Any abnormal characteristics 7 Medication if taken on regular basis c If candidate was to operate off post ensured individual possessed a valid state driver s license that would not expire prior to completion of training d Candidates were counseled in cases where driver interview process was a failure Driver awards 3 249 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Measures GO NOGO e Instructor cadre prepared all driver training course resources for start of driver training Included the following 1 Facilities Classrooms for training and testing driving ranges and maneuver stations motor park for storage of vehicles and preventive maintenance and maintenance shop 2 Training materials Ensured all training materials were up to date and structured to contain lesson terminal learning objectives that are understandable and obtainable 3 Testing materials For performance based examinations all copies were legible and accounted for and custody of examination materials were controlled to preven
271. gure 3 59 Strip Map Symbols On 4 10 RR Above RR Below Grade Figure 3 60 Crossings STP 55 88M14 SM TG EY A Stream Figure 3 61 Bridges Performance Steps 2 Identify mission information a j Start Point SP This is the point established as the beginning of the convoy s timeline tracking May be the start of the convoy from origin or a point along the designated route in which convoy elements are to merge for the mission Release Point RP This point is designated as release of convoy responsibility of all or part of the convoy elements May or may not be convoy destination Check critical point CP This is a point along the convoy route that may serve as a navigational aid point of possible enemy ambush critical point or designated as a halt point This designation may apply to points along route identifying narrow roadways or other conditions that warrant special concern by convoy vehicle drivers Mileage between routes Distance Kilometers Miles between check critical points along the convoy route a navigational aid Routes and route numbers Usually normal road or highway numbers that are used to delineate the route plotted for convoy travel Major cities and towns Usually indicated on route to ensure awareness navigation checking or if a specific location within the city or town is shown may be a checkpoint along
272. h block Crew member continues to pull passenger side cable out until winch cable touches the ground Disconnects passenger side winch cable from auxiliary winch cable and lays cable on ground in front of disabled M 1 tank Crew members pull auxiliary winch cable forward over platform until cable reaches front of platform and toward driver s side winch cable and stops Operator pays out driver s side winch cable and disconnects from storage point Crew members attach auxiliary winch cable to driver s side winch cable Operator pays in auxiliary winch cable to pull driver s side winch cable back to auxiliary snatch block Crew member routes driver s side winch cable through gooseneck cable guide Operator continues to pay in auxiliary winch cable to pull driver s side winch cable rearward to auxiliary snatch block and stops approximately 12 inches from snatch block Crew member pulls additional cable out until driver s side winch cable touches the ground and stops Crew members disconnect driver s side winch cable from auxiliary winch cable lays cable on the ground and installs shouldered pins and cotter pins to both clevises 18 Stow snatch block and auxiliary winch cable a b C d Unscrew retaining bolt and rotates side housing on auxiliary snatch block to open snatch block Removes auxiliary winch cable from the auxiliary snatch block and rotates side housing to close Tightens retaining bolt
273. he USB cable into the lower laptop USB port Doing so may result in incorrectly configured port assignments upon start up 2 Using the RS422 data cable CS 11 connect the port expander to the Control Box Connect one end of the cable to COM3 on the port expander device CS 05 and connect the other end to the RS422 port on the Control Box CS 044 3 Connect the laptop power adapter CS 03 to an AC power source The power port on the laptop can be found on the left side rear of the laptop It does not necessarily need to be the same AC power source as the Control Box Note The laptop can work on internal batteries for up to four hours per battery c Control station printer installation 1 Using the printer cable CS 08 connect the printer to the laptop One end of the cable will have a connector with a set of 25 pins connect this end to the DB25 port the large 25 pin port on the rear of the laptop Connect the other end of the cable to the printer 2 Using the printer power adapter CS 09A amp CS 09B and printer cable connect the printer to the AC power supply d Control Box installation Plug the Control Box CS 04A power cable to an AC power source The Control Box can take AC power input with the following characteristics 85 256 VAC and 47 440Hz e Control station PLGR installation 1 Connect the 9 pin female RS232 port connector of the PLGR cable to COM1 port on the laptop computer COM1 is the only RS232 on th
274. heel tire assembly g Lay disabled wheel tire assembly out of the way in such a manner that will prevent it from falling and injuring personnel or damaging other equipment h Adhere to all WARNING and CAUTION statements in the TM regarding this procedure 3 Replaced tire wheel assembly a With assistance lifted spare tire into position onto hub b Secured all lug nuts hand tight c Fully tightened lug nuts in a crisscross pattern If necessary lowered vehicle until tire touched the ground to prevent tire from turning d Lowered the vehicle or trailer to the ground e Rechecked tightness of all lug nuts f If CTIS equipped ensured all lines and fittings were re connected Ensured there were no leaks g If CTIS equipped notified organizational maintenance as soon as possible to ensure all CTIS lines and fittings were reinstalled properly and tested h Adhere to all WARNING and CAUTION statements in the TM regarding this procedure 4 Stowed disabled tire wheel assembly a Using assistance moved tire wheel into position to be lifted b Attached davit lifting device to the rim of the wheel and lift into position on the vehicle or trailer c If lifting device is not available as in the case with some trailers ensured assistance is obtained before attempting to lift tire wheel into stowage location d Secured with mounting brackets hardware e Adhered to all WARNING and CAUTION statements in
275. hicle or trailer semitrailer 1 Ensured that vehicle trailer semitrailer to be unloaded is chocked and brakes set 2 Prepared cargo area for unloading a Lowered tailgate of truck or trailer b Removed canvas and bows as necessary c Unlashed and removed tarpaulin if installed d Lowered side panels as needed HEMTT Cargo e Removed sideboards as needed M87 1 or M872 f Removed tiedowns securing load If partial delivery ensure only tiedowns securing that portion of the load are removed Check remainder of load for security Ensured MHE operator follows designated hand and arm signals for any movement Positioned and emplaced MHE lifting devices to remove load or portion of load Attached guide ropes as needed if unloading large palletized items or heavy equipment to control load during removal from vehicle Removed banding if banded if load is palletized and pallets must be broken for a partial unload by cutting only the necessary bands Watch for falling pallet contents Secured any remaining items once unloading has been completed for further transport as necessary Ensured transfer of custody was accomplished and all records were annotated as needed and all items were accounted for prior to departure Secured MHE and stowed or repositioned to allow cargo vehicle to move 10 Recovered and stowed all slings guide ropes and blocking and bracing materials prior to departure
276. hole Lay the upper end of the A frame against the vehicle s front Attach the A frame Rig the winch cable for 2 1 mechanical advantage Secure the end of the cable to the A frame s apex Wind in the winch Suspend the truck over the ditch or hole Fill in the ditch or hole with rocks dirt or other materials so that the vehicle can be driven forward or backward Loop Girth Hitch on A Frame Loop Loop First Step Second Step Third Step To G 4 N Tow Hook T o Loop Tow Hook Fourth Step To uud Fifth Step Hook must Face Out and Fall Under Bottom Figure Eight Hitch of Top Pole on A Frame View from View from Winch View from Winch Top Side Winch Top Side Under Side First Step Second Third P Figure 3 78a Constructing An A Frame With a Girth Hitch and a Figure Eight Hitch Figure 3 78b Recovering a Mired Vehicle Using An A Frame 3 147 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps 3 Self recover the M998 series vehicle using a winch a Refer to TM 9 2320 280 10 b Adhere to all WARNING and CAUTION statements in the TM applicable to this operation 4 Self recover the M809 series vehicle using a winch a Refer to TM 9 2320 260 10 b Adhere to all WARNING and CAUTION statements in the TM applicable to this operation 5 Self recover the M939 series vehicle using a winch a Refer to TM 9 2320 272 10 b Adhere to all WARNING and CAUTION statements in the TM
277. hut off valve handle outward to adjust position Releases semitrailer park brakes Operator and crew members adjust platform height to preloading position lowers rear support legs and loading ramps Applies semitrailer parking brakes Aligns and installs two curb guides on rear of platform 17 Start winching operations a b Raises and secures winch guard Releases auxiliary winch kickout lever counterclockwise Removes two large shackles from rear payload tiedown rings 3 239 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps d gt s Crew members unhook auxiliary winch cable from stowage point pulls cable rearward to front of disabled M 1 tank Attaches and secures two large shackles to both upper recovery eyes on disabled M 1 tank Attaches auxiliary snatch block to upper left recovery eye on disabled M 1 tank Crew member opens auxiliary snatch block and passes auxiliary winch cable through snatch block and closes auxiliary snatch block Tightens retaining bolt to secure side housing in the closed position Pulls auxiliary winch cable forward along curbside of gooseneck to passenger side winch cable Operator pays out passenger side winch cable crew members pull cable out and attaches passenger side winch cable clevis to auxiliary winch cable clevis Operator pays in auxiliary winch cable and pays out passenger side winch cable to pull passenger side winch cable rearward to auxiliary snatc
278. ied sensitive cargo to prevent accidental exposure or undetected deliberate compromise 3 134 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps d Secure load to prevent access to unauthorized personnel throughout custody Note If cargo is classified SECRET or TOP SECRET the cargo must have an attached receipt form to be completed by the recipient and returned to the originator e Ensure custody receipt is attached to the load f Establish radio communications link with security team g Ensure adequate armed security is available and ready for movement h If cargo is sensitive and considered dangerous ensure proper placarding it displayed on load carrying vehicle 3 Conduct movement with classified sensitive cargo a Notify security personnel of start of movement b Follow designated route to destination Notify chain of command as each route checkpoint is passed d Maintain positive control of classified sensitive cargo throughout movement e Allow no unauthorized person s visual or physical access to cargo during movement f Upon reaching destination relinquish custody of classified sensitive cargo to authorized personnel with proper identification g Obtain authorized signature from recipient on custody receipt if cargo is classified as SECRET or TOP SECRET h Upon return to origin ensure custody receipt is given to originator if cargo is classified as SECRET or TOP SECRET Transfer DD Form 836 to recipient of cargo
279. if cargo is also hazardous dangerous Evaluation Preparation Setup Provide for the soldier a cargo vehicle classified sensitive load movement orders information route of march and POC for receipt of shipment Brief Soldier You are required to assume custody of a classified sensitive shipment You are to load secure and transport the cargo while maintaining security at all times At no time will any unauthorized person s be allowed access to cargo while in your possession You are to transfer custody to the designated person authorized to receipt of property Performance Measures GO NOGO 1 Ensured cargo vehicle is prepared as required for transportation of classified sensitive materials 2 Ensured that classified sensitive cargo is prepared for movement 3 Conducted movement with classified sensitive cargo Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related AR 190 11 AR 380 5 DA PAM 385 64 DD FORM 626 DD FORM 836 FM 21 305 FM 55 30 3 135 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Assist in Ammunition Loading Unloading Operations on a Transporter 551 721 2381 Conditions Given a load of ammunition to be loaded unloaded placarding materials blocking and bracing materials
280. iginal position and redistribute or reduce payload weight or equipment damage may occur c Ensure that parking brake is not applied before starting load sequence or damage to equipment may occur WARNING Ensure that flatrack runners contact LHS rear rollers correctly Failure to contact flatrack runners correctly could result in serious injury to personnel and damage to equipment Overload warning light may illuminate when lifting flatrack from unusual conditions CAUTION Reduce engine speed to idle before flatrack main rails contact rear rollers or damage to flatrack may result Engine speed must be at idle before using hydraulic selector switch or damage to equipment may result Hydraulic selector switch must be in OFF position before driving or hydraulic system could overheat 3 62 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps 3 Off load flatrack from tractor CAUTION Engine idle speed must be at idle before using hydraulic selector switch or damage to equipment may result CAUTION Ensure parking brake is not applies during unload sequence or damage to equipment may result WARNING When loading or unloading flatracks on uneven ground side slope or down grades up to 10 degrees it may be necessary to apply truck service brakes to prevent truck roll away or severe injury or death could result a Check for overhead power lines or other obstructions before attempting LHS operation LHS reaches a height of 17 feet two inches 5 22 m with
281. igned to the vehicle are mounted properly c Check the tire pressure Increase the tire pressure 10 percent for severe cold weather d Mount snow chains if necessary e Shield the lower half of the radiator in extreme cold weather f Distribute loads evenly reduce the load g Warm up engine to operating temperature 3 Protect vehicle load in inclement weather a Install canvas and bows on cargo vehicle according to the operator s vehicle TM b Using load lashing procedures install cargo cover over load on semitrailers Evaluation Preparation Setup Provide a vehicle and any inclement weather adaption kits necessary for installation depending on climate Brief Soldier Inform the soldier they are to prepare the vehicle for inclement weather by taking the necessary precautionary steps according to the weather conditions Performance Measures GO NOGO 1 Performed before operation PMCS on vehicle 2 Made vehicle preparations for inclement weather a Removed all ice snow and fog from windows b Ensured all tools assigned to the vehicle are mounted properly c Checked tire pressure Increased tire pressure 10 percent for severe cold weather d Mounted snow chains if necessary e Shielded the lower half of the radiator in extreme cold weather f Distributed loads evenly reduce the load as necessary g Warmed up engine to operating temperature 3 Protected vehicle load in inclement weather
282. iler wheels must be chocked during transfer operations CAUTION Ensure that trailer drawbar is down against the ground during transfer operations or damage to equipment may result a Ensure air lines and cables are properly stowed to prevent damage to equipment b Both of the trailer bumper points must be under the truck bumper stop flange and at least one of the bumper points must contact the bumper stop The trailer bumper point not contacting the truck bumper stop cannot exceed 0 5 inches 12 7 mm or flatrack will miss main rail guides and equipment damage may result c Engine speed must be at idle before using hydraulic selector switch or damage to equipment may result 5 Unload flatrack from PLS trailer manual mode CAUTION There must be sufficient pressure in trailer air system to retract locks or damage to flatrack can occur while attempting to load flatrack or trailer If not use truck to charge trailer air system using trailer air charging hose If air system cannot retract flatrack use manual flatrack lock retract procedures a Ensure that air lines and cables are properly stowed to prevent damage to equipment b Ensure that trailer drawbar is down against the ground during transfer operations or damage to equipment may result c Ensure both flatrack locks are fully retracted or damage WARNING Check for overhead power lines or other obstructions before attempting LHS operation If LHS reaches a height of CAUTION there
283. imately responsible for ensuring that all assets arrive safely at the destination with a minimal amount of losses The convoy commander s ability to delegate authority and enforce march discipline are key factors in mission accomplishment a b C Conduct a communications check of all systems in the convoy radio net Correct all communications deficiencies on the spot Signal all drivers to start engines Give signal to begin movement and depart assembly area at time designated in movement order Use closed column formation until entry onto main convoy route If expressways are used instruct drivers to close to approximately 20 meter vehicle interval when entering acceleration ramp Ensure convoy reaches SP according to established timeline Monitor radio traffic Ensure trail officer relays passing SP on established timeline 3 269 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps g h Notify higher headquarters upon passing each check critical point on the route as directed by Ensure pacesetter maintains established speed Signal drivers to adjust speed and interval accordingly SOP or commander During halts ensure that serial march unit commanders if entire convoy is at halt complete halt checks on personnel vehicles and loads 1 Ensure that vehicles are staged so as to facilitate rapid movement Vehicles should remain in the same order of march as during movement 2 Ensure that security is poste
284. in status block 4 at the bottom when network registration completes f Refer to the MTS User s Manual version 1 9 1 Section 8 Troubleshooting when directed or as needed 3 34 STP 55 88M14 SM TG MTS Messenger Read Messages Send Messages Options Help F1 Read Messages F2 Send to Control Station F3 Send to Mobile F4 Send to Group F6 Review Sent Messages Outgoing 0 GPS STATUS PLGR BN USA0282 XCVR USA00282 19 10 20 9 28 2001 Status Block 5 Time and Date Status Block 1 Outgoing Message Quene Status Block 2 Incoming Message Quene Status Block 3 GPS Fix Quality Status Block 4 Network Identification Figure 3 29 MTS Messenger Main Window Performance Steps 4 Read messages see Figures 3 30 and 3 31 Access the read messages pull down menu by either clicking with the mouse or using the function keys F1 and F6 b Select read messages read current or press F1 to read messages c In the message received list click the message number you wish to read will default to the most recent message received The text of the message will appear in the message text field Click the reply button to return a message to the sender or done to go back to the main window Use up and down arrow keys to move between messages see Figure 3 32 Note If you have not received any messages for example right after you started MTS Messenger you selected read
285. inal Learning Objectives TLO that are relevant understandable and obtainable 3 Testing materials All copies are legible and accounted for and custody of examination materials are controlled to prevent unauthorized access or loss Storage of all exam materials must be in accordance with AR 611 5 4 Training aids All training aids are present and in good working condition as applicable 5 Personnel All driver training cadre instructors assistant instructors examiners other support personnel duties are assigned and personnel have a clear understanding of their duties and ready for training 4 Ensure driver candidates prior to issuance of OF 346 or DA Form 5984 R automated learners permit receive instruction and evaluation in the following areas a Ensure that each subject lesson has a task condition and standard that complies with AR 600 55 and the applicable training circular for the vehicle is being used for training b Vehicle or equipment orientation c Safety briefing to include driver attitude d Local laws and road conditions e Emergency procedures f Physical evaluation measures 5 Ensure that drivers receive instruction on HAZMAT as required a At a minimum military vehicle operators must receive training in the following areas 1 Definition of hazardous materials 2 Placarding requirements 3 Handling loading and unloading hazardous materials 4 Regulations and procedures pertaining to trans
286. inders are fully retracted Release joystick zx soa 0 04 0002 4 Shutdown engine a Park the truck 1 Lift foot off of the throttle control Let transmission automatic downshift slow truck 2 Push down on the service brake pedal until truck comes to complete stop 3 Pull out the PARKING BRAKE control 4 Press transmission range selector button to Neutral N 5 Align the front tires in straight ahead position 6 Chock wheels 3 69 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps b Shutdown engine 1 Push down and hold throttle control until tachometer reads 800 to 1000 rpm 2 Run engine at 800 to 1000 rpm for three to five minutes 3 Lift foot off throttle control 4 Turn engine OFF ON START switch to OFF Evaluation Preparation Setup Provide the soldier with a PLS truck with PLS flatrack with before operation PMCS completed BII hearing protection and solid level ground to maneuver Brief Soldier The soldier is required to load and then unload a flatrack onto from the PLS truck using the manual mode All required steps are to be performed in accordance with the PLS TM without injury to personnel or damage to equipment Performance Measures G NO GO 1 Positioned PLS truck for loading unloading operations a Refer to TM 9 2320 364 10 paragraph 2 19 pages 2 161 and 2 162 for applicable steps in this procedure WARNING Do not park truck on steep grades Serious injury to personnel coul
287. ing mechanism i Set elevation position to desired position Lock elevation locking mechanism 4 Maneuver vehicle while relying on DVE for terrain negotiation a Operate the vehicle while monitoring the DVE screen b Adjust vehicle speed as necessary while DVE is making auto adjustments to conditions c Exercise increased caution when operating vehicle using DVE for navigation 5 Shutdown DVE a Press FORWARD POSITION switch b Visually verify sensor is in the straight ahead and level position c Set SENSOR LEVEL and GAIN controls to full ccw AUTO detent position d With the DISPLAY BRIGHTNESS control turned fully rotate the knob approximately 74 turn cw Set POLARITY switch to WHT HOT up position Set VIDEO switch to SENSOR up position g Set POWER switch to OFF position down 0 3 47 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Azimuth Control Azimuth Lock Elevation Control Elevation Lock Figure 3 51 Pan and Tilt Mechanism Evaluation Preparation Setup Provide for the soldier a DVE equipped vehicle in operational condition and ready for operation Brief Soldier You are required to prepare the vehicle for operation You are also required to prepare the DVE system for operation Once both vehicle and system are operational you are to operate the vehicle while relying on the DVE for navigation over a designated route during periods of severe limited visibility or at nighttime You are to complete this tas
288. ing route a Checked selected route on the map Determine the slope by checking to see if there is a contour line in any 100 meters of map distance If so itis a 10 percent slope If there are two contour lines itis a 20 percent slope and so forth b If you traverse a side slope was accomplished it was done slowly and without turns c Rechecked progress along the route by comparing the map s terrain features and plotted checkpoints Noted any discrepancies that conflicted with intelligence or reconnaissance reports and notify higher headquarters in accordance with local SOP Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related FM 101 5 1 FM 21 305 FM 3 25 26 STP 21 1 SMCT 3 208 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Operate the Movement Tracking System MTS Control Station 551 721 3600 Conditions As an assistant truckmaster assigned to the company headquarters section given an installed and fully operational MTS Control Station target MTS Mobile Units assigned to your network mission and routing information Standards You have operated the MTS Control Station either by direct input or by supervising the operator in your operations section to direct redirect vehicle movement in support of your unit s ongoing mission
289. injury to personnel or damage to equipment Performance Measures GO NOGO 1 Prepared HETS for unloading operation a Completed all steps referenced in the vehicle and semitrailer technical operator s manual for this operation b Adhered to all WARNING and CAUTION statement for this operation 2 Unloaded able tracked wheeled vehicle payload from HET a Completed all steps referenced in the vehicle and semitrailer technical operator s manual for this operation b Adhered to all WARNING and CAUTION statement for this operation 3 244 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Measures GO NOGO 3 Unloaded disabled tracked wheeled vehicle payload from HET a Completed all steps referenced in the vehicle and semitrailer technical operator s manual for this operation b Adhered to all WARNING and CAUTION statement for this operation Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related TM 9 2320 360 10 TM 9 2330 381 14 3 245 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Skill Level 4 Subject Area 12 Motor Pool Management Manage Driver Training Program 551 721 4320 Conditions You have been reassigned as NCOIC of an established battalion driver training program Given an established driver training cou
290. ion DD Form 518 and SF 91 accident forms and DD Form 626 and DD Form 836 if transporting HAZMAT prior to movement f Ensure that all vehicles are marked with convoy clearance numbers if movement is over a controlled route g Ensure convoy control vehicles are marked with appropriate flags signs or lights as applicable h Relay all necessary communications information i Hand out all strip maps to vehicle crews j Perform sensitive items check to be verified during convoy briefing 2 Once all vehicles loads and personnel have been checked supervise the staging of vehicles in the designated assembly area by order of march and serial march unit 3 Coordinate to obtain artillery support if available e Ensure that all of the following questions are answered Convoy Commander s Checklist prior to movement 1 Where is the SP The RP 2 What route is to be used 3 Has reconnaissance been made Condition of route determined 4 Can bridges tunnels underpasses and defiles safely accommodate all loaded and tracked if applicable vehicles 5 Are critical points known and listed on the map 6 What is the size of serials 7 What is the size of march units 8 What is the rate of march 9 What is the vehicle interval on an open road Built up road aa What type of column will be used 11 What provision has been made for refueling if applicable 3 267 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps Has a suit
291. ion essential task list METL The soldier must perform the task to the standards listed in the STP If a soldier has a question about how to do a task or which tasks in this manual he must perform it is the soldier s responsibility to ask the first line supervisor for clarification The first line supervisor knows how to perform each task or can direct the soldier to the appropriate training materials 1 2 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 1 4 NCO Self Development and the Soldiers Manual Self development is one of the key components of the leader development process It is a planned progressive and sequential program followed by leaders to enhance and sustain their military competencies It consists of individual study research professional reading practice and self assessment Under the self development concept the noncommissioned officer NCO as an Army professional has the responsibility to remain current in all phases of the MOS The STP is the primary source for the NCO to use in maintaining MOS proficiency Numerous additional sources available to the NCO for self development are e The Army Training and Doctrinal Digital Library http 155 217 58 58 e The Army Correspondence Course Program ACCP http www atsc army mil accp aipdnew asp e The US Army Homepage under Enlisted Career Management http www army mil careers enlisted htm This site contains many links to NCO academies and colleges and universities Unit learning cen
292. ion of position semiannually Section standard form Glossary 5 STP 55 88M14 SM TG SL SM SMCT SNCO SOP SP Sqd SSN STANAG STP Sust TAT TB TC TCMD TCP IP TG TLO TM Tng TOC TRADOC U ULLS UMO UNIT Unk Glossary 6 skill level soldier s manual soldier s manual of common tasks senior noncommissioned officer standing operating procedure start point squad Social security number Standardization Agreement soldier training publication sustainment to accompany troops technical bulletin training circular Transportation Control Movement Document transmission control protocol with Internet protocol trainer s guide terminal learning objective technical manual training Tactical Operations Center Training and Doctrine Command UNCLASSIFIED Unit Level Logistics System unit movement officer Trained in the unit unknown STP 55 88M14 SM TG US United States USAREC United States Army Recruiting Command USB Universal Serial Bus VA Virginia VAC volts alternating current Veh vehicle WHT white WK weekly Section Il Terms BC Type Fire Extinguisher Fire extinguishers are separated based on the types of fire into four classifications A Class A extinguisher is for ordinary combustible materials such as paper wood cardboard and most plastics A Class B extinguisher is for fires that involve flammable or combustible liquids such as gasoline kerosene grease and oil A Class C exti
293. is practicable k Attempt to stop on a downhill slope 3 Operate vehicle in muddy or swampy terrain a If CTIS equipped select mode for this type of terrain watch for indicator showing correct mode selection on CTIS panel and adhere to speed restrictions b Select gear or range that will allow steady progress through the area c Carefully maintain steady throttle until you reach solid ground 4 Operate vehicle through streams If CTIS equipped select mode for this type of terrain watch for indicator showing correct mode selection on CTIS panel and adhere to speed restrictions Follow the applicable steps provided in the vehicle TM for fording streams Check the bottom to see how firm a support can be expected Keep the cab door open when crossing frozen streams After reaching dry land test brakes at a reduced speed by 1 Lightly applying and releasing brakes until normal braking is restored Non ABS only 2 Apply light steady pressure on brakes until normal braking is restored ABS only 5 Operate vehicle snow a Start the vehicle using cold weather starting procedures referenced in the applicable vehicle TM b Turn on vehicle cab heater and adjust to defrost position to clear windows while engine is warming up c Remove ice and snow from windows d If CTIS equipped select mode for this type of terrain watch for indicator showing correct mode selection on CTIS panel and adhere to speed res
294. ise quickly or fall suddenly to the ground when released from coupler Do no allow feet or body to get under or above drawbar Serious injury to personnel my result Do not leave drawbar in elevated position after disconnecting from truck Drawbar could fall causing serious injury to personnel r Use air assist valve to apply air pressure to hold drawbar from falling when released from coupler s Start truck release parking brake and slowly pull forward until drawbar releases from coupler t Apply parking brake and place transmission range selector to Neutral u Push up on coupler jaw to close v Close locking gate on coupler Evaluation Preparation Setup Provide for the soldier a tactical wheeled vehicle and a pintle style trailer ground guide assistance hearing protection work gloves level ground to operate Brief Soldier You are required to perform a coupling operation with a pintle connected trailer and a prime mover This operation will involve you coupling and then uncoupling the trailer from the prime mover All steps must be performed successfully in order to pass this task Entire operation must be performed without injury to personnel or damage to equipment Performance Measures GO NOGO 1 Coupled vehicle to trailer for vehicle trailer combination other than PLS a Removed chock blocks from vehicle tires b Started vehicle see vehicle 10 series TM c Following visual hand signals from grou
295. ishers e Vehicles transporting explosives will be equipped with two fire extinguishers that are appropriate for the type of explosive being transported f No smoking while operating any government vehicle g Refueling vehicles will be properly grounded when parked and grounded and bonded when refueling h All refueling vehicles will have the fire extinguisher un mounted and at point of use during refueling operations 2 Vehicle Operations a Use ground guides whenever a vehicle is being moved in the motor pool or company operational location b Use two ground guides when backing a vehicle c Ground guides and vehicle operators must be visible to each other at all times The front ground guide must be visible to the driver at all times d Ground guides must know the proper hand and arm signals e Ground guides must never stand between a moving vehicle and a stationary object f When ground guiding at night guide will have a clearly observable flashlight or chemical light that can be seen by vehicle operator when tactically permitted When direct line of sight is broken driver will halt vehicle immediately 3 259 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps g Do not leave vehicles unattended with the engine running h Make no mention of tracked vehicles Placement of personnel during transport with respect to cargo loads will be reflective of Unit Commanders guidance and army regulations i Use personnel safety strap
296. isk 3 Tie the rope around the hub where it will be clear of the valve stem 4 Place the transmission gearshift lever in reverse to wind the rope 5 Once free unwind and remove the rope from duals 2 wa 4 Ensure self recovery of vehicle with winch a b C d e f 9 Ensure the vehicle winch cable is securely attached to anchor or vehicle Self recover the M998 series vehicle refer to TM 9 2320 280 10 Self recover the M809 series vehicle refer to TM 9 2320 260 10 Self recover the M939 series vehicle refer to TM 9 2320 272 10 Self recover the M977 series vehicle refer to TM 9 2320 279 10 1 Self recover the M1074 1075 series vehicle refer to TM 9 2320 364 10 Self recover the M1078 1083 series vehicle refer to TM 9 2320 365 10 and 366 10 1 3 171 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Evaluation Preparation Setup Provide the soldier with a mired or disabled vehicle to be recovered Provide additional personnel to supervise or for assistance as needed Vehicle should not be capable of moving under its own power Provide for the soldier a recovery like vehicle with crew operators Brief Soldier Inform soldier that his direct supervision and guidance must result in a successful recovery of mired disabled vehicle that is capable of moving under its own power mired vehicle without injury to personnel or further damage to equipment Performance Measures GO NOGO 1 Supervised self recovery oper
297. ission training plans MTPs and FM 7 0 Chapter 2 Battle Focused Training to establish effective training plans and programs which integrate soldier leader and collective tasks 1 2 Army Training System a Battle Focused Training Commanders train their units to be combat ready Training is their number one priority Commanders achieve this using tough realistic and challenging training At every echelon commanders must train their unit to the Army standard Battle focus enables the commander to train units for success on the battlefield Using the Army Training Management Cycle the commander continuously plans executes and assesses the state of training in the unit This cycle provides the framework for commanders to develop their unit s METL establish training priorities and allocate Commanders and leaders at all echelons use the Principles of Training to develop and execute effective training As commanders train their units on METL tasks senior commanders reinforce training by approving and protecting training priorities and providing resources The following are the ten principles of training resources Commanders are responsible for training NCOs train individuals crews and small teams Train as a combined arms and joint team Train for proficiency Realistic conditions Performance oriented Train to adapt Train to maintain and sustain Train to sustain proficiency Train and develop leaders
298. it Packing List and Load Diagram DA FORM 5823 Equipment Identification Card DA FORM 5982 E Dispatch Control Log DA FORM 5984 E Operator s Permit Record DA FORM 5987 E Motor Equipment Dispatch DA FORM 5988 E Equipment Inspection Maintenance Worksheet DA FORM 6125 R Road Test Score Sheet Department of Army Pamphlets DA PAM 385 64 Ammunition and Explosives Safety Standards 1 February 2000 DA PAM 738 750 Functional Users Manual for The Army Maintenance Management System TAMMS 1 August 1994 DA PAM 750 35 Guide for Motor Pool Operations 1 August 1994 References 1 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Field Manuals FM 3 5 FM 3 11 FM 3 11 4 FM 3 25 26 FM 4 01 011 FM 4 01 30 FM 5 125 FM 5 170 FM 7 0 FM 7 8 FM 9 43 2 FM 10 67 1 FM 21 10 FM 21 31 FM 21 60 FM 21 305 FM 55 15 FM 55 17 FM 55 30 FM 100 14 FM 101 5 FM 101 5 1 NBC Decontamination MCWP 3 37 3 28 July 2000 Multiservice Tactics Techniques and Procedures for Nuclear Biological and Chemical Defense Operations MCWP 3 37 1 NWP 3 11 AFTTP 1 3 2 42 10 March 2003 Multiservice Tactics Techniques and Procedures for Nuclear Biological and Chemical NBC Protection MCWP 3 37 2 NTTP 3 11 27 AFTTP 1 3 2 46 2 June 2003 Map Reading and Land Navigation 20 July 2001 Unit Movement Operations 31 October 2002 Movement Control 1 September 2003 Rigging Techniques Procedures and Applications 3 October 1995 Engineer Reconnaissance 5 May 1998 Training The Force
299. ith room to maneuver the vehicle as needed for the operation Include all vehicle BII hearing protection and provide guidance to the soldier Brief Soldier You are required to load and then off load the flatrack loaded or unloaded onto from the PLS truck in the automatic mode You are to follow all steps identified in the reference 10 series TM All steps are to be performed without injury to personnel or damage to equipment You are to start the operation with the flatrack on the ground Performance Measures GO NOGO 1 Positioned PLS tractor for loading operation 2 Loaded flatrack onto tractor 3 Off loaded flatrack from tractor m Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related TM 9 2320 364 10 3 63 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Transfer Flatrack Onto From Palletized Load System PLS Trailer Using the Load Handling System LHS 551 721 1503 Conditions Given a PLS Truck Tractor with flatrack PLS trailer both with before operation PMCS performed hearing protection and an area to maneuver vehicle with trailer Standards You have successfully transferred flatrack from truck to trailer then back to truck without injury to personnel or damage to equipment Performance Steps 1
300. ition a spotter or gooseneck if payload is to be backed onto semitrailer platform or injury to personnel may result WARNING Unnecessary personnel must stand well clear of the vehicles especially behind the payload engine turbine exhaust during loading operations At no time during any loading operation while the payload is moving should personnel be on the semitrailer platform The payload operator must drive the payload slowly up the loading ramps and onto the platform or injury to personnel and damage to equipment may result WARNING Failure to set the payload parking brake could allow the payload to roll backward causing injury to personnel and damage to equipment 5 Assist in securing payload to semitrailer a Refer to TM 9 2330 381 14 paragraph 2 26a 41 to 2 26a 48 b Adhere to all cautions and warnings in the semitrailer TM applicable to this operation CAUTION The streetside angle rear payload tiedown chain must cross over the top of the curbside rear payload tiedown chain or the chains will interfere with each other and damage to equipment may result CAUTION Beacon warning light must be raised or loading ramps adjusted or damage to equipment will occur Evaluation Preparation Setup Provide for the soldier a HET with HETS able or disabled payload vehicle level ground to operate assistance from another crew member Brief Soldier You to load an able disabled tracked wheeled vehicle onto the Heavy Equipment Transporter
301. ive mission essential tasks plan prepare rehearse and execute training and evaluate training and conduct after action reviews to provide feedback to the commander on individual crew and small team proficiency Senior NCOs coach junior NCOs to master a wide range of individual tasks d Train as a Combined Arms and Joint Team The Army provides a Joint Force Commander JFC with trained and ready forces that expand the command s range of military options in full spectrum operations Army commanders tailor and train forces to react quickly to any crisis Army forces provide a JFC the capability to e Seize areas previously denied by the enemy e Dominate land operations e Provide support to civil authorities Army forces seldom operate unilaterally Joint interdependence from the individual crew and small team to the operational level requires training to develop experienced adaptive leaders soldiers and organizations prepared to operate with joint and multinational forces and to provide interagency unity of effort The fundamental basis for the organization and operation of Army forces is combined arms Combined arms is the integrated application of several arms to achieve an effect on the enemy that is greater than if each arm was used against the enemy separately or in sequence Integration involves arrangement of battlefield actions in time space and purpose to produce maximum relative effects of combat power at a decisive place and
302. ivers and their qualifications vehicle status board and a copy of unit SOP Standards You have accurately and legibly made dispatcher entries on DA Form 2401 DD Form 1970 or DA Form 5982 E ULLS confirmed driver qualifications and endorsements selected driver s and vehicle s for mission based on guidance from platoon sergeants Upon completion of mission you have logged all mileage load and time data for vehicles drivers and load moved as required locally You have notified maintenance of any discrepancy of vehicle status and reported discrepancies on vehicle trip reports to truckmaster Performance Steps 1 Process transportation requests a Acquire vehicle s and driver s availability information from platoon sergeant s to be used for mission Complete initial dispatcher entries on forms b Compile all appropriate forms in the equipment record folder The following forms are required at a minimum 1 DD Form 1970 Complete dispatcher entries 2 DD Form 518 3 SF 91 4 DA Form 5987 E ULLS Complete dispatcher entries 5 DA Form 5823 Equipment Identification Card This form goes on outside of record folder Dispatcher must verify vehicle status information before dispatch of vehicle 2 Manually dispatch unit vehicle s for regular dispatch units without ULLS a For dispatch out 1 Verify driver s license and qualifications of driver with vehicle and load selected for dispatch 2 Make dispatcher entries on
303. justments If necessary slow vehicle WARNING There are two short periods each day called crossover periods or diurnal cycle when most natural objects are about the same temperature This is when they have cooled down at night and as they are heating up in the early morning Since objects are near the same temperature there is not much temperature difference for the DVE to use degrading the image display quality This is also what happens when a heavy rain makes all natural objects close to the same temperature g Set scene POLARITY switch to either WHT HOT up position or BLK HOT down position h Set azimuth position by rotating Pan Tilt Mechanism PTM to desired setting Lock azimuth locking mechanism i Set elevation position to desired position Lock elevation locking mechanism 4 Maneuvered vehicle while relying on DVE for terrain negotiation a Operate the vehicle while monitoring the DVE screen Adjust vehicle speed as necessary while DVE is making auto adjustments to conditions 5 Shutdown DVE a Press FORWARD POSITION switch b Visually verify sensor is in the straight ahead and level position c Set SENSOR LEVEL and GAIN controls to full ccw AUTO detent position d With the DISPLAY BRIGHTNESS control turned fully ccw rotate the knob approximately 74 turn cw Set POLARITY switch to WHT HOT up position Set VIDEO switch to SENSOR up position g Set POWER switch to OFF position d
304. k without injury to personnel or damage to equipment Performance Measures GO NOGO 1 Started the vehicle Note The words NO VIDEO will appear within a black rectangle at the top center of the display only if the VIDEO switch is in the EXT position or the display circuitry has no video input The display circuitry senses the presence of video If the video is absent during operation the words NO VIDEO are indicated If the video returns the words are removed but the no video indicator bar is cleared from the display by recycling the power switch power off and on 2 Performed initial setup procedures WARNING Before operating the vehicle ensure that the DVE azimuth and elevation controls are in the locked positions This will ensure that the DVE is looking straight ahead when operating the vehicle Manually verify forward and lock position prior to operating the vehicle WARNING Helmets must always be worn when driving with the DVE installed The DVE display should be removed from its mount when not in use for extended driving operations to minimize the risk of head strike injuries a Rotate Sensor Assembly azimuth and elevation to straight ahead and level 00 detent positions b Set DVE POWER switch to OFF down position c Set VIDEO switch to SENSOR up position d Set POLARITY switch to WHT HOT up position e With DISPLAY BRIGHTNESS control turned fully ccw rotate knob approximately 74 tur
305. l Box will allow the terminal to continue operation and drain the emergency battery 3 42 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 1 Server Vehicle Kit Control oj x Properties Center Vehicle Send Message Display ClearTrace Trace Options State Disconnect Assignments Selection Servers DENT 22 5036 30 Sen N 39 10 34 W 85 00 05 CS GPS Active Power On Send Message Vehicle Glear Traco Trace Options Time State Pun amm Disconnect 2e Figure 3 45 Display Vehicles Name 1 Server Vehicle Kit Control _ E x Properties Center Vehicle Send Message Display ClearTrace Trace Options State Request Message Disconnect Assignments Selection Servers El Connected Fleets e Properties 1 Send Fleet Message All Vehicles gt Hide 1 Reload States Show E iE USA1004 Time j 7 S2 USA1005 1 gt USA1006 Figure 3 46 Hide and Show Group of Vehicles 1 Server Vehicle Kit Control Properties Center Vehicle Display Clear Trace Trace Options State Disconnect Assignments Selection Servers Figure 3 47 Hiding and Showing a Position 3 43 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 1 Server Vehicle Kit Control Properties All Vehicles Reload States Assignments Selection Servers El s Connected Fleets er Properties p Be All Vehicles Hide __Reload States States Show e USA0003 BN 040 Hide
306. l in the matching locking notches The scuff sleeve may have to be removed to allow tightening of tiedowns Secure loose ends of straps by suitable means 4 Reinforce sharp edges of cargo with suitable materials to prevent both crushing edges of the load when strap is tensioned and to prevent slicing into strap webbing d Lash the load and canvas to the truck 1 Fasten the end of one rope to one of the front lash hooks or rings A1 2 Pass the rope diagonally across the top of the load through or under the second rope support on the opposite side A2 3 Pass the rope diagonally back across the top of the load through or under the third rope support A3 Pull the rope tight 4 Continue this process until you reach the rear of the vehicle Secure the rope 5 With the second rope repeat the entire process starting at the front lash hook or ring B1 5 Secure ammunition to PLS flatrack using web straps see Figure 3 57 Note The M1077 and M1 flatracks are applicable to this step Web straps are used to secure boxes pallets and off shaped cargo Note All items no matter how small should be secured in place a Refer to flatrack data plate for particular characteristics regarding the flatrack you are using b Use small tiedown rings for cargo no heavier than 10 000 pounds 3 58 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps c Use large tiedown rings for cargo no heavier than 25 000 pounds d Check for proper center of g
307. l not back like a normal semitrailer because of semitrailer steering system The operator must back tractor semitrailer by turning tractor steering wheel in the opposite direction of what would be used for backing with a normal semitrailer or injury to personnel and damage to equipment may result 3 Assist in the preparation of the semitrailer to receive payload a Refer to TM 9 2330 381 14 paragraph 2 26a 7 to 2 26a 29 pages 2 93 to 2 102 b Adhere to all WARNING and CAUTION statements in the semitrailer TM applicable to this operation Note Due to semitrailers being outfitted with various chains 1 2 inch and or 4 inch link sizes all chains must be inventoried in the platform storage compartment prior to placing chains on platform Once chains are inventoried read and familiarize yourself with the information in steps a 20 a thru h of the semitrailer TM to determine tiedown needed to properly secure the payload or injury to personnel and damage to equipment may result 4 Assist in loading payload onto semitrailer a Refer to TM 9 2330 381 14 paragraph 2 26a 30 to 2 26a 40 pages 2 103 to 2 107 b Adhere to all cautions and warnings in the semitrailer TM applicable to this operation 3 132 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps WARNING Two spotters are required for loading and unloading operations The payload operator must know the position of spotters at all times or injury to personnel may result WARNING Do not pos
308. l until the scene brightness is suitable for operator viewing e Select either the AUTO LEVEL or the MANUAL LEVEL position 3 46 STP 55 88M14 SM TG NO SENSOR VIDEO CHECK VIDEO SWITCH Power Video POL nsor Wht Hot Boites Level Gain C10 0 Ext Bik Hot Figure 3 50 Driver Screen Display Performance Steps f Adjust the SENSOR GAIN control to automatic or manual position The AUTO GAIN mode should normally be used while driving the vehicle WARNING The AUTO LEVEL and AUTO GAIN modes do not react instantly to rapidly changing scenery shade to sun sun to shade The AUTO LEVEL and AUTO GAIN modes require one or two seconds to compensate The automatic gain and level features will adjust faster than manual adjustments If necessary slow vehicle WARNING There are two short periods each day called crossover periods or diurnal cycle when most natural objects are about the same temperature This is when they have cooled down at night and as they are heating up in the early morning Since objects are near the same temperature there is not much temperature difference for the DVE to use degrading the image display quality This is also what happens when a heavy rain makes all natural objects close to the same temperature g Set scene POLARITY switch to either WHT HOT up position or BLK HOT down position h Set azimuth position by rotating Pan Tilt Mechanism PTM see Figure 3 51 to desired setting Lock azimuth lock
309. latform adjustments If the parking brakes are not released platform adjustments will be much slower and harder to accomplish 3 Raise platform height Refer to TM 9 2330 381 14 paragraph 2 19f 4 Lower platform height Refer to TM 9 2330 381 14 paragraph 2 199 page 2 56 5 Make other platform height adjustments as necessary Refer to TM 9 2330 381 14 paragraph 2 19h l to 8 and i to m page 2 57 6 Shutdown the APU Refer to TM 9 2330 381 14 paragraph 2 16b and page 2 50 Evaluation Preparation Setup Provide for the soldier a Heavy Equipment Transporter and a Heavy Equipment Transport Semitrailer HETS positioned on level ground Brief Soldier Inform the soldier that adjustments to the platform height are necessary and determination must be made as to what steps are necessary to do so Performance Measures GO NOGO 1 Started the APU d EE Prepared semitrailer for platform height adjustments Raised platform height Lowered platform height Made other platform height adjustments as necessary Shutdown the APU O a A OO N Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related TM 9 2330 381 14 3 102 STP 55 88M14 SM
310. ldier involved in a Army motor vehicle accident The soldier involved in the accident has completed the SF 91 and has provided the SF 91 for supervisor review and completion Standards You have reviewed the SF 91 and conferred with the vehicle driver to verify accuracy of information You have completed the supervisory sections of the form and ensured that the form is turned in to the unit commander or his designated representative Performance Steps 1 Review SF 91 for operator entries pages 1 2 3 Note Verify by asking driver that DD Form 518 has been completed and provided to the other driver s involved in the accident at the accident scene Note This form is used to record vital information about the accident and given to the commander of the person s involved in the accident a Ensure that sections through IX are filled out by the vehicle operator Information must be entered clearly accurately and completely Sections follow Federal Vehicle Data Self explanatory see form I Other Vehicle Data Self explanatory see form Ill Killed or Injured Self explanatory see form IV Accident Time and Location Follow instructions on form V Witness Passenger Self explanatory see form VI Property Damage Self explanatory see form VII Police Information Self explanatory see form VIII Extra Details Self explanatory see form Use this section if needed but be clear and detailed in providin
311. le and large enough to accommodate the truck company and all necessary materials to record the decisions made in planning Standards Planned the truck company base of operation that included selecting a site that is large enough and suitable enough to support the existing mission Completed the layout of the location to allow for orderly operations in support of the transportation mission All planning factors have been included with respect to doctrine and local SOP guidelines Performance Steps 1 Designate composition of advance party element Note This task is designed for planning purposes only The person executing this task will ensure that the steps are included when the mission requires this function to be performed Note This party will include at a minimum a two party method first sergeant truckmaster platoon representatives NBC NCO mess personnel senior wheeled vehicle repairman a wireman and added troops for labor and security and an RSOP method officer in charge noncommissioned officer in charge security team NBC team minesweeping team and ground guides 2 Ensure that RSOP advance party is equipped for the mission a Coordinate with organic or external elements as necessary to determine availability of equipment and supplies b RSOP normally requires the following items 1 Truck Cargo 2 ton or 5 ton Detecting set mine portable metallic and nonmetallic Radiacmeter IN 174 PD Telephone
312. le item that will support vehicle weight Finish loosening lug nuts and remove wheel tire assembly Lay disabled wheel tire assembly out of the way in such a manner that will prevent it from falling and injuring personnel or damaging other equipment Adhere to all WARNING and CAUTION statements in the TM regarding this procedure 3 Replace tire wheel assembly a b C h With assistance lift spare tire into position onto hub Secure all lug nuts hand tight Fully tighten lug nuts in a crisscross pattern If necessary lower vehicle until tire touches the ground to prevent tire from turning d Lower the vehicle or trailer to the ground e f 9 Recheck tightness of all lug nuts If CTIS equipped ensure all lines and fittings are re connected Ensure there are no leaks If CTIS equipped notify organizational maintenance as soon as possible to ensure all CTIS lines and fittings are reinstalled properly and tested Adhere to all WARNING and CAUTION statements in the TM regarding this procedure 3 93 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps 4 Stow disabled tire wheel assembly a Using assistance move tire wheel into position to be lifted b Attach davit lifting device to the rim of the wheel and lift into position on the vehicle or trailer c If lifting device is not available as in the case with some trailers ensure assistance is obtained before attempting to lift tire wheel into stowage location d Secure
313. lear view to both sides of the vehicle b Adjust driver s seat as needed c Fasten seat belt d Start the tractor refer to TM for proper starting procedures e Check the vehicle instruments for proper readings refer to TM f Ensure that vehicle air system low air pressure warning buzzer has stopped as applicable 2 Set the vehicle in motion a Check gauges to make sure the vehicle is ready for operation b Place transmission in reverse c Release the parking brake d Depress the accelerator 3 Back the semitrailer to the left a Turn the tractor s steering wheel to the right until the trailer is headed in the desired direction b Turn the tractor s steering wheel to the left to put the tractor in the line of travel as semitrailer 4 Back the semitrailer to the right a Turn the tractor s steering wheel to left until the trailer is headed in the desired direction b Turn the tractor s steering wheel to the right to put the tractor in line of travel as semitrailer 5 Back semitrailer without turning straight line a Observe and react to visual hand signals of the ground guides if available b Use vehicle mirrors to aid in making steering adjustments c Stop at designated point 6 Park the semitrailer a Align the tractor with the semitrailer b Back the semitrailer into the desired position using ground guides c Apply the parking brake d Shut off the engine Evaluation Preparation Setup Give the soldi
314. legibly and accurately using the information given Tell the soldier to sign and date the SF 91 and turn it in to the commanding officer or NCOIC Tell the soldier that the SSN is optional Performance Measures GO NOGO 1 Entered information on DD Form 518 2 Gave DD Form 518 to any person involved in the accident 3 Placed DD Form 518 in or on the involved parked vehicle notified local authorities and stood by the scene of the accident until the authorities arrived if the accident involved a parked car and the person concerned was not present 4 Entered information on SF 91 5 Turned in report to the commanding officer or noncommissioned officer in charge NCOIC Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related DD FORM 518 FM 21 305 SF 91 3 2 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Subject Area 3 Motor Vehicle Operator Maintenance Perform Preventive Maintenance Checks 551 721 1352 Conditions Given a clean tactical wheeled vehicle trailer or other equipment requiring preventive maintenance basic issue items BII either DA Form 2404 Equipment Inspection and Maintenance Worksheet or DA Form 5988 E Equipment Inspection Maintenance Worksheet
315. ler park brakes Operator and crew members adjust platform height to preloading position lowers rear support legs and loading ramps Applies semitrailer parking brakes Aligns and installs two curb guides on rear of platform 6 Start winching operations a e f Attaches and secures two large shackles to both upper recovery eyes on disabled M 1 tank Raises and secures winch guard b Releases auxiliary winch kickout lever counterclockwise C d Crew members unhook auxiliary winch cable from stowage point pulls cable rearward to front Removes two large shackles from rear payload tiedown rings of disabled M 1 tank Attaches and secures two large shackles to both upper recovery eyes on disabled M 1 tank 3 235 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps g Crew member opens auxiliary snatch block and passes auxiliary winch cable through snatch block and closes auxiliary snatch block Tightens retaining bolt to secure side housing in the closed position h Pulls auxiliary winch cable forward along curbside of gooseneck to passenger side winch cable i Operator pays out passenger side winch cable crew members pull cable out and attaches passenger side winch cable clevis to auxiliary winch cable clevis j Operator pays in auxiliary winch cable and pays out passenger side winch cable to pull passenger side winch cable rearward to auxiliary snatch block k Crew member continues to pull passenger side cable out until winch cable t
316. les 0 Route selection 1 Host nation requirements if applicable 1 1 6 Ensured proper issue of learner s permits a Verified that all candidates have received required training prior to issue b Verified candidate information was correct on OF 346 or DA Form 5984 E learner s permit c Verified presence of commander s signature on OF 346 or DA Form 5984 E d Annotated ledger with as issuing authority 1 Date of issue 2 Expiration date 3 Permit number First letter of the last name and last four digits of SSN of licensee 3 250 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Measures GO NOGO 4 Name and SSN of licensee 5 Type of equipment qualified to operate 6 Remarks 7 If automated will include all information stated above 7 Ensured continuation of driver training in the following areas a Publications and blank forms b Vehicle inspection preventive maintenance checks and services c Accident avoidance d Military convoy operations to include night driving e Off road operations f Self recovery methods g Operation of vehicle at driving range as set up by local commands 8 Ensured driver testing was conducted in the following areas a Written examination Candidate must pass to continue with testing b PMCS examination Candidate must pass to continue with testing c Road test Candidate must pass d Maintain custody of examination materials in
317. levises and attach to trailer c Hook safety chains to chain links d Remove emergency glad hand from air coupling and stow on stowage coupler e Remove service air glad hand from air coupling and stow on stowage coupler 3 111 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps f Install covers on air couplings CAUTION Both the 12 and 24 volt cables must NOT be connected at the same time Only one cable can be hooked up during operation or damage to equipment will result g Remove 24 volt cable from receptacle on truck and close receptacle cover h Remove 24 volt cable on trailer from receptacle and install cover on receptacle and install cover on receptacle and stow in trailer stowage box i Remove 24 volt cable on trailer from receptacle and install cover on receptacle and stow in trailer stowage box j Remove 12 volt cable on truck from receptacle and close receptacle cover k Remove 12 volt cable on trailer from receptacle and install cover on receptacle and stow in trailer stowage box Remove load lock status line from truck receptacle and place on stowage hook m Install cover to receptacle n Lock rotation locking pin and check coupler to make sure it will not rotate Lift up locking gate on coupler Pull locking lever out while pulling lever back at the same time Release locking lever prior to releasing lever to unlock coupler jaw WARNING Drawbar weighs 425 Ibs 850 Ibs with drawbar extension if equipped Drawbar may ra
318. link Launcher Icon h ITracerlink Vehicle Server Icon Tracerlink Map Viewer Icon Figure 3 107 TracerLink Icons on Desktop b Identify the following program controls and indicators 1 Symbols see Figure 3 108 a Mobile Unit Round symbols represent mobile units A square lug on top of the symbol indicated the unit is turned on and transmitting No lug on top indicated the unit is turned off b Control station Square symbols represent control stations A square lug on top of the symbol indicates the unit is turned on and transmitting No lug on top indicates the unit is turned off 2 Right click the Pop Up Menu see Figure 3 109 3 Zoom the Map To zoom right click on the map to show the pop up menu Select Zoom In or Zoom Out Click on the map at the point you wish to become the center of the map The map will zoom with the point clicked becoming the new center of the map 4 Change Center Right click the mouse over the map to pop up the menu select Change Center Click on the map and the map will move with the point clicked becoming the new center of the map 3 219 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps 5 Pan a Map Move Right click the mouse over the map to pop up the menu select Move The cursor becomes a hand Click on the map and hold down the left mouse button then drag the map to the desired position When you release the mouse the map will redraw in the new position 6
319. log necessary vehicle and driver information relevant to accounting for vehicle traffic 3 90 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Measures GO NOGO 1 Processed transportation requests a Selected vehicle s and driver s to be used for mission Complete initial dispatcher entries on forms b Compiled all appropriate forms in the equipment record folder The following forms are required at a minimum 1 DD Form 1970 Completed dispatcher entries 2 DD Form 518 3 SF 91 4 DA Form 5987 E ULLS Completed dispatcher entries 5 DA Form 5823 This form goes on outside of record folder Dispatcher must verify vehicle status information before dispatch of vehicle 2 Manually dispatched unit vehicle s for regular dispatch units without ULLS a For dispatch out 1 Verified driver license and qualifications with vehicle selected for dispatch 2 Made dispatcher entries on DD Form 1970 a Date form is started b Serial number c Bumper number d Organization e Miles or Kilometers f Hours as applicable g Dispatcher signature h Print report to name i Noun nomenclature of vehicle j Print name of operator s 3 Ensured operator makes the following entries on DD Form 1970 a Signature b Time c Miles and hours 4 Logged vehicle out on DA Form 2401 b Upon return of vehicle from dispatch dispatch in the dispatcher verified the following entries on DD Form 1970 1 Mile
320. ls of attention mount starting the engine move forward slow down right or left turn move in reverse open up close up increase speed halt of stop stop engine and dismount You safely employed the visual hand signals for nighttime using a flashlight There were no injuries to personnel or damage to vehicle or surroundings Performance Steps 1 Make preparations to ground guide a wheeled vehicle a Ensure that a 360 degree walk around of the vehicle is done to ensure there are no obstructions that will inhibit the vehicle s movement applies to crew member guide or the driver b Coordinate with driver to ensure the following 1 That only one person gives hand signals to the driver if using more than one ground guide 2 For the driver to immediately stop vehicle if the driver looses sight of the ground guide or flashlight at night 3 If hand signals are not understood the vehicle must stop and signals clarified 4 To follow the flashlight movements at night until the light goes out Determine best line of sight location for ground guiding see Figures 3 1 3 2 and 3 3 Does not position as ground guide directly in front of or behind vehicle Ensure driver knows exact position of all ground guides before movement Ensure the driver knows to sound horn if tactically permitted before backing Use a blue screened flashlight to guide vehicle at night Ensure that vehicle does NOT open either vehicle door whil
321. lt in a NO GO for this task You are required to possess a valid operator s permit or be accompanied by a licensed operator for this vehicle if you are operating in other than a controlled driving range 3 29 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Measures GO NOGO 1 Prepared vehicle for movement a Changed vehicle weight indicator as need b Installed or stow foot rest c Installed or stow foot rest d Operated seat belt 2 Operated vehicle on road a Drive Referred to TM 9 2320 364 10 paragraph 2 19a steps 1 through 29 pages 2 182 to 2 188 Refer to subsequent paragraphs as noted in the TM b Reverse Referred to TM 9 2320 364 10 paragraph 2 19b steps 1 to 19 pages 2 189 to 2 193 Refer to subsequent paragraphs as noted in the TM c Slippery conditions On road and Off road Refer to TM 9 2320 364 10 paragraph 2 19c steps 1 to 5 pages 2 193 to 2 195 Refer to subsequent paragraphs as noted in the TM d Comply with all WARNING and CAUTION statements in the TM regarding the procedures in item 2a b and c above 3 Operated vehicle off road a Referred to TM 9 2320 364 10 paragraph 2 20 steps a through s pages 2 196 to 2 201 Refer to subsequent paragraphs as noted in the TM b Adhered to all WARNING and CAUTION statements in the TM for this procedure 4 Operated vehicle on steep grades a Referred to TM 9 2320 364 10 paragraph 2 21a pages 2 202 to 2
322. maging the vehicle payload semitrailer or physical surroundings Performance Steps 1 Prepare HETS for unloading operation a Position HET on level ground or within 10 percent offset or 10 degrees difference between tractor and semitrailer Follow hand and arm signals from ground guide b Chock vehicle and semitrailer wheels as needed c Refer to TM 9 2320 360 10 paragraph 2 26b pages 2 112 through 2 122 d Adhere to all WARNING and CAUTION statements listed in technical reference for this operation 2 Unload able tracked wheeled vehicle payload from HET a Refer to TM 9 2330 381 14 paragraph 2 26b page 2 112 b Adhere to all WARNING and CAUTION statements in the reference manual for this operation 3 Unload disabled tracked wheeled vehicle payload from HET a Refer to TM 9 2330 381 14 paragraph 2 27b page 2 141 for detailed procedures in unloading a non free rolling vehicle payload b Refer to TM 9 2330 381 14 paragraph 2 27c page 2 162 for detailed procedures in unloading a free rolling vehicle payload Evaluation Preparation Setup Provide for the soldier a complete coupled HETS with before operational maintenance checks performed payload vehicle loaded on the M1000 semitrailer BII for truck and semitrailer and level ground to operate Brief Soldier You are required to unload the payload vehicle according to the system s technical reference manuals from the semitrailer using assistance from other crewman without
323. mance Measures G NO GO 1 Defined mounted navigator assistant driver duties a Assembling equipment The navigator must have gathered all the equipment that will help him perform his job maps pencils and so forth He must have done this before the mission started b Servicing equipment It is the navigator s duty to make sure that all the equipment he may use or require is working This may include but is not limited to a compass or a Precision Lightweight GPS Receiver PLGR This included the Movement Tracking System if installed on vehicles c Recording Data for Precise Locations During movement the navigator must have made sure that the correct direction and distance were recorded and followed Grid coordinates of locations must have been recorded and plotted d Supply Data to Subordinate Leaders During movement any change in direction or distance must be given to the subordinate leaders in sufficient time to allow them to react e Maintaining Liaison with Commander The commander normally selects the route that he desires to use The navigator is responsible for following that route however there may be times when the route must be changed during a tactical operation For this reason the navigator must maintain constant communication with the commander The navigator must inform the commander when checkpoints are reached when a change in direction of movement is required and how much distance is traveled
324. mance Measures G NO GO 1 Prepared windshield and windows a Lower the windshield or leave it in place when applicable b Protect against heavy rains by leaving the windshield in place c Use wire mesh to secure each window to protect against incoming grenades d Use the windshield to protect from wire stretched across the road that could decapitate personnel e Remove or lower the windshield when it interferes with the use of weapons or during blackout operations Place a piece of plywood or similar material covered with sandbags between the windshield and the hood to prevent the lowered windshield from breakage by shock or vibration 3 150 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Measures GO NOGO 2 Hardened the vehicle a Cover the floor of troop carrying vehicles with at least a double interlocking layer of sandbags b Using a double layer of sandbags place sandbags under the driver s seat and cab floors of all vehicles c Cover the sandbags with rubber or fiber mats to prolong the life of the sandbags and to help reduce danger from fragments such as sharp stones sand and metal vehicle parts d Place sandbags on the gas tank fenders and hood for added protection e Insert steel plates between the fuel tanks and the hanger straps to harden the fuel tanks Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed
325. matic Semiautomatic Transmission 3 13 Back Vehicle With Semitrailer sss 3 16 Perform as Wheeled Vehicle Ground Guide Day or Night 3 18 Operate Palletized Load System sse emen 3 29 Operate the Movement Tracking System 3 31 Operate the Driver s Vision Enhancer 3 46 Subject Area 5 Transport Cargo and Personnel Load and Unload Passengers for Transport in a 3 51 Perform Tiedown Procedures 3 53 Perform Load Unload Operations With Truck Palletized Load System PLS IM Automatic Mode Paper a aslana eana 3 62 Transfer Flatrack Onto From Palletized Load System PLS Trailer Using the Load Handling System LHS ssssssssseeeeenene 3 64 Conduct Loading Unloading Operations in Manual 3 67 Conduct Loading Unloading Operations Using Container Handling Unit CHU uisi tentabat p t eese eb de 3 72 Conduct Container Roll In Roll Out Platform CROP Load Unload eeepc 3 74 Subject Area 6 Adverse Terrain Operations Operate Cargo Vehicle on Secondary Roads Trails Cross country 3 75 Operate Vehicle With Semitrailer on Sec
326. mperature the more pre heating and cranking will be required 3 When temperatures are below 30 F perform the following a Pull throttle about half way out b Engage pre heater switch and leave turned on until engine has started approximately 5 minutes at coldest temperature c After 1 34 minutes move engine switch to RUN position Wait 15 seconds then engage starter switch to START position and crank engine for 15 seconds Disengage starter switch 4 Wait one minute and engage starter switch Crank for one minute or until running Engine should be firing Disengage starter switch 5 If engine still has not started engage starter switch and crank for one minute Engine should be firing Disengage starter switch when engine is increasing speed 6 Turn off pre heater switch 3 119 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Grounding Grounding Studs Grounding Studs From Connect Static Reel to Vehicle Static Reel Grounding Portable et Groundin orage I Facility Rod fie Figure 3 67 Typical Grounding Connections Check Valve Top Valve E Valve D zc Valve M989 M989A10nly Bottom Loading Adapter D 1 Hose Reel Valve A X Operator LI Cabinet Door j Assembly aS af M989 M989A E Only Front Manifold Valve Static J Valve Valve Valve Outlet Rear Valve Reel H G B B Mani
327. multiple stop loads separate cargo by destination for easy off loading 8 Ensure that drums and barrels are loaded either upright or on their sides If blocked on their sides their length should be parallel to the sides of the truck 9 If MHE is employed to load vehicle ensure that all operational guidelines to include SAFETY is adhered to according to the operator s TM 10 Ensure that once loading is complete all tiedowns are secure and blocking and bracing has been correctly emplaced Refer to items listed below a Block and brace cargo with lumber or other materials to keep the load from shifting or falling off the vehicle while en route as applicable b Block crates boxes and barrels to keep them from shifting en route c Use crib blocking whenever possible It need not be nailed to the floor or sides if placed tightly against the cargo to reduce damage to the floor and sideboards of the vehicle d If a gap exists between pipes or lumber and the end of the trailer block the load with a gate constructed with 4X4 boards to prevent it from slipping e All lumber used for blocking must be free of knots and strong enough to provide a rigid and stable support for the load en route f Use available tiedown straps for general cargo or large component items Use available tiedown chains or wire rope and turnbuckles as needed for tiedown of vehicles CONEXs or MILVANs that are not connected directly to the transporter Tied
328. must be sufficient pressure in trailer air system to retract locks or damage to flatrack can occur while attempting to load flatrack or trailer If not use truck to charge trailer air system using trailer air charging hose If air system cannot retract flatrack use manual flatrack lock retract procedures d Ensure that air lines and cables are properly stowed to prevent damage to equipment e Ensure that trailer drawbar is down against the ground during transfer operations or damage to equipment may result f Ensure both flatrack locks are fully retracted or damage WARNING Check for overhead power lines or other obstructions before attempting LHS operation LHS reaches a height of 17 feet two inches 5 22 m with ISO container Serious injury or death could result from contact with electrical power lines 3 65 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps g Prior to and during any load or unload cycle all personnel should stay clear of LHS and flatrack or serious injury or death could result to personnel h Check ground conditions for firmness and extreme sideways inclination before picking up or off loading a flatrack Any ground instability beneath road wheels could cause serious injury or death to personnel Evaluation Preparation Setup Position a PLS truck tractor with flatrack and PLS trailer on level hard ground for operation Provide hearing protection and guidance on what the soldier is required to do Brief Soldier You are req
329. n a Assemble and or adjust any component items necessary to place equipment into operation 1 For night vision goggles refer to TM 11 5855 262 10 1 and TM 11 5855 262 10 2 a Batteries b Head strap to helmet c Goggles to mounting bracket d Appropriate lens 3X or applicable e Remove lens cap 2 For the driver s vision enhancer refer to TM 11 5855 311 12 amp P 2 a Ruggedized computer b PLGR refer to TB 11 5825 291 10 2 c Antenna d Associated cables and connections b Perform preventive maintenance checks and troubleshooting on AN PVS 5A and AN PVS 7B Night Vision Goggles 1 Refer to TM 11 5855 262 10 1 paragraph 3 2 for AN PVS 7A goggles 2 Refer to TM 11 5855 262 10 2 paragraph 3 1 for AN PVS 7B goggles c Record uncorrectable deficiencies found during inspection 1 Annotate on DA Form 2404 or DA Form 5988 E 2 Refer completed inspection form with deficiencies to your supervisor 2 Operate the night vision goggles helmet mounted operation WARNING The IR source is a light that is invisible to the unaided eye for use during conditions of extreme darkness However the light can be detected by the enemy using night vision devices The purpose of the IR source is for viewing at close distances up to 2 meters Also be aware that the green glow emitted from the operating goggle can be seen with the naked eye Be sure the eyecups block any stray light a AN PVS 7A night vision goggles CAUTI
330. n WARNING Do not stand between trailer drawbar and truck coupler during hook up procedures to prevent being pinned between truck and trailer Serious injury of death could result to personnel Wheels on trailer must be chocked to prevent trailer from moving during hook up procedures Serious injury of death could result to personnel v Start truck and slowly back up until drawbar makes contact and locks with coupler w Pull truck forward slightly to verify coupler has latched onto drawbar x Shut off truck y Release air pressure by moving air assist lever down for five seconds z Close locking gate on coupler aa Unlock rotation locking pin on coupler ab Remove cover from truck receptacle ac Connect load lock status line to truck receptacle 0 4 000 3 109 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps ad Remove cover from 7 pin receptacle on trailer and connect 12 volt cable on receptacle see Figure 3 66 CAUTION Both the 12 and 24 volt cables must NOT be connected at the same time Only one cable can be hooked up during operation or damage to equipment will result Ensure that receptacle latch is engaged on cable or damage to cable may result The 12 volt cable is standard for this trailer Use the 24 volt cable system only when the 12 volt cable cannot be used or blackout lights are used Perform steps ad and ae for 12 volt system only Cables are located in the stowage box ae Lift receptacle cover on truck and connect 12
331. n cw 5 Set POLARITY switch to WHT HOT up position 6 Set VIDEO switch to SENSOR up position 7 Set POWER switch to OFF position down Evaluation Preparation Setup Provide for the soldier a vehicle with and installed Driver s Vision Enhancer and AN PVS 7A or B Note The DVE system is NOT intended to replace the NVGs They are used only by the vehicle operator while the assistant operator uses the NVGs This task is centered around the use of both devices Brief Soldier This task is centered around a mounted application of these devices You are to operate your vehicle using the DVE system and then alternately serve as vehicle assistant driver to employ the use of the night vision goggles You will be told as to where you are to negotiate your vehicle using these devices 3 159 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Azimuth Control Elevation Control Figure 3 81 Pan Tile Mechanism Performance Measures GO NOGO 1 Prepared equipment for operation a Assemble and or adjust any component items necessary to place equipment into operation 1 For night vision goggles refer to TM 11 5855 262 10 1 and TM 11 5855 262 10 2 a Batteries b Head strap to helmet c Goggles to mounting bracket d Appropriate lens 3X or applicable e Remove lens cap 2 For the driver s vision enhancer refer to TM 11 5855 311 12 amp P 2 a Ruggedized computer b PLGR refer to TB 11 5825 291 10 2 c Antenna d As
332. n cw f Set SENSOR LEVEL and SENSOR GAIN controls to full ccw AUTO detent position 3 48 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Measures GO NOGO 3 Placed DVE into operation a Set POWER to ON position up Allow 5 minutes for system electronics to stabilize for maximum image clarity b Leave the VIDEO switch in the SENSOR up position for sensing input from the Sensor Assembly to the display For external input to display set switch to EXT down position c Adjust the seat height and or Display module to place the display at eye level WARNING If the display becomes degraded while driving the vehicle such as the presence of dead pixels and or video noise that prevents the driver from performing his mission then immediately bring the vehicle to a safe stop to avoid a collision If the problem cannot be fixed report the situation to higher level of maintenance d Adjust the DISPLAY BRIGHTNESS control until the scene brightness is suitable for operator viewing e Select either the AUTO LEVEL or the MANUAL LEVEL position f Adjust the SENSOR GAIN control to automatic or manual position The AUTO GAIN mode should normally be used while driving the vehicle WARNING The AUTO LEVEL and AUTO GAIN modes do not react instantly to rapidly changing scenery shade to sun sun to shade The AUTO LEVEL and AUTO GAIN modes require one or two seconds to compensate The automatic gain and level features will adjust faster than manual ad
333. n inspection as listed in the appropriate vehicle operator s manual 10 series TM a If no deficiencies are noted make no entries on DA Form 2404 b If deficiencies are noted follow steps 2a 1 through 2a 5 in the 10 series TM 4 Perform after operation inspection as listed in the appropriate vehicle operator s manual 10 series TM a If no deficiencies are noted put initials in column e of DA Form 2404 DA Form 5988 E put your initials in the initial column b If deficiencies are noted follow steps 2a 1 through 2a 5 in the 10 series TM 5 Turn in DA Form 2404 DA Form 5988 E to the maintenance supervisor Evaluation Preparation Setup Inspect the vehicle to identify the deficiencies that would effect the operational status of the vehicle The operator must record uncorrectable faults on DA Form 2404 or DA Form 5988 E Ensure that faults are within the operator s level of maintenance which must be corrected Brief Soldier Tell the soldier to perform before during and after operation maintenance checks and fill out DA Form 2404 completely correctly and legibly as required Correct all deficiencies within operator level of maintenance and record all other deficiencies that cannot be immediately corrected by adjustment or replacement of parts Performance Measures GO NOGO 1 Prepared for inspection a Enter the name of the unit to which the vehicle belongs in block 1 of DA Form 2404 b Enter the noun ab
334. naissance OIC determines that the site is suitable and informs the parent unit via radio The following criterion is used to determine if the site is acceptable 1 Is it defendable 2 Is it large enough to accommodate unit vehicles and equipment 3 Is the internal road network sufficient 4 Does it have a firm well drained surface for maintenance and dispersion 5 Does it have a minimum of one entrance and exit 6 Does it have natural cover and concealment 4 Ensure that the location is laid out to include the following elements a b C d e f 9 h i Command post Maintenance area Fuel tanker tank and pump unit must be protected and located for easy use Troop area Mess facilities Latrines Ammunition storage must be protected Mark the location of all major sub elements within the unit Ensure that all personnel are updated on any mission changes and the current challenge and password information 5 Enforce PASSIVE defense measures a b C d e f g h i j k Establish priority of work Employ night vision devices NVGs Employ early warning devices Maximize use of cover and concealment Control movement of vehicles and personnel Enforce noise and light discipline Enforce communication discipline Designate location of individual and crew served fighting positions Create range cards to support perimeter defense Create platoon
335. nance Manual for Palletized Load System Trailer PLST Model M1076 1 August 1999 Operator s Organizational Direct Support and General Support Maintenance Manual Including Repair Parts and Special Tools Lists for Semitrailer Tactical Dual Purpose Breakbulk Container Transporter 22 1 2 Ton M871A2 28 September 1990 STP 55 88M14 SM TG TM 9 3990 260 14 amp P Operator s Unit Direct Support and General Support Maintenance Manual Including Repair Parts and Special Tools List for Container Roll In Out Platform CROP Model M3 Container Roll In Out Platform CROP Model M3A1 27 July 2001 TM 11 5855 262 10 1 Operator s Manual for Night Vision Goggle AN PVS 7A 15 March 1993 TM 11 5855 262 10 2 Operator s Manual for Night Vision Goggles NVG AN PVS 7B and AN PVS 7D 1 June 2000 TM 11 5855 311 12 amp P 2 Operator s and Unit Maintenance Manual for Driver s Vision Enhancer DVE 15 July 2003 TM 38 250 Preparing Hazardous Materials for Military Air Shipments AFJM 24 204 NAVSUP Pub 505 MCO P4030 19G DLAI 4145 3 12 December 2001 Training Circulars TC 21 305 1 Training Program for the Heavy Expanded Mobility Tactical Truck HEMTT 3 October 1995 TC 21 3052 Training Program for Night Vision Goggle Driving Operations 4 September 1998 TC 21 305 3 Training Program for the M939 Series 5 Ton Tactical Cargo Truck 1 August 1997 TC 21 305 4 Training Program for the High Mobility Multipurpose Wheeled Vehicle 31 May 1991 TC 21 305 5 Trai
336. nance section for scheduled times for services b Ensure squad leaders prepare the vehicle and operator for reporting for services 1 Daily PMCS must be completed and all faults corrected or parts ordered 2 Vehicle must be clean to include undercarriage 3 Inspection worksheets must be completed and available to maintenance section 4 Any additional requirements identified in maintenance SOP c Conduct follow up checks with maintenance section to ensure service completion with minimal delay d Ensure squad leader and or vehicle operator remains present during service according to SOP guidelines e Have squad leader report vehicle status at completion of service 9 Report platoon vehicle status to platoon leader and or maintenance section sergeant company truckmaster a Number of vehicles fully mission capable by bumper number b Number of vehicles in service or due service c Number of vehicle that are non mission capable Evaluation Preparation Setup Provide for the soldier an established company level motor pool to include organic assets This will include vehicle company personnel consisting of supervisors vehicle operators and assistant operators maintenance section mission information equipment records driver records parts stockage listing and maintenance forms Brief Soldier You are to manage a preventive maintenance program at the company level Your responsibilities include spot checking records spot checking
337. nce between points Plan to use the vehicle odometer to keep track of distance traveled b Via cross country 1 Travel over across country route may be much more difficult in that there are not always road networks that are plotted on the map A route that has not been used in long periods of time may be overgrown or washed out This is where route reconnaissance pays off Using alternate routes when this occurs will ensure mission success 2 Vehicle capabilities When determining a route to be used when mounted consider the capabilities of the vehicles to be used Most military vehicles are limited in the degree of slope they can climb and the type of terrain they can negotiate Swamps thickly wooded areas or deep streams may present no problems to dismounted soldiers but the same terrain may completely stop mounted soldiers The navigator must consider this when selecting a route Most military vehicles will knock down a tree The bigger the vehicle the bigger the tree it can knock down Vehicles cannot knock down several trees at once It is best to find paths between trees that are wide enough for your vehicle Military vehicles are designed to climb 60 percent slopes on a dry firm surface Determine slope by referring to map sheet A typical road map will not have contour lines therefore refer to topographic maps a Check selected route on the map Determine the slope by checking to see if there is a contour line in any 100 meter
338. nd guide aligned vehicle with trailer and slowly back vehicle until pintle is adjacent to drawbar ring d Removed pintle lock pin and open pintle e Released trailer hand brake f Moved trailer as required with assistance to engage drawbar ring in pintle Closed pintle and installed pintle lock pin h Crossed safety chains under drawbar ring and attached to towing vehicle eyebolts i Connected intervehicular cable to towing vehicle receptacle 3 112 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Measures j Connected service air hose to towing vehicle glad hand If coupling an M105A2C also connected emergency air hose to towing vehicle glad hand k Turned on towing vehicle air valves to apply vacuum or pressure as required Pulled out release handle and at same time begin raising adjustable caster assembly Let go of release handle while raising adjustable caster assembly m Raised adjustable caster assembly until release handle locks adjustable caster assembly in position Ensured the release handle is fully engaged 2 Uncoupled the trailer from vehicle for vehicle trailer combination other than PLS a Supported adjustable caster assembly and at the same time pull out release handle Lowered adjustable caster assembly Ensured that release handle is fully engaged b Disconnected air hose from towing vehicle glad hand If uncoupling from an M105A2C also disconnected emergency air hose from towing vehicle glad hand c Di
339. nd policy b Ground support equipment required by regulation or command policy c Night vision goggles if required d Special equipment required by regulation or command policy 3 166 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps 7 Conduct equipment operator testing Note Only candidates that have received the complete course of instruction are to be tested a b C d e Ensure written examinations are administered according to regulatory guidance Enforces vehicle safety and fire prevention measures Verifies that all examinees have completed the course of instruction as stipulated by AR 600 55 and local authority SOP Administers PMCS test Administers equipment specific test 1 Only tests those examinees that have successfully passed the PMCS test 2 Records examinee performance on the equipment qualification record Terminates the test on any examinee s that failed to achieve a passing score on any test 1 Records results on equipment qualification record 2 Conducts after action review for the examinee 8 Conduct sustainment and remedial training a b C d Ensure sustainment training is conducted as required for active Army soldiers Ensure sustainment training is conducted as required for Reserve Component soldiers Ensure remedial training is conducted when required Ensure refresher training is conducted when required 9 Control the issue of operator permits OF 346 a e
340. nd unloading times 3 70 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Measures GO NOGO 3 Offloaded flatrack from PLS truck CAUTION Manual mode is used mainly in event of a failure of control electrical System Greater care must be exercised during operation or MANUAL mode for correct cycle of events to occur or damage to equipment may result WARNING Check for overhead power lines or other obstructions before attempting LHS operation LHS reaches a height of 17 feet two inches 5 22 m with ISO container Serious injury or death could result from contact with electrical power lines a Check ground conditions for firmness and extreme sideways inclination before picking up or off loading a flatrack Any ground instability beneath road wheels could cause serious injury or death to personnel b Prior to and during any load or unload cycle all personnel should stay clear of LHS and flatrack or serious injury or death could result to personnel CAUTION Reduce speed to idle in last 12 inches 30 cm of travel to prevent damage to cylinder To avoid equipment damage ensure that hook arm cylinders do not complete full extension while operating at engine speed above idle d Ensure transport locking pins are disengaged before unloading flatrack Rail transport locking pins are used for rail transport only Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment 4 Shutdown engine a Refer to TM 9 2320 364 10 paragraph 2 19 pages 2 161
341. nery shade to sun sun to shade The AUTO LEVEL and AUTO GAIN modes require one or two seconds to compensate The automatic gain and level features will adjust faster than manual adjustments If necessary slow vehicle There are two short periods each day called crossover periods or diurnal cycle when most natural objects are about the same temperature This is when they have cooled down at night and as they are heating up in the morning Since objects are near the same temperature there is not much temperature for the DVE to use degrading the image display quality This is also what happens when a heavy rain makes all natural objects close to the same temperature 7 Set scene POLARITY switch to either WHT HOT up position or BLK HOT down position 8 Set azimuth position by rotating Pan Tilt Mechanism PTM see Figure 3 81 to desired setting Lock azimuth locking mechanism 9 Set elevation position to desired position Lock elevation locking mechanism d Maneuver vehicle while relying on DVE for terrain negotiation Note Operate vehicle while monitoring the DVE screen Adjust vehicle speed necessary while DVE is making auto adjustments to conditions e Shutdown DVE 1 Press FORWARD POSITION switch 2 Visually verify sensor is in the straight ahead and level position 3 Set SENSOR LEVEL and GAIN controls to full ccw AUTO detent position 4 With the DISPLAY BRIGHTNESS control turned fully ccw rotate the knob approximately 74 tur
342. ng a field training exercise or normal training session Provide the soldier with the items listed in the conditions statement Brief Soldier Tell the soldier he will be evaluated on his ability to properly perform duties as a convoy commander Performance Measures GO NOGO 1 Planned the convoy movement 2 Prepared for convoy movement 3 Conducted convoy movement 4 Conducted convoy closure operations Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related AR 385 55 AR 55 162 DA FORM 1711 R DA FORM 285 DD FORM 1265 DD FORM 1266 DD FORM 518 DD FORM 626 DD FORM 836 FM 100 14 FM 101 5 FM 21 305 FM 21 60 FM 4 01 30 FM 5 170 FM 55 15 FM 55 30 SF 91 STANAG 2154 STANAG 2155 3 271 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Conduct Reconnaissance of Convoy Route 551 721 4327 Conditions You have been tasked to conduct a road reconnaissance in support of an upcoming convoy movement You are the convoy commander and have received operations order information and general area containing several possible routes You have the necessary vehicle equipment and personnel Standards You have successfully conducted a road reconnaissance of the convoy route You have selected an
343. ng and how to do it correctly 3 285 STP 55 88M14 SM TG References Required Related DD FORM 1384 FM 21 305 FM 55 30 TM 9 2320 272 10 TM 9 2320 279 10 1 TM 9 2320 365 10 TM 9 2320 366 10 1 TM 9 2330 358 14 amp P TM 9 2330 359 14 amp P 3 286 STP 55 88M14 SM TG APPENDIX A SAMPLE HANDS ON EVALUATION HANDS ON EVALUATION DA FORM 5164 R INSTRUCTIONS Excerpted from STP 21 24 SMCT Appendix C DA Form 5164 R Hands On Evaluation allows the trainer to keep a record of the performance measures a soldier passes or fails on each task Before evaluation Obtain a blank copy of DA Form 5164 R which you may locally reproduce on 8 x 11 paper Enter the task title and 10 digit number from the STP task summary In Column a enter the performance measure numbers from the task summary In Column b enter the performance measure corresponding to the number in Column a you may abbreviate this information if necessary Locally reproduce the partially completed form when evaluating more than one soldier on the task or when evaluating the same soldier more than once BROWN During evaluation Enter the date just before evaluating the soldier s task performance Enter the evaluator s name the soldier s name and the unit For each performance measure in Column b enter a check in Column c PASS or Column d FAIL as appropriate 4 Compare the number of performance measures the soldier
344. nguisher is for fires that involve electrical equipment such as appliances wiring circuit breakers and outlets A Class D extinguisher is commonly found in a chemical laboratory Therefore a BC type fire extinguisher is one that can extinguish fires that consist of flammable or combustible liquids and also electrical equipment Critical task See task critical collective task and critical individual task Critical Task A collective or individual task determined to be essential to wartime mission duty accomplishment or survivability Critical individual tasks are trained in the training base and or unit and they are reinforced in the unit Field Manual FM A DA publication that contains doctrine that prescribes how the Army and its organizations function on the battlefield in terms of missions organizations personnel and equipment The level of detail should facilitate an understanding of shat and how for commanders and staffs to execute their missions and tasks The FM may also be used to publish selected alliance doctrinal publications that are not readily integrated into other doctrinal literature Glossary 7 STP 55 88M14 SM TG REFERENCES Required Publications Required publications are sources of information that are required in order to understand this publication Army Regulations AR 25 50 Preparing and Managing Correspondence 3 June 2002 AR 55 162 Permits For Oversize Overweight or Other Special Military
345. ning Program for Equipment Transporters C HET MET and LET 12 December 1991 TC 21 305 6 Training Program for the Tractor and Semitrailer M915 M931 and M932 31 December 1991 TC 21 305 7 Training Program for the Light Vehicles 16 September 1992 TC 21 305 8 Training Program for Medium Vehicles 16 September 1992 TC 21 305 9 Training Program for the Heavy Equipment Transporter System 5 June 1997 TC 21 305 10 Training Program for the Palletized Load System 20 September 1994 TC 21 305 11 Training Program for the Family of Medium Tactical Vehicles Operator 20 May 1999 Related Publications Related publications are sources of additional information They are not required in order to understand this publication Army Correspondence Course Program Subcourses ACCP OD 0973 Motor Pool Operations ACCP OD 1009 Maintenance Procedures Army Regulations AR 750 1 Army Materiel Maintenance Policy 18 August 2003 Department of Army Pamphlets DA PAM 738 750 Functional Users Manual for The Army Maintenance Management System TAMMS 1 August 1994 DA PAM 750 35 Guide for Motor Pool Operations 1 August 1994 References 7 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Field Manuals FM 21 60 FM 21 305 Technical Manuals TM 9 2320 279 10 2 Training Circulars TC 21 305 1 TC 21 305 3 TC 21 305 4 TC 21 305 6 TC 21 305 8 TC 21 305 9 TC 21 305 10 TC 21 305 11 TC 43 35 References 8 Visual Signals 30 September 1987 Manual for the Wheeled Vehicle Driver AF
346. ns to prepare the convoy A limited amount of time is available to accomplish the following select and reconnoiter the route submit a movement bid if required DD Form 1265 effect coordination for en route security give instructions to subordinate element commanders and other supervisory personnel inspect personnel and vehicles and brief convoy personnel a Submit request for convoy clearance and oversized vehicle load permits if applicable b Assign key convoy duty positions within the convoy Should include 1 Assistant convoy commander 2 Serial March Unit commanders 3 Pacesetter 4 Trail officer 5 Trail Maintenance officer 6 Route guides if necessary 7 Security NCOIC and force c Brief and dispatch the advance quartering party to destination as applicable d Ensure the following pre departure actions are accomplished prior to movement 1 Instruct the serial march unit commander s to a Supervise and spot check all preventive maintenance of convoy vehicles b Ensure that all vehicles are dispatched according to unit SOP c Ensure that all personnel involved in the convoy are prepared and have in their possession all items identified by unit SOP for the convoy mission d Ensure that all vehicles to include trailers and support vehicles are loaded and prepared for movement as directed e Ensure that all personnel have in their possession all applicable accident and load forms required by SOP and regulat
347. nsure operator s recover grounding device s prior to movement as applicable Evaluation Preparation Setup Soldiers to supervise either DA Form 2404 or DA Form 5988 E black ink pen applicable 10 series TM hearing protection vehicles trailers or equipment to perform the maintenance on local maintenance SOP and any other tools OVM BII and AAL or cleaning items needed Brief Soldier Ensure that all soldiers have properly performed preventive maintenance according to the applicable TM by detecting all faults on the equipment and either immediately correcting detected faults or annotating uncorrectable faults on the available forms DA Form 2404 or DA Form 5988 E and by notifying the supervisor as required Ensure the proper use of tools and all safety precautions were adhered to 3 191 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Measures 1 Ensured that soldier s were prepared to begin preventive maintenance inspection Ensured the operator s were complying with established standards in the vehicle or equipment TM while performing before operation checks Ensured the operator s were complying with established standards in the vehicle or equipment TM while performing before operation inspection Ensured the operator s were complying with established standards in the vehicle or equipment TM while performing before operation inspection Ensured that all inspection worksheets were turned in to organizational mai
348. nt All required form annotations were made as well as chain of command notification Performance Steps 1 Make preparations for tire wheel assembly replacement a b C d e f Position vehicle or trailer on as level ground as possible Chock wheels opposite from flat to prevent inadvertent movement Remove spare tire from stowage location Gather all necessary tools to complete the tire change Ensure spare tire is inflated to correct pressure If vehicle is equipped with CTIS system ensure all components are removed and replaced according to the vehicle TM Steps may vary between front and rear tires Note DO NOT use the CTIS system to attempt to maintain air pressure in flat tire 2 Remove tire wheel assembly from vehicle or trailer a b f g h If CTIS equipped remove system lines and fittings as directed in the applicable TM Using a lifting device slightly raise vehicle or trailer till weight is off the tire but tire still contacts the ground Using lug wrench slightly loosen lug nuts in a crisscross pattern Raise vehicle or trailer high enough to remove and replace wheel tire assembly Use hydraulic jack BII or other suitable lifting device If using hydraulic jack ensure base of jack is supported by thick wood or other materials so that jack will not sink into the ground under vehicle weight Block support vehicle before handling tire using jack stands or any suitab
349. ntenance in accordance with local maintenance SOP Ensured that all vehicles and equipment were secured upon completion of maintenance Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related DA FORM 2404 ACCP OD 0973 DA FORM 2408 14 ACCP OD 1009 DA FORM 5987 E TC 43 35 DA PAM 738 750 FM 21 305 FM 55 30 3 192 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Subject Area 10 Convoy Operations Enforce Driver Safety Rules and Techniques 551 721 3336 Conditions Given soldiers to train or supervise vehicles or equipment to operate proper personnel and vehicle safety equipment and local SOP Standards You have enforced the safe operation of vehicles being operated under your supervision All applicable safety restrictions and guidelines have been adhered to in performing preventive maintenance checks and during the loading and operation and unloading of all vehicles All procedures were safely executed without injury to personnel or damage to equipment Performance Steps 1 Ensure that all operators check the proper operation and serviceability of the following vehicle items prior to dispatch of vehicle a 2o oooc Improper functioning or adjustment of steering lights wipers horns warning signals side or rearview mirrors
350. nto a PLS truck using the CHU a b C d e For container 82 inches tall refer to and comply with TM 9 2320 364 10 paragraph 2 33a pages 2 405 to 2 503 For container 72 inches tall refer to and comply with TM 9 2320 364 10 paragraph 2 34a pages 2 444 to 2 470 For container 51 inches tall refer to and comply with TM 9 2320 364 10 paragraph 2 35a pages 2 487 to 2 513 For container 48 inches tall refer to and comply with TM 9 2320 364 10 paragraph 2 36a pages 2 532 to 2 555 Adhere to all WARNINGS and CAUTIONS in the TM applicable to this procedure 3 Unloaded a container 82 72 51 or 48 inches tall from a PLS truck using the CHU a b C d e For container 82 inches tall refer to and comply with TM 9 2320 364 10 paragraph 2 33b pages 2 430 to 2 430 to 2 443 For container 72 inches tall refer to and comply with TM 9 2320 364 10 paragraph 2 34b pages 2 470 to 2 486 For container 51 inches tall refer to and comply with TM 9 2320 364 10 paragraph 2 35b pages 2 514 to 2 531 For container 48 inches tall refer to and comply with TM 9 2320 364 10 paragraph 2 36b pages 2 556 to 2 569 Adhere to all WARNINGS and CAUTIONS in the TM applicable to this procedure Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the soldi
351. o offline unit When sending a MTS message to a unit that is Offline a dialog box will appear asking for confirmation before sending the message see Figure 3 102 Send Messages to CS FH No Control Stations known Figure 3 100 Message to Control Station Unknown Send Messages to Mobile X No Mobiles known Figure 3 101 Message to Mobile Unit Mobile Unknown Confirm Message to Offline Unit xX Do you want to send a message to an offline unit Figure 3 102 Message to Offline Unit 7 Review vehicle groups a To review the vehicles assigned to various groups select Review Groups from the Options Menu of MTS Messenger see Figure 3 103 MTS Messenger Read Messages Send Messages Control Station Help F1 Read Messages F2 LatLongVector ion F3 Send to Mobile F4 Send to Group F6 Log es Outgoing 0 Lo BN USAO282 XCVR USA00282 19 10 20 9 28 2001 Figure 3 103 Review Vehicle Groups 3 217 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps b The Review Control Groups window will appear Select a group from the Select Control Group The vehicles assigned within the selected group will be displayed in the Vehicles in Group box see Figure 3 104 Review Control Groups Select Control Group Vehicles in Group Group 001 5 1 Group 002 CS BETO006 Group 003 CS BET0011 Group 004 MU BETO004 Group 005 MU BETO005 Group 006 Group 007 Group 008 Gr
352. o the semitrailer s lower front edge is slightly lower than the tractor s fifth wheel 3 7 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps g Make tractor to semitrailer brake air line connections 1 Remove dummy couplings from the air connections on the semitrailer 2 Connect air lines hoses from the tractor to the semitrailer 3 Attach the emergency hose on the tractor color code red to the service coupling on the semitrailer CAUTION Ensure the service air hose from the tractor is connected to the service coupling the emergency air hose and to the emergency coupling on the semitrailer WARNING Airbrake shutoff must be open at all times during the normal operation the tractor and the semitrailer Semitrailer brakes must be functional Failure to do this may cause injury or death to personnel 4 Position shutoff valves a For the lever shutoff valve place levers in the down position Place levers in the up position to close the shutoff valves b For the handle shutoff valves place the handle in the vertical up position Place the handles in the horizontal down position to close the shutoff valve h Check security of tractor to semitrailer coupling 1 Pull down on trailer air brake control lever to engage the semitrailer brakes 2 Release the parking brake lever and place the transmission selector lever in reverse and resume backing up Stop the vehicle when the coupling jaws close around the semitrailer king
353. oad binder 2 Passes free end of streetside rear angled tiedown chain over top of curbside rear angled tiedown chain and attaches to streetside rear angled load binder 3 Tightens each load binder as tight as possible and ensures disabled M 1 tank is securely against rear payload chocks 4 Passes two utility chains through two tiedown rings in front of each payload chock and connects chains to them 5 Passes free end of both chains through handles of two rear payload chocks lays ends in center of platform 6 Checks that small load binder is attached to two utility chains and closes load binder 22 Prepare HETS for transport Note The operator and crew members will perform this step a Checks that shouldered pins and cotter pins installed to each clevis on both winch cables b Removes both winch cables from gooseneck cable guides d Operator pays in passenger side winch cable while crew members keep tension winch Operator pays in driver s side winch cable while crew members keep tension on winch cable cable Crew members ensure cables are wrapped evenly on drums without tangles kinks or twist Cable coils should be tight and close together Crew members attach cable clevis to HET stowage point and signals operator to take up slack and watch to prevent cables from winding over the drum flanges Operator disengages engine speed control switch to low idle Operator lowers winch gua
354. ocation field will indicate the position of unit 5 Type the message into the message text field 6 Press send once the message is complete Press cancel button to return to the main window without sending Press recall button to load the last sent message into the message box Press clear to clear 7 Go to read messages review sent messages to see if the recipient received the message MTS Messenger Read Messages Options Control Station Help F1 Read 105 nd to Control Station F3 Send to Mobile F4 Send t Mobile view Sent Messages To Group F4 Outgoing 0 To Corillax or Hub BN BETOO01 XCVR TEST 1 14 33 09 9 07 2001 Figure 3 33 Send Messages Send Messages x Select Unit Message to Send Unit Status Unit Location Unit Status Field _ Line 05050868 Unit Location Field Monday Sep 30 2001 Figure 3 34 Send Message to Control Station Select Unit List Message Text Field 3 36 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps b Send a message to all members of a control group see Figure 3 35 1 Select send messages to group or press F4 to send a message to all members of the control group except the sender Mobile units will only see one control group while control stations might be members of several control groups 2 Enter the text in the message text field and press the send button Pressing recall button will load the message box with the text from the last message
355. oldier with a vehicle and a route to follow Brief Soldier Tell the soldier to drive the vehicle safely shifting through all gear Tell him to drive the vehicle to preselected points and final destination and return to departure point Performance Measures GO NOGO 1 Prepared for vehicle operation a Adjusted driver s seat as needed b Adjusted mirrors as needed c Fastened seat belt d Ensured parking brake was set e Ensured PTO was disengaged f Started the vehicle g Observed all instruments warning lights and warning buzzers h Allowed engine to warm up 2 Set the vehicle in motion a Turned on the lights as needed b Placed vehicle in motion using procedures referenced from the 10 series TM c Checked for traffic d Signaled intention to move e Released parking brake 3 Shifted the gears a Properly shifted gears or selected proper gear range b Released and depressed accelerator as needed while maintaining control of vehicle c Shifted as needed to control movement of vehicle 4 Turned the vehicle a Prepared to turn by 1 Signaling 2 Observing responses of other vehicles 3 Reduced speed as needed to make turn b Began the turn c Completed the turn d Maneuvered through road curves 3 14 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Measures GO NOGO 5 Stopped the vehicle nonemergency a Removed foot from accelerator
356. omputer are correctly attached 3 211 STP 55 88M14 SM TG MTS Master Switch 1 Control Box Power Switch 2 LED Power Indicator Figure 3 89 Control Station Control Box Attention THIS IS A DOD COMPUTER SYSTEM BEFORE PROCESSING CLASSIFIED INFORMATION CHECK THE SECURITY ACCREDITATION LEVEL OF THIS SYSTEM DO NOT PROCESS STORE OR TRANSMIT INFORMATION CLASSIFIED ABOVE THE ACCREDITATION LEVEL OF THIS SYSTEM THIS COMPUTER SYSTEM INCLUDING ALL RELATED EQUIPMENT NETWORKS AND NETWORK DEVICES INCLUDING INTERNET ACCESS ARE PROVIDED ONLY FOR AUTHORIZED U S GOVERNMENT USE DOD COMPUTER SYSTEMS MAY BE MONITORED FOR ALL LAWFUL PURPOSES INCLUDING TO ENSURE THEIR USE IS AUTHORIZED FOR MANAGEMENT OF THE SYSTEM TO FACILITATE PROTECTION AGAINST UNAUTHORIZED ACCESS AND TO VERIFY SECURITY PROCEDURES SURVIVABILITY AND OPERATIONAL SECURITY MONITORING INCLUDES BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO ACTIVE ATTACKS BY AUTHORIZED DOD ENTITIES OT TEST OR VERIFY SECURITY OF THIS SYSTEM DURING MONITORING INFORMATION MY BE EXAMINED RECORDED COPIED AND USED FOR AUTHORIZED PURPOSES ALL INFORMATION INCLUDING PERSONAL INFORMATION PLACED ON OR SENT OVER THIS SYSTEM MAY BE MONITORED USE OF THIS DOD COMPUTER SYSTEM AUTHORIZED OR UNAUTHORIZED CONSTITUTES CONSENT TO MONITORING UNAUTHORIZED USE OF THIS DOD COMPUTER SYSTEM MAY SUBJECT YOU TO CRIMINAL PROSECUTION EVIDENCE OF UNAUTHORIZED USE COLLECTED DURING MONITORING MAY BE USED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE CR
357. on the steering wheel with wire The wire must be long enough to reach the ignition e Did not cover headlights windshields or mirrors with tape f Ensured fire extinguishers are in the approved mounting bracket if they are kept with vehicles during shipment g Kept driver compartments and steering wheels unlocked h Stored radios in secured containers to avoid moisture damage to them If radios are shipped mounted in the vehicle secured them with chain and lock then covered them with plastic Treated COMSEC equipment as classified materials 5 Ensured that vehicle is reduced as necessary a Reduced vehicle length and width by folding in side mounted mirrors and removing storage baskets that overhand the vehicle s fixed dimensions b Removed antennas c Keep windshields and cab canvas in the up position d Leave exhaust stacks in place If removal is necessary place metal can over exposed exhaust pipe and remove before starting vehicle e Reduce height as needed for rail clearance Check with the ITO f Reduce the length width and height only if it is specified in movement order 6 Ensured cargo was configured properly on the vehicle if vehicle is loaded with cargo nested for movement shipment a Maximized use of all vehicles cargo capacity particularly cargo vehicles and trailers If trailer is nested in the back of a cargo truck loaded cargo under and around the trailer b Did not excee
358. ondary Roads Trails Cross country 3 77 Subject Area 7 Motor Vehicle Tactical Operations Operate Vehicle Under Adverse Conditions sss 3 79 Operate Vehicle With or Without Trailer Semitrailer Under Blackout Exo no ULOT CEE EEEE E E E tee 3 84 Read Strip MAPS cc tto entr ie te a bte saa a aaa 3 86 Skill Level 2 Subject Area 2 Dispatcher Duties Perform Dispatcher Duties ssssssssssssssssseeeeeneememeenen enne 3 89 Subject Area 3 Motor Vehicle Operator Maintenance Remove and Replace a Tire on a Wheeled Vehicle and Trailer 3 93 Subject Area 4 Motor Vehicle Operations Operate the M1070 M1000 Semitrailer Combination With Disabled Bogie 3 97 Operate the Gas Particulate Filter Unit GPFU on the M1070 Tractor 3 98 Operate the APU on the M1000 Semitrailer sess 3 99 Adjust the Gooseneck on the M1000 Semitrailer 3 101 Adjust the Platform Height on the M1000 3 102 Operate the Loading Ramps on the M1000 Semitrailer 3 103 Manually Steer the M1000 Semitrailer ssseem 3 104 Prepare Vehicle for Inclement Weather 3 105 Perform Coupling Operations With a Pintle Connected Trailer
359. onnected charging hose connector from trailer quick disconnect Installed cover on trailer disconnect Installed cover on charging hose connector nOD xD aT 3 113 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Measures r Z O Disconnected charging hose glad hand from emergency air glad hand and stow in stowage box Installed cover on emergency air glad hand Moved air assist lever on drawbar air assist valve to UP position and raise drawbar to level of coupler Placed air assist lever in neutral position Started truck and slowly back up until drawbar makes contact and locks with coupler Pulled truck forward slightly to verify coupler has latched onto drawbar Shut off truck Released air pressure by moving air assist lever down for five seconds Closed locking gate on coupler Unlocked rotation locking pin on coupler Removed cover from truck receptacle Connected load lock status line to truck receptacle Removed cover from 7 pin receptacle on trailer and connect 12 volt cable on receptacle 4 Uncoupled PLS truck from PLS trailer 3 114 a b Unhooked two safety chains from clevises and attach to trailer C d Removed emergency glad hand from air coupling and stow on stowage gt 400053 C Chocked wheels of trailer Hooked safety chains to chain links coupler Removed service air glad hand from air coupling and stow on
360. onnects ramp stow chain hook to forward large mounting hole on ISO container bracket and closes load binder Removes hitch pin and crowbar from rear of platform below loading ramps Reinstalls hitch pin to secure isolation valve handle Operator inserts small end of crowbar through hole in streetside ramp lift lever and into bar strip Assistant operator stands on beavertail section pushes ramp rearward against ramp stow chain until ramp is perpendicular to platform Operator pushes or pulls on crowbar in direction required to slide ramp outboard from center Continues to place crowbar into bar strip holes until ramp is at furthest outboard position Repeat above steps to adjust curbside loading ramp 4 Lower ramps a b C Opens load binder on streetside and removes ramp stow chain hook from platform and attaches hook into ramp lever Closes load binder Standing between both ramps grasps lower handle on streetside loading ramp and pulls downward As ramp swings downward transitions to upper handle and applies pressure until ramp is below horizontal position and then pulls down until ramp is on the ground Repeat above steps to lower the curbside loading ramp 5 Adjust platform height Note The operator and crew members will perform this step a b C d e f Operator starts and runs APU Opens hydraulic control panel and pulls suspension shut off valve handle outward to adjust position Releases semitrai
361. ons a Prior to starting engine 1 Ensured all manually operated valves are closed This is a must before either starting or ending any fuel servicing operations 2 To prevent collapse of tank when filling or emptying tank ensured that the top vent is working properly 3 Grounded and bonded vehicle 4 Removed fire extinguishers and bring them to the point of operation 5 Ensured engine fuel tank has enough fuel for operation 6 Removed engine dipstick and check oil level Refilled as needed 7 Checked air cleaner restriction indicator Cleaned or replace filter element as needed b Starting the engine 1 Rotated engine switch to RUN 2 Rotated pre heater switch to ON for about 1 minute Ensured indicator light has illuminated 3 After 1 minute continued to hold pre heater switch and rotated starter Switch to START 4 Released both starter and pre heater switches after engine started 5 Checked the gauges for correct indication Stopped the engine if a system malfunction was indicated c Stopping engine if not used for refueling operations 1 Released throttle to low idle 2 Rotated engine switch to STOP d Engine operation High temperature 1 Saw that nothing obstructed the air flow to and from the engine oil cooler and the cylinder cooling fins 2 Saw that shrouds are properly installed and in good condition 3 124 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Measures GO NOGO e Engine operation
362. ontaminated area Brief Soldier You are required to operate your vehicle within a chemically contaminated area You are to take the necessary precautionary measures that will allow your safe passage without succumbing to the effects of a chemical agent Your protective clothing and protective mask are provided 3 154 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Measures GO NOGO 1 Prepared for entering a contaminated area 2 Exercised precautions to prevent contamination 3 Decontaminated self vehicle and equipment immediate decontamination Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related FM 21 305 FM 3 11 FM 3 5 3 155 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Operate Night Vision Devices 551 721 2415 Conditions Given a set of night vision goggles NVGs AN PVS 7A or 7B and a vehicle equipped with the Driver s Vision Enhancer DVE Special Conditions Requires operation in a nighttime or limited visibility environment Standards You have successfully performed all required actions to place the NVGs and the DVE into operation and operate the vehicle using DVE and perform duties as vehicle assistant driver wearing the NVGs Performance Steps 1 Prepare equipment for operatio
363. oom at front and rear of truck Check overhead clearance and ground conditions b Apply the service brake pedal and set transmission range selector to Neutral N c Turn the hydraulic selector switch to MAN H A d Move the joystick to UNLOAD until hook arm cylinders have fully extended Maintain engine speed at idle for approximately the first 18 inches 46 cm and last 6 inches 15 cm of movement Release the joystick Turn the hydraulic selector switch to MAN M F Move the joystick to UNLOAD When back edge of flatrack touches ground release service brake pedal allowing truck to be pushed straight from under flatrack i Continue off loading until front of flatrack is within 8 inches 203 2 cm of ground decrease engine speed to idle and apply service brake pedal Continue off loading until flatrack is on ground and rear suspension is unloaded Release joystick Set transmission range selector to Drive D and release service brake pedal Move the joystick to LOAD momentarily and then to UNLOAD to let lift hook disengage from hook bar Repeat Step until lift hook disengages Move the truck forward approximately 5 feet 1 5 meters Stop the truck and set the transmission range selector to Neutral N Move the joystick to LOAD and hold in this position until mainframe cylinders are fully retracted Turn the hydraulic selector switch to MAN H A Hold the joystick in LOAD position until the hook arm cyl
364. operator from operating any vehicle or equipment if the operation or inspection of this equipment is determined to be unsafe and or determined to be non mission capable NMC d Ensure the operator s make the required entries on the maintenance worksheet that reflects the completion of after operation checks 1 Operator signed and dated in appropriate block if deficiencies are found 2 Turns in worksheet to supervisor or maintenance personnel according to local SOP 3 Today s date entered in appropriate block if no deficiencies are found 4 Retains for further use until uncorrectable faults are noted 5 Ensure that all inspection worksheets are turned in to organizational maintenance in accordance with local maintenance SOP a Makes final check of entries made by operator of all maintenance worksheets b As supervisor signs inspection worksheet as necessary c Instructs driver to turn in maintenance worksheets as applicable 6 Ensure that all vehicles and equipment are secured upon completion of maintenance a Close and secure all OVM boxes b Stow all tools properly in stowage trays brackets c Close and secure all access covers and engine compartment hoods d If moving vehicle remove chocks and ensures that ground guides are available to assist e Ensure that all tools and maintenance related materials are secured before movement f If vehicle is to remain parked replace drip pans and chocks in accordance with local SOP g E
365. or example Route Blue to Sherwood Forest 3 Did not issue the strip map until the last possible moment 7 Conducted mounted vehicular movement a Via a road network 1 Determined exact starting location and that of your destination 2 Using either of the types of maps previously discussed instructed your driver to begin movement along the route that has been selected 3 Unlike dismounted land navigation mounted navigating requires greater vigilance in determining your progress along the route while monitoring the map Selected points may pass much faster than anticipated 3 207 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Measures GO NOGO 4 Compared location relative to the following a Your directional orientation b The direction and distances to your destination c Other landmarks and features towns intersections lakes streams and so forth d Any impassible terrain the enemy and danger areas e Both the advantages and disadvantages presented by the terrain between you and your objective 5 Used terrain features as checkpoints 6 Determined distance Got the total distance to be traveled and the approximate distance between points Planned to use the vehicle odometer to keep track of distance traveled b Via cross country 1 Used alternate routes when road were washed out 2 Considered vehicle capabilities while navigating route 3 Considered vehicle capabilities while navigat
366. orm his job maps pencils and so forth He must do this before the mission starts b Servicing Equipment It is the navigator s duty to make sure that all the equipment he may use or require is working This may include but is not limited to a compass or a Precision Lightweight GPS Receiver PLGR c Recording Data for Precise Locations During movement the navigator must make sure that the correct direction and distance are recorded and followed Grid coordinates of locations must be recorded and plotted d Supply Data to Subordinate Leaders During movement any change in direction or distance must be given to the subordinate leaders in sufficient time to allow them to react e Maintaining Liaison with Commander The commander normally selects the route that he desires to use The navigator is responsible for following that route however there may be times when the route must be changed during a tactical operation For this reason the navigator must maintain constant communication with the commander The navigator must inform the commander when checkpoints are reached when a change in direction of movement is required and how much distance is traveled 3 199 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps 2 Orient the map a First technique 1 With the map in a horizontal position take the straightedge on the left side of the compass and place it alongside the north south grid line with the cover of the compass pointing toward the
367. orm Height on the M1000 Semitrailer 551 721 2305 Operate the Loading Ramps on the M1000 Semitrailer UNIT SA 551 721 2306 Manually Steer the M1000 Semitrailer UNIT SA 551 721 2355 Prepare Vehicle for Inclement Weather Operation UNIT SA 551 721 2385 Perform Coupling Operations With a Pintle Connected Trailer 551 721 2407 Operate Vehicle Mounted Crane Subject Area 5 Transport Cargo and Personnel 551 721 2100 Conduct Refueling Operations Using Tactical Refueling AIT UNIT QT Vehicles 551 721 2374 Assist in Loading Unloading a Tracked Wheeled Vehicle UNIT SA Onto From Semitrailer 551 721 2376 Assist in Loading Unloading a Tracked Wheeled Vehicle UNIT SA Onto From a Heavy Equipment Transporter HET 551 721 2379 Transport Classified Sensitive Cargo UNIT AN 551 721 2381 Assist in Ammunition Loading Unloading Operations on a Transporter 551 721 2383 Transport Dangerous Cargo on a Transporter Subject Area 6 Adverse Terrain Operations 551 721 2389 Self Recover a Wheeled Vehicle UNIT SA Subject Area 7 Motor Vehicle Tactical Operations 551 721 2357 Prepare Vehicle for Tactical Operations UNIT SA 551 721 2408 Implement Defensive Procedures When Under Attack Ambush in a Truck Convoy 551 721 2410 Operate Vehicle in a Contaminated Area UNIT QT 551 721 2415 Operate Night Vision Devices UNIT QT STP 55 88M14 SM TG Skill Level 3 Subject Area 8 Duties of the Squad Leader Section Sergeant 551 721 3335 Sup
368. ormance Measures GO NOGO h Covered and lash the load to protect it and to prevent casual observation NA for tanker vehicles i Adhered to all SAFETY WARNING and CAUTION statements in listed in performance steps 3 Transported dangerous hazardous cargo to destination a Complied with all local traffic laws and regulations b Allowed no smoking inside vehicle c Driver did not go through or near heavily populated areas d Driver did not go where crowds are assembled tunnels narrow streets or alleys e Maintained attendance of the vehicle at all times while loaded with dangerous hazardous materials Driver remained awake at all times unless another qualified person is present during rest halts en route Qualifications are listed below 1 The unit has designated him to attend the vehicle 2 He was aware of the nature of the hazardous materials contained in the vehicle 3 Has been instructed on the procedures to follow in emergencies 4 He was authorized and has the ability to move the vehicle g If the vehicle contains Class A or B explosives did not under any circumstances park the vehicle 1 On or within 5 feet of the traveled portion of a public street or highway 2 On private property including premises of a fueling or eating facility without the knowledge and consent of the person who is in charge of the property and who is aware of the nature of the hazardous materials the vehicle contains 3
369. ouches the ground Disconnects passenger side winch cable from auxiliary winch cable and lays cable on ground in front of disabled M 1 tank Crew members pull auxiliary winch cable forward over platform until cable reaches front of platform and toward driver s side winch cable and stops Operator pays out driver s side winch cable and disconnects from storage point Crew members attach auxiliary winch cable to driver s side winch cable Crew members attach auxiliary winch cable to driver s side winch cable Crew member routes driver s side winch cable through gooseneck cable guide Operator continues to pay in auxiliary winch cable to pull drivers side winch cable rearward to auxiliary snatch block and stops approximately 12 inches from snatch block s Crew member pulls additional cable out until driver s side winch cable touches the ground and stops t Crew members disconnect driver s side winch cable from auxiliary winch cable lays cable on the ground and installs shouldered pins and cotter pins to both clevises 3 5 7 Stow snatch block and auxiliary winch cable a Unscrew retaining bolt and rotates side housing on auxiliary snatch block to open snatch block b Removes auxiliary winch cable from the auxiliary snatch block and rotates side housing to close Tightens retaining bolt to secure side housing in closed position c Removes auxiliary snatch block from shackle and places back into storage on HET d Operato
370. ould not be used for any mode of transport if they have been damaged No strength testing of straps will be made c Blocking and Bracing Materials as needed depending on platform and load Ensure that if needed the materials are of a size and configuration to support the tiedown of the load Use 4X4 materials if available All lumber used for blocking must be free of knots and strong enough to provide a rigid and stable support for the load en route 3 Secure general cargo to bed of 5 ton cargo truck using web tiedown straps Note Not all loads will require blocking and bracing Blocking and bracing is used for applications involving a partially loaded vehicle to prevent from shifting a Block and brace load as needed see Figure 3 54 b Attach and secure all necessary web tiedown straps 1 Ensure all strap hooks are completely engaged and safety latches are completely closed around tiedown anchor point 2 Ensure that strap is tensioned to form at least 1 1 2 turns on the takeup spool This is accomplished after web to web contact has been made on the takeup spool see Figure 3 55a To prevent movement of cargo each tiedown must be tightened until about equal tension is applied throughout the tiedown arrangement 3 55 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps 3 After tensioning is completed the takeup spool locking latch must be checked to ensure that it is fully seated at both ends of the spool in the matching locking notches see
371. oup 009 Group 010 Group 011 Group 012 ennn NAD Figure 3 104 Review Control Groups c Modify Groups 1 To Modify Existing Groups Select Control Station from the MTS Messenger menu see Figure 3 105 2 Select the control group to be modified see Figure 3 106 From here select their modification needed for example add vehicle or remove vehicle Note MTS units can be moved from one group to another This allows the Control Station operator System Administrator or CSSAMO the ability to customize control group to suit the mission After selecting Modify Group the Modify Control Group dialog box will appear MTS Messenger Read Messages Send Messages Options Help F1 Read Messages F2 Send E F3 Send to Mobile F4 Send to Group F6 Reviev Outgoing 0 BN USA0282 XCVR USA00282 19 10 20 9 28 2001 Figure 3 105 Modify Groups Menu Modify Control Group Control Group Add Vehicle ID Group 001 v Vehicles in Group Remove Vehicle Figure 3 106 Modify Control Groups Dialog Box 3 218 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps 8 Start TracerLink Note In order for TracerLink to function MTS Messenger must be running a Double click on the TracerLink icon located on the desktop to start the TracerLink application see Figure 3 107 TracerLink connects to the MTS Messenger program over a TCP IP socket to receive position data 2 Tracer
372. our refueling vehicle performed all pre operation safety checks grounded and bonded properly refueled designated vehicle s or storage area contained and recovered any spillage and properly prepared for movement to subsequent locations without violating any safety measures causing injury to personnel damage to equipment or contaminating the environment Performance Steps 1 Apply risk management procedures a Refer to FM 100 14 chapter 3 and the appendix and local SOP for guidelines applicable to this procedure Ensure all aspects of these operations are assessed for the risk involved b Fill out the risk assessment worksheet Notify chain of command if assessment determines requirement for approval from higher authority 2 Perform before operation preparations WARNING Frequent inspection of equipment safety devices and working areas must be performed to ensure personal and operational safety and to correct potential or actual hazards The semitrailer must not be operated if any of the following conditions exist Fuel leaks Damage to lighting fixtures wiring or electrical conduits or lights inoperative Damage to towing vehicle or semitrailer Primary or parking brake systems inoperative Vents plugged inoperative or removed Note Pressure vacuum and fusible vents are installed to meet code requirements and to protect the semitrailer from damage A plugged or inoperative vent can cause extensive shell damage if design
373. ower 2 to 5 Ton without winch o N O a A CO N Self recovered the vehicle by using the dual wheel operation 2 to 5 Ton without winch Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related FM 21 305 FM 9 43 2 TM 9 2320 260 10 TM 9 2320 272 10 TM 9 2320 279 20 1 TM 9 2320 279 20 2 TM 9 2320 280 10 TM 9 2320 364 10 TM 9 2320 365 10 TM 9 2320 366 10 1 TM 9 2320 366 10 2 TM 9 243 3 149 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Subject Area 7 Motor Vehicle Tactical Operations Prepare Vehicle for Tactical Operations 551 721 2357 Conditions Given a wheeled tactical vehicle with before operation maintenance performed BII AAL vehicle TM 10 series designated weather conditions to prepare for inclement weather clothing and hearing protection Standards You have prepared the vehicle for inclement weather operation without injury to personnel or damage to vehicle Performance Steps 1 Prepare windshields and windows M939 and M998 series only a Lower the windshield or leave it in place when applicable refer to TM 10 b Protect against heavy rains by leaving the windshield in place c Use wire mesh to secure each window to protect against incoming gren
374. own A0 3 49 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related TM 11 5855 311 12 amp P 2 3 50 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Subject Area 5 Transport Cargo and Personnel Load and Unload Passengers for Transport in a Truck 551 721 1386 Conditions Given a tactical wheeled cargo vehicle equipped with troop seating troop safety strap hearing protection and passengers Standards You have successfully prepared vehicle for loading provided all passengers with the appropriate safety briefing and rules governing transport by tactical wheeled vehicle supervised and assisted the loading seating and unloading of all passengers without injury to personnel or damage to vehicle Performance Steps 1 Prepare vehicle to receive passengers For standard transmissions places gear selector in FIRST gear For automatic transmissions places gear selector in PARK or NEUTRAL Apply parking or hand brake Shutdown engine if running Chock vehicle wheel s if applicable or if not on level ground Troop seating is down and secured into position Troop safety strap is released and vehicle tailgate is lowered If under inclement weather ensures that all canvas an
375. own the load with available tiedown materials 3 177 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps 11 Recheck entire load to ensure nothing is overlooked prior to allowing vehicle to move 12 During loading ensure that no person is allowed to stand or walk underneath a suspended load 13 If load lashing is needed ensure it is done correctly and securely See FM 21 305 page 18 13 for details on lashing 14 Re install canvas and bows if removed for loading 15 Ensure all required load documentation is present and completed correctly This may include a DD Form 1384 Transportation Control and Movement Document b DD Form 626 c DD Form 836 d DA Form 2062 Hand Receipt Annex Number Note Ensure operator possesses the correct form s to support the load b Trailer semitrailer 1 Ensure that the trailer semitrailer to be loaded is chocked 2 Prepare cargo area for loading a Lower tailgate as applicable b Remove canvas and bows as necessary c Remove sideboards d Ensure cargo area is cleaned out and ready to load cargo e Ensure sufficient tiedown materials are on hand to secure cargo f Ensure sufficient blocking and bracing materials are on hand as needed 3 Ensure heavier cargo items are placed on bottom and lighter items are on top 4 Ensure that all heavy cargo is distributed as evenly as possible over the bed to maintain a safe weight distribution 5 Keep the load as low as po
376. pin Place the transmission selector lever in neutral and apply the parking brake lever Visually check to make sure the jaws have completely closed With the trailer airbrake control handle engaged release the parking brake lever place the transmission selector lever in first or low gear range and slightly depress the accelerator pedal The tractor will not move forward if the fifth wheel is properly connected to the semitrailer CAUTION Stop the vehicle immediately if the tractor moves forward and repeat steps h 1 through h 6 above i Connect the electrical cable to the electric receptacle on the semitrailer j Check the semitrailer lights 1 Turn the light switch to service drive 2 Operate turn signal switch and direct the ground guides to check for the proper operation of the semitrailer signal lights 3 Depress the brake pedal and direct the ground guides to check for the proper operation of the semitrailer stoplights k Prepare semitrailer for movement 1 Turn the crank to raise the landing gear on the semitrailer Be sure the crank handle is stowed securely 2 Stow the landing gear pads in the racks remove and stow the chock blocks 3 Check to operation of the semitrailer brakes using the brake hand control in the cab 3 4 5 6 2 Uncouple semitrailer a Remove chock blocks from stowage brackets b Chock the semitrailer wheels 1 When parking uphill place chock blocks behind the rear wheels on both sides
377. platform Operator continues to pay in driver s side and passenger side winch cables until crew members signal that both front tiedown chains are tight and front road wheels are firmly on top of front payload chocks Crew members chock rear of disabled M 1 tank with two rear payload chocks firmly under tracks Operator pays out both driver s side and passenger side winch cables until cables touch top of HET tires Crew members check both driver s side and passenger side winch cables for twist Crew members slowly and carefully remove cotter pins and shouldered pins from clevises from driver s side and passenger side winch cables Removes two large shackles from both upper recovery eyes on disabled M 1 tank Installs two large shackles and four load binders on rear payload tiedown rings Removes two shackles from semitrailer stowage compartment Attaches streetside parallel chain and curbside rear angled tiedown chain to streetside towing lug using shackle Attaches curbside parallel tiedown chain and streetside rear angled tiedown chain to curbside rear towing lug using shackle Attaches both parallel chains to each parallel load binders Attaches both curbside and streetside rear angled tiedown chains to angled load binders as follows 1 Tightens each load binder as tight as possible 2 Passes free end of streetside rear angled tiedown chain over top of curbside rear angled tiedown chain and atta
378. pled the semitrailer from the tractor if coupled refer to TM 9 2320 360 10 b Referred to TM 9 2330 381 14 paragraph 2 18a for applicable steps 2 Operated gooseneck control valves as necessary to raise or lower gooseneck refer to TM 9 2330 281 14 paragraph 2 18b for applicable steps 3 Shutdown APU Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related TM 9 2330 381 14 3 101 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Adjust the Platform Height on the M1000 Semitrailer 551 721 2304 Conditions Given an M1000 semitrailer with BII and operational APU hearing protection and work gloves Special Conditions If semitrailer is loaded the semitrailer must be coupled to tractor to perform height adjustments See semitrailer TM for details Standards You have successfully made the required adjustments to the platform height of the semitrailer without injury to personnel or damage to equipment Performance Steps 1 Start the APU a Refer to TM 9 2330 381 14 paragraph 2 16a pages 2 46 to 2 51 b Run APU at full throttle 2 Prepare semitrailer for platform height adjustments Refer to TM 9 2330 381 14 paragraph 2 19b c d and e Note The brakes on the semitrailer should be released when making p
379. ponsible 34 Is there a carefully conceived plan known to all convoy personnel that can be used in case of an attack 35 Is a written OPORD on hand if required 36 Will a log of road movement be required at end of trip Are necessary forms on hand 37 Has a weather forecast been obtained 38 Do all personnel have proper clothing and equipment 39 Is there a communications plan Where will communications equipment be located Has all communications equipment been serviced 40 If transporting hazardous materials have all involved vehicles been appropriately placarded Are load manifests in the driver s door pocket or otherwise readily available and known by convoy personnel 41 Have vehicles containing HAZMAT been placed at appropriate locations within the convoy to reduce residual damage in case of enemy attack 42 Has every effort been made to camouflage vehicles to the extent possible during movement At halts f Conduct convoy briefing Note The convoy commander s briefing is given after all other movement preparations have been completed and verified by all responsible parties and the convoy is prepared to move Note Gather applicable information from the commander s operation order OPORD and local SOP to complete your convoy briefing Provide as much applicable information as possible that may affect the convoy movement Apply the information in the following format 3 268 1 Situation a Enemy forces
380. porting hazardous materials 5 Operation of emergency equipment to include fire extinguishers 2 wa 3 247 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps 6 Forms and records includes accident reporting 7 Blocking and bracing 8 Emergency response procedures for example spillage 9 Vehicle parking rules 10 Route selection 11 Host nation requirements if applicable 6 Ensure proper issue of learner s permits a Verify that all candidates have received required training prior to issue b Verify candidate information is correct on OF 346 or DA Form 5984 E learner s permit c Verify presence of commander s signature on OF 346 or DA Form 5984 E d Annotate ledger with as issuing authority 1 Date of issue 8 9 0 1 2 a 2 Expiration date 3 Permit number first letter of the last name and last four digits of SSN of licensee 4 Name and SSN of licensee 5 6 7 7 Ensure continuation of driver training in the following areas a Publications and blank forms b Vehicle inspection and preventive maintenance check and services c Accident avoidance d Military convoy operations to include night driving e f Remarks Type of equipment qualified to operate If automated will include all information stated above Off road operations Self recovery methods g Operation of vehicle at driving range as set up by local commands 8
381. r pushes downward on auxiliary winch cable while a crew member maintains tension on the auxiliary winch cable and restows on stow hook 8 Continue winching operations a Crew members attach and secure both driver s side and passenger side winch cables to disabled M 1 tank upper recovery eyes b Operator directs crew members to stand on each side of the payload to provide directional control curbside and streetside C Operator clears the area of all nonessential personnel d Operator pays in driver s side and passenger side winch cables to remove all slack in cables e Continues to winch disabled M 1 tank up the ramps and on the semitrailer until streetside track makes contact with curbside front payload chock f Operator stops winching operation g Crew member chocks rear streetside of disabled M 1 tank with payload chock 9 Adjust platform height a Starts and runs APU at full throttle b Releases semitrailer parking brakes c Operator and crew members adjust platform to normal running height d Applies semitrailer parking brakes 10 Secure disabled tank to platform a Attaches and secures two front tiedown chains to front of disabled M 1 tank b Crew member removes two shackles from semitrailer stowage compartment and attaches shackles to lower towing lugs on front of disabled M 1 tank 3 236 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps C d Crew member removes curbside rear payload chock from front streetside of
382. rades up to 10 degrees it may be necessary to apply truck service brakes to prevent truck roll away or severe injury or death could result Prior to and during any load or unload cycle all personnel should stay clear of LHS and flatrack or serious injury or death could result to personnel m Set transmission range selector to Neutral and release service brake pedal Note If LHS overload lamp illuminates but loading operation continues operator is cautioned that LHS is nearing maximum capacity In this situation operator should determine if payload is evenly distributed on flatrack or if flatrack load exceeds 16 5 tons 14 969 kg If any of these conditions exist operator must redistribute or reduce payload or damage to equipment may result Ensure that parking brake is not applied before starting load sequence or damage to equipment may result n Move joystick to LOAD allowing truck to be pulled under flatrack CAUTION Ensure that flatrack runners contact LHS rear rollers correctly Failure to contact flatrack runners correctly could result in serious injury or death to personnel and damage to equipment Before flatrack contacts rear rollers reduce engine speed and apply service brake pedal p Release the joystick Set hydraulic selector switch to MAN H A q Move the joystick to LOAD until flatrack is approximately 2 feet 0 61 m off the ground Release joystick Set the hydraulic selector switch to MAN M F operations s After flatrack
383. rane M983A2 Truck Tractor With Winch Without Crane M983A2R1 Truck Tractor With Winch With Crane M983 Truck Wrecker Recovery M984 Truck Wrecker Recovery M984A1 Truck Wrecker Recovery M984A2 Truck Wrecker Recovery M984A2R1 Truck Cargo With Winch M985 Truck Cargo With Winch M985A2 Truck Cargo With Winch M985A2R1 Truck Cargo Without Winch M985 Truck Cargo Without Winch M985A2 Truck Cargo Without Winch M985A2R1 Truck Cargo With Winch M985E1 Truck Cargo With Winch M985E1A2 Truck Cargo With Winch M985E1A2R1 7 April 1987 Operator s Manual for Truck Utility Cargo Troop Carrier 1 1 4 Ton 4X4 M998 998 1 Truck Utility Cargo Troop Carrier 1 1 4 Ton 4X4 w Winch M1038 M1038A1 Truck Utility Heavy Variant 4X4 M1097 M1097A1 M1097A2 Truck Utility Tow Carrier Armored 1 1 4 Ton 4X4 M966 M966A1 Truck Utility Tow Carrier Armored 1 1 4 Ton 4X4 w Winch M1036 Truck Utility Tow Carrier w Supplemental Armor 1 1 4 Ton 4X4 M1045 M1045A1 M1045A2 Truck Utility Tow Carrier w Supplemental Armor 1 1 4 Ton 4X4 w Winch M1046 M1046A1 Truck Utility Armament Carrier Armored 1 1 4 Ton 4X4 M1025 M1025A1 M1025A2 Truck Utility Armament Carrier Armored 1 1 4 Ton 4X4 w Winch M1026 M1026A1 Truck Utility Armament Carrier w Supplemental Armor 1 1 4 Ton 4X4 M1043 M1043A1 M1043A2 Truck Utility Armament Carrier w Supplemental Armor 1 1 4 Ton 4X4 w Win
384. rate the driver s vision enhancer see Figure 3 80 Note The time necessary for the system to stabilize depends on the ambient temperature As ambient temperature rises or cools the stabilizing time changes slightly Note The words NO SENSOR VIDEO CHECK VIDEO SWITCH will appear on the display only if the VIDEO switch is in the EXT position or the display circuitry has no video input If the video returns the words are removed a Start the vehicle see operator s manual for proper starting procedures b Perform the initial setup procedures Note Before powering up the unit ensure that the following control positions are as indicated in the following steps WARNING Before operating the vehicle ensure that the DVE azimuth and elevation controls are in the locked positions This will ensure that the DVE is looking straight ahead when operating the vehicle Manually verify forward and lock position prior to operating the vehicle Helmets must always be worn when driving with the DVE installed The DVE display should be removed from its mount when not in use for extended driving operations to minimize the risk of head injuries 1 Rotate Sensor Assembly azimuth and elevation to straight ahead and level 00 detent positions Set DVE POWER switch to OFF down position Set VIDEO switch to SENSOR up position Set POLARITY switch to WHT HOT up position With DISPLAY BRIGHTNESS control turned fully ccw rotate knob approximately 1 4 turn
385. ravity CG mark on flatrack and use as basis for load positioning CG markings on the M1077 and M1 are different 1 CG for the M1077 is 106 inches from front edge of flatrack 2 CG for the M1 is 116 inches from front edge of flatrack e Attach all web strap tiedown to load 1 Ensure all strap hooks are completely engaged and safety latches are completely closed around tiedown anchor point 2 Ensure that strap is tensioned to form at least 1 1 2 turns on the takeup spool This is accomplished after web to web contact has been made on the takeup spool To prevent movement of cargo each tiedown must be tightened until about equal tension is applied throughout the tiedown arrangement 3 After tensioning is completed the takeup spool locking latch must be checked to ensure that it is fully seated at both ends of the spool in the matching locking notches The scuff sleeve may have to be removed to allow tightening of tiedowns Secure loose ends of straps by suitable means 4 Reinforce sharp edges of cargo with suitable materials to prevent both crushing edges of the load when strap is tensioned and to prevent slicing into strap webbing WARNING Extremely hazardous handling behavior can occur if payloads near the gross load rating are loaded such that their CG falls rearward of the longitudinal center of the flatrack Note Cargo such as boxes pallets and odd shaped cargo should be loaded as far forward and as low as possible on the flatr
386. rd and locks in place 3 241 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps i Removes and secures six curb guides in platform recess area j Raise and adjust ramps span width to furthest inboard position and stow loading ramps for transport 1 Grasps upper handle on ramp and pull upward Releases upper handle as ramp passes horizontal position Grasps lower handle and applies pressure until ramp is firmly against beavertail 2 Opens load binder and unhooks ramp chain hook at ramp lifting lever 3 Connects ramp chain hook to front most large mounting hole on ISO container mounting bracket Closes load binder 4 Operator inserts small end of crowbar through hole in streetside ramp lift lever and into bar strip 5 Positions assistant operator on beavertail section of platform to push streetside loading ramp rearward until ramp is perpendicular to platform Operator must push or pull on crowbar in direction required to slide ramp inboard 6 Continues to place crowbar into holes along bar strip and moves ramp to furthest inboard position 7 Repeat above steps to adjust curbside loading ramp 8 Opens load binders removes ramp chain hooks from ISO container bracket holes and connects hooks in center of platform Closes load binders 9 Removes hitch pin and reinstalls crowbar below loading ramps then reinstalls hitch pin Raises beacon warning light Operator pushes suspension shut off valve handle inward to the shut off po
387. res 12 Prepared M1070 HET 13 Prepared M1000 semitrailer 14 Adjusted loading ramps 15 Lowered ramps 16 Adjusted platform height 17 Started winching operations 18 Stowed snatch block and auxiliary cable 19 Continued winching operations 20 Adjusted platform height 21 Secured disabled tank to platform 22 Prepared HETS for transport Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related TM 9 2320 360 10 FM 21 60 TM 9 2330 381 14 TC 21 305 9 3 243 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Unload Able Disabled Tracked Wheeled Vehicles Off a Heavy Equipment Transporter HET 551 721 3346 Conditions As a heavy vehicle operator given a coupled Heavy Equipment Transporter with before operational maintenance performed assistance from other crew members chock blocks vehicle and semitrailer BIl and an able disabled tracked or wheeled vehicle payload Special Conditions This task requires at least two persons Standards You have safely completed the unloading operation of an able disabled tracked wheeled vehicle from your HET semitrailer without injury to personnel da
388. reventive Maintenance PMCS test Unit Q Road test after completion of training Unit R Additional course instruction should be included with respect to unit specific vehicle characteristics and ancillary devices as part of vehicle performance for example coupling uncoupling semitrailer and crane winch operation 200533 x QO nO 5 Conduct driver testing Note Only driver training candidates that have received the complete course of instruction are to be tested a Enforces vehicle safety and fire prevention measures b Practice administers test to regular qualified driver on same type of vehicle c Verifies that all examinees have completed the course of instruction as stipulated by AR 600 55 and local authority SOP d Administers written test e Administers PMCS test f Administers vehicle control test 1 Only tests those examinees that have successfully passed the PMCS test 2 Records examinee performance on DA Form 6125 R Road Test Score Sheet g Administers on the road test 1 Only tests those examinees that have successfully passed the vehicle control test 2 Records examinee performance on DA Form 6125 R h Terminates the test on any examinee s that failed to achieve a passing score on any test 1 Records results on DA Form 6125 R 2 Conducts after action review for the examinee 6 Conduct equipment operator training instruction to include a Mechanical equipment required by regulation or comma
389. reventive maintenance checks Check vehicle load during halts for security if loaded o o DO OC A Shutdown engine unless told otherwise by supervisor or serial march unit commander a Refer to vehicle TM for proper shutdown procedures b Chock vehicle wheels as necessary 10 Resume vehicle convoy operations steps 1 through 6 Follow signals or orders from serial march unit commander 11 Shutdown engine at destination repeat step 9 Refer to vehicle TM for proper procedures 12 Perform after operation preventive maintenance checks a Refer to vehicle TM for proper procedures b Follow additional guidance from supervisor or serial march unit commander Evaluation Preparation Setup Set up the convoy with six vehicles at the starting point Select a route for the convoy which will not interfere with the regular traffic Use a Noncommissioned Officer NCO trained in convoy procedures to act as the convoy commander Have the convoy commander brief the soldier on convoy operations Brief Soldier Tell the soldier to follow the instructions given in the convoy commander s briefing STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Measures 1 oO oO o O OC A 10 11 12 Started the engine upon receiving the signal or the order from the march unit commander Setthe vehicle in motion Operated the vehicle at prescribed speed and within the proper interval between vehicles Acknowledged hand signals by
390. rials 6 Had an assistant driver when transporting hazardous materials c Vehicles carrying passengers 1 Had fixed seating 2 All passengers remained seated while vehicle is in motion 3 Was not be the last vehicle in a convoy Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related AR 385 55 DD FORM 626 FM 21 305 FM 21 60 FM 4 01 30 3 195 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Perform Duties as Serial March Unit Commander 551 721 3348 Conditions Given the responsibility as serial march unit commander briefing by convoy commander and enough vehicles to warrant a serial march unit maps material to be transported and personnel as vehicle drivers Standards As serial march unit commander you have successfully ensured that all predeparture checks were completed for your vehicles enforced all safe driving measures during movement ensured your vehicle operators conducted all at halt checks duties and that all drivers completed the required checks duties at destination prior to release All procedures were performed without injury to personnel or damage to vehicles or equipment Performance Steps 1 Perform predeparture checks duties a Check to see that before operations checks have been performed 1 Check air
391. rials hearing protection work gloves and assistance as needed from additional personnel Standards Your direct supervision has resulted in the successful loading unloading of the vehicle trailer semitrailer If loading the load was securely tied down to the vehicle and blocked and braced properly as needed The load was loaded in such a manner as to expedite unloading at destination If unloading the unloading operation was conducted in a safe manner using all available equipment and personnel The operation was conducted successfully without injury to personnel or damage to equipment Performance Steps 1 Supervise loading operations a Cargo vehicle 1 Ensure that the vehicle to be loaded is chocked and hand brake set 2 Prepare cargo area for loading a Lower vehicle tailgate as applicable b Remove canvas and bows as necessary c Ensure cargo area is cleaned out and ready to load cargo d Ensure sufficient tiedown materials are on hand to secure cargo e Ensure sufficient blocking and bracing materials are on hand as needed 3 Ensure heavier cargo items are placed on bottom and lighter items are on top 4 Ensure that all heavy cargo is distributed as evenly as possible over the bed to maintain a safe weight distribution 5 Keep the load as low as possible A high load may make the vehicle difficult to control and may cause it to overturn 6 Fill the cargo space to the maximum weight allowable 7 For
392. rials to keep the load from shifting or falling off the vehicle while en route as applicable b Blocked crates boxes and barrels to keep them from shifting en route c Used crib blocking whenever possible It need not be nailed to the floor or sides if placed tightly against the cargo to reduce damage to the floor and sideboards of the vehicle d If a gap exists between pipes or lumber and the end of the trailer blocked the load with a gate constructed with 4X4 boards to prevent it from slipping e Ensured all lumber used for blocking must be free of knots and strong enough to provide a rigid and stable support for the load en route f Tiedown the load with available tiedown materials Used tiedown straps for general cargo or large component items Used tiedown chains or wire rope and turnbuckles as needed for tiedown of vehicles CONEXs or MILVANSs that not connected directly to the transporter 10 Rechecked entire load to ensure nothing is overlooked prior to allowing vehicle to move 11 During loading ensured that no person is allowed to stand or walk underneath a suspended load 12 If load lashing is needed ensured it is done correctly and securely 13 Re installed canvas and bows if removed for loading 14 Ensured all required load documentation is present and completed correctly 3 181 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Measures 2 11 Supervised unloading operations a Cargo ve
393. rmance Measures GO NOGO r Recovered chock blocks and prepare for movement as instructed s Adhered to all SAFETY WARNING and CAUTION statements in listed in performance steps 5 Complied with all SAFETY WARNING and CAUTION statements referenced in steps 1 through 4 Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related CFR 49 DA PAM 385 64 DD FORM 626 DD FORM 836 FM 21 305 FM 21 60 FM 55 17 TM 9 2320 260 10 TM 9 2320 272 10 TM 9 2320 279 10 1 TM 9 2320 279 10 2 TM 9 2320 360 10 TM 9 2320 364 10 TM 9 2320 365 10 TM 9 2320 366 10 1 TM 9 2320 366 10 2 TM 9 2330 359 14 amp P TM 9 2330 384 14 amp P TM 9 2330 386 14 amp P 3 143 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Subject Area 6 Adverse Terrain Operations Self Recover a Wheeled Vehicle 551 721 2389 Conditions Given a mired vehicle with or without a winch fiber rope chains timber BII stakes shackles a needed nd applicable TM 10 series hearing protection work gloves and assistance from others as Special Conditions Vehicle self recovery is a two person job Standards You have recovered the vehicle so that it could be operated under its own power without injury to personnel or damage to equipment Performance Steps 1 Att
394. rns off PTO switch Moves transmission range selector to the appropriate range Releases HET parking brakes Note To unload disabled M 1 tank perform the following performance steps 12 Prepare M1070 HET Note The operator will perform this step a b 3 238 C g 13 Prepare M1000 semitrailer Note The operator and crew members will perform this step a b A 20 Ensures CTIS rotary switch is at the appropriate setting Aligns M1070 HET and M1000 semitrailer as close as possible to the disabled M 1 tank approximately 15 feet on as level ground as possible Assistant operator visually checks the HET and semitrailer offset angle Adjusts angle as necessary d Moves transmission range selector to N neutral position e f Turns on beacon light switch Turns on PTO switch Chocks M1070 front 1st axle in front and behind each tire Removes manila rope from semitrailer stowage compartment Unwinds manila rope and positions on semitrailer Positions front streetside payload chock approximately 10 inches from forward edge of platform Positions front curbside payload chock approximately 14 inches from forward edge of platform Aligns streetside and curbside front payload chock with fourth hole on outboard payload chock mounting brackets on platform Secures both payload chocks with cap screws washers and nuts Aligns curbside rear payload chock on streetside front edge above
395. rol station users use COMM 3 c Users will be prompted to select a COMM port for the PLGR Selected COMM 1 for control station After successfully starting MTS Messenger the standard display screen also known as the command reference will appear d Ensured that all status blocks appear at the bottom of the screen e Waited for Network registration The bumper number and transceiver ID will appear in status block 4 at the bottom when network registration completes 3 227 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Measures GO NOGO 5 Read messages a Accessed the read messages pull down menu by either clicking with the mouse or using the function keys F1 and F6 b Selected read messages read current or pressed F1 to read messages c In the Message Received List clicked the message number you wish to read It will default to the most recent message received The text of the message will appear in the Message Text Field Click the Reply button to return a message to the sender or Done to go back to the main window Use the up and down arrow keys to move between messages d Reviewed a sent message Select read messages review sent messages or press F6 The message window should show all messages sent 6 Sent messages a Sent message to Control Station 1 Selected the Send Messages pull down menu Figure 3 95 or use one of the function keys on the keyboard F2 F3 and F4 2 Selected the Send Messages pull down
396. rossroads Mileage between points Bivouac rest halt and refuel point Directional arrows Legend transferred from the map onto the strip map 10 Alternate route s 11 Critical point s b Present the following information concerning characteristics of a strip map 1 A strip map may be prepared from a route overlay a route reconnaissance report or a map reconnaissance It is drawn on a standard sheet of paper to give the user the necessary information to reach his destination 2 A strip map is generally distributed to squad leaders convoy commanders drivers or route guides and normally shows only one route see Figure 3 84 3 A strip map used as an appendix or annex could have many routes on it and could include bypasses for each route see Figure 3 85 4 A strip map may indicate a sketch of a march which may or may not be drawn to scale 5 6 7 8 9 0 6 Prepare a strip map a Orientation Place the symbol for grid north on the sketch Label it with an N to designate the general direction of north Do not make any other orientation or grid references b Plot the details 1 Draw the route of movement 2 Plot all critical points or areas along a route where movement may occur or where timing is critical These include SPs checkpoints RPs phase lines bridges tunnels road junctions city or town intersections where passage could be confusing and areas or halts for messing and refueling 3
397. rse of instruction instructor and examiner cadre driver candidates driving record documentation for each candidate qualification records for cadre driver training area complete with organic vehicles used for training and complete facilities for classroom instruction and ranges Special Conditions Certified in writing by commander as an instructor Qualified to operate without restriction all the vehicles used in training Appointed by commander to train or instruct Standards You have managed the driver training program by ensuring instructors and examiners are fully qualified and certified to teach and test driver candidates You have conducted proper coordination with company truckmasters for driver candidates You have ensured that all driver candidates are fully qualified to start the driver training by appropriate interview process and selection You have ensured that issuance of driver s licenses are in accordance with AR 600 55 You have ensured that all driver candidates that fail driver training or are not qualified to start training are counseled Performance Steps 1 Ensure all driver training cadre are fully qualified and certified by the commander to train or instruct a All instructors and assistant instructors must be qualified and licensed to operate vehicles equipment used in training b All instructors and assistant instructors are appointed in writing by commander to train or instruct on an authorized type of vehicle
398. s Selection Servers BETO004 USAD014 Figure 3 113 The Assignments Tab 1 Server Vehicle Kit Control Assignments Selection Servers Configure usA1000 22 50 36 30 Sep 00 N38 10 34 W 80 00 05 CS GPS Active Power On p Figure 3 114 The Selection Tab STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps d Enable Autotrack function see Figure 3 115 1 Right click on the map to get the pop up menu 2 Choose the Select Vehicle option from the pop up window 3 Click on the vehicle you wish to track The Server Vehicle Kit Control Window will open with the Selection tab containing a list of vehicles 4 Right click on the vehicle you wish to track select State then Track Note If the vehicle you are tracking is off the map use the Assignments tab instead of the Selection tab to make the change 1 Server Vehicle Kit Control Properties Center on Vehicle Display Clear Trace Trace Options State Disconnect Assignments Selection Servers El Connected Fleets e 001 d e 003 Properties U Center on Vehicle e 004 Display gt U Clear Trace Trace Options 0 41 v Track Disconnect HHAH Figure 3 115 Autotrack Function e Enable Trace Function see Figure 3 116 1 Right click on the map to get the pop up menu 2 Choose the Select Vehicle option from the pop up menu 3 Click on the vehicle you wish to tr
399. s and hours 2 Time in and total time 3 Release by signature 4 Fuel and oil if required locally Collected dispatch equipment record folder from operator Logged vehicle in from dispatch on DA Form 2401 Annotated type cargo and tons moved as applicable Reported change in vehicle status to maintenance personnel as applicable Reported discrepancies in trip records to truckmaster File trip records in accordance with local directives b C f aoao 3 91 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Measures GO NOGO 3 Dispatched unit vehicle s for regular dispatch units supported by ULLS a For dispatch out Departing on dispatch 1 Verified that operator is registered through ULLS as a licensed qualified operator If not registered in ULLS check operator OF 346 2 Issued dispatch equipment record folder to operator Folder should contain a DA Form 5988 E Equipment Maintenance and Inspection Worksheet automated b DA Form 5987 E Dispatch printout c DD Form 518 and SF 91 Vehicle Accident forms 3 Ensured operator makes required entries and signs dispatch printout 4 Dispatcher and operator checked for services due 5 Dispatcher verified through operator that before operational maintenance checks have been completed and vehicle is ready for dispatch b For dispatch in return from dispatch 1 Collected dispatch equipment record folder from operator 2 Verified the followin
400. s country 551 721 1360 Conditions Given a cargo vehicle with before operation preventive maintenance checks performed hearing protection and designated route over secondary roads trails or cross country Standards You must safely operate a vehicle through various terrain conditions without injury to personnel or damage to equipment and without getting stuck Performance Steps 1 2 Start engine Operate vehicle through shallow ditches a Stop the vehicle b Check the terrain for obstructions c Place transmission shift lever into first gear d Steer vehicle toward the ditch so that one wheel on an axle will leave the ditch as the other wheel on the same axle enters it Operate vehicle through deep ditches Stop the vehicle Check terrain for obstructions Cut away both sides of ditch if necessary Place transfer shift lever into all wheel drive if applicable Place vehicle into lowest forward gear and four wheel drive if applicable Approach the ditch at an angle Accelerate the vehicle enough to keep it rolling as it goes up the other side Stop the vehicle Check the terrain for obstructions Place transmission shift lever into first gear Ease the front wheel over at a right angle to the edge of the ravine Steer a straight course so that both front wheels strike the bottom at the same time Accelerate enough so the vehicle can climb up the opposite bank a b C d e f 9
401. s for general cargo or large component items Use tiedown chains or wire rope and turnbuckles as needed for tiedown of vehicles CONEXs or MILVANS that are not connected directly to the transporter 11 Recheck entire load to ensure nothing is overlooked prior to allowing vehicle to move 12 During loading ensure that no person is allowed to stand or walk underneath a suspended load 3 178 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps 13 If load lashing is needed ensure it is done correctly and securely 14 Re install canvas and bows if removed for loading 15 Ensure all required load documentation is present and completed correctly This may include DD Form 1384 TCMD 2 Supervise unloading operations a Cargo vehicle or trailer semitrailer 1 Ensure that vehicle to be unloaded is chocked and brakes set 2 Prepare cargo area for unloading a Lower vehicle tailgate as applicable b Remove canvas and bows as necessary c Unlash and remove tarpaulin if installed d Lower side panels as needed HEMTT Cargo e Remove sideboards as needed M871 or 872 series semitrailers WARNING Always be cautious when removing tiedown materials Load may have shifted during movement and could fall when tension is released Ensure precautions are taken when loosening tiedowns Failure to comply may result in injury to personnel and or damage to load b Remove tiedowns securing load If partial delivery ensure only tiedowns securing
402. s given by another soldier Then stow crane for travel 3 116 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Measures GO NOGO 1 Started vehicle engine 2 Prepared crane for operation 3 Operated crane while following visual hand and arm signals 4 Stowed crane for travel 5 Shutdown vehicle engine Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related TM 9 2320 279 10 1 TM 9 2320 364 10 TM 9 2320 365 10 TM 9 2320 366 10 1 3 117 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Subject Area 5 Transport Cargo and Personnel Conduct Refueling Operations Using Tactical Refueling Vehicles 551 721 2100 Conditions Given an M931 932 or M1088 Tractor with M967 Tank Semitrailer with full or partial load of fuel BII grounding and bonding materials protective clothing and equipment fire extinguishers spill containers appropriate gauging equipment dispensing log assistance from another person vehicle s to refuel level ground and instructions on amount of fuel to dispense Special Conditions Must have hazardous materials endorsement on operator s license Possess a fuel handler s card Refueling operations requires two persons Standards You have successfully emplaced y
403. s of map distance If so itis a 10 percent slope If there are two contour lines it is a 20 percent slope and so forth b Side slope is even more important than the slope you can climb Normally a 30 percent slope is the maximum in good weather If you traverse a side slope do it slowly and without turns c Recheck your progress along the route by comparing the map s terrain features and plotted checkpoints Note any discrepancies that conflict with intelligence or reconnaissance reports and notify higher headquarters in accordance with local SOP 99 Paru 2 3 204 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Evaluation Preparation Setup Provide for the NCO a vehicle s vehicle operator s topographic map s or street map s marginal information mission information designated route information protractor s and pencil s Brief Soldier Inform the NCO that he is appointed as instructor for the use of maps in a motor transport application He is to provide instructional information regarding the use of maps in motor transport operations and evaluate them on their performance in mounted land navigation They will perform duties as vehicle navigator over a designated course that will prompt them to exercise their newly acquire skills and knowledge You are to oversee their performance by using radio communication and first hand observations throughout the course Provide immediate feedback to each soldier following their performance Perfor
404. s when transporting personnel in vehicle cargo beds j Personnel will only be transported in vehicles equipped with fixed troop seating in the cargo area K Use seat belts when the vehicle is so equipped 1 Only properly licensed drivers will start and operate vehicles m Drivers will not be assigned to drive for more than 10 continuous hours nor will the combined duty period exceed 12 hours in any 24 hour period without at least 8 consecutive hours of rest n If more than 10 hours are needed to complete operations a qualified assistant driver must be assigned to each vehicle 0 Drivers will take 15 minute rest breaks every 2 to 3 hours of driving or every 100 to 150 miles whichever occurs first p With the exception of hearing protection the use of headphones or earphones while driving Army motor vehicles is prohibited q All vehicle or equipment operators will strictly adhere to ALL WARNING and CAUTION statement in the respective TM 3 General Safety a Do not permit horseplay b Use hearing protection in areas with high noise levels c Secure loose parts tools and loads before vehicle movement 4 Security a Harden vehicles with at least double interlocking layer of sandbags there are additional hardening measures listed in FM 21 305 Hardening of vehicle also depends on availability of materials and type of vehicles used b Camouflage and concealment will be maximized when vehicle s are parked in
405. sconnected intervehicular cable from towing vehicle receptacle and stow on trailer d Disconnected safety chains from towing vehicle eyebolts and stow on trailer e Ensured trailer brakes are set or trailer wheel is chocked prior to disconnecting trailer from vehicle f Removed pintle lock pin and open pintle g With assistance moved trailer as required to disengage drawbar ring from pintle Apply trailer handbrakes h Moved vehicle a safe distance from trailer 3 Coupled PLS truck to PLS trailer PLS HEMTT LHS systems only a Chocked wheels of trailer b Adjusted drawbar if necessary c Started truck see vehicle TM and following ground guide hand and arm signals back truck to within 6 inches from end of drawbar d Applied parking brake and place transmission range selector in Neutral Shut off truck Locked rotation locking pin on coupler Lifted up locking gate on coupler Pulled locking lever out and pull lever back at the same time to open coupler jaw Removed cover from emergency air glad hand Connected charging hose glad hand to emergency air glad hand Removed cover from charging hose connector Removed cover from trailer quick disconnect Connected charging hose connector to trailer quick disconnect With truck running pushed trailer air supply valve on dash to charge No 1 air tank n When fully charged three to five minutes released trailer air supply valve on dash and shutoff engine o Disc
406. se all valves replace all covers and disconnect the hoses 11 Drain the accumulated water in the same manner as stated in 1a 8 above for top loading 12 Remove the grounding wires 13 Stow fire extinguishers c Self loading using vehicle engine and pump see Figure 3 70 Product is not filtered 1 Ensure all valves are closed 2 Ground and bond the vehicle 3 Remove fire extinguishers and bring to point of operation 4 Start the engine and pump see item 1 as necessary 5 Adjust idle speed on pump to 1000 to 1200 rpm 2 wa 3 121 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps 6 Remove the 4 inch bulk fuel hose from the hose trough Do this by disconnecting the spring pins and turning the hose trough bars out of the way 7 Remove dust cap from the fuel outlets Connect one end of the bulk fuel hose to the outlet and the other end to the storage facility 8 Place the selector valve in the LOAD position 9 Open the operator valve fuel outlet valve and the manifold outlet valve 10 Shortly after the flow has started open the pre check valve to pre check the shutoff float After about 20 to 25 seconds the flow should stop to let you know the float is working properly If it is not working stop all operations and notify higher maintenance 11 Close the pre check valve Flow will resume in about 20 seconds 12 When tank is full the flow should stop automatically WARNING In an emergency
407. sector sketches and provide copy to company CP Construct individual and crew served fighting positions 6 Enforce ACTIVE defense measures actions on contact with enemy force Alert subordinate leaders and forward observers Report situation to commanding officer Call in OPs when possible Initiates long range direct fires on command from commander All personnel return to pre designated fighting positions and prepare to fire on order 3 275 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Evaluation Preparation Setup Provide for the soldier battalion SOP information current threat information guidance on occupation of position and location to be used for occupation Brief Soldier You are required to play an active part in the planning to occupy a company sized tactical location All aspects of planning to include reconnaissance composition of elements and occupation must be covered and disseminated to the company element Performance Measures 1 Designated composition of advance party element 2 Ensured that RSOP advance party is equipped for the mission 3 Ensured the RSOP advance party OIC NCOIC conducts at least three types of reconnaissance if possible per mission 4 Ensured that the location is laid out to include the following elements 5 Enforced PASSIVE defense measures 6 Enforced ACTIVE defense measures actions on contact with enemy force GO NO GO Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all
408. sent To close the window without sending a message press the cancel button To erase any text in the message text field press the clear button 3 After sending message go to read messages review sent messages to see if any group members received the message Enter Message Eq Control Group Group 65 M Cancel Recall Clear Figure 3 35 Send Message to Control Group 6 Start TracerLink program a Double click on the TracerLink icon located on the desktop to start the TracerLink application TracerLink connects to the MTS Messenger program over a TCP IP socket to receive position data Note In order for TracerLink to function MTS Messenger must be running b Identify the following program controls and indicators 1 Symbols see Figure 3 36 a Mobile Unit Round symbols represent mobile units A square lug on top of the symbol indicates the unit is turned on and transmitting No lug on top indicates the unit is turned off b Control Station Square symbols represent control stations A square lug on top of the symbol indicates the unit is turned on and transmitting No lug on top indicates the unit is turned off Note A square lug at the bottom of a symbol indicated the vehicle is reporting valid GPS If a unit is powered on but it not reporting valid GPS then the location of the icon on the screen reflects the last known position of the vehicle and may not reflect the current position of the vehicl
409. sition Shuts down APU then closes and secures control panel Raises and secures both rear support legs Checks that all BII is stowed in semitrailer stowage compartment Removes and stows all chock blocks Turns off PTO switch Moves transmission range selector to the appropriate range Releases HET parking brakes 04000533 x Evaluation Preparation Setup Provide the soldier with a coupled operational HET able disabled payload to load level ground assistance from another crew member hearing protection BII for semitrailer and truck Brief Soldier Instruct the soldier that the payload vehicle must be loaded onto the M1000 Semitrailer positioned properly and secured for movement without injury to personnel or damage to payload vehicle or HETS Performance Measures GO NOGO 1 Prepared M1070 HET Prepared M1000 semitrailer Adjusted loading ramps Lowered ramps Adjusted platform height Started winching operations Stowed snatch block and auxiliary cable 3 242 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Measures GO NOGO 8 Continued winching operations 9 Adjusted platform height 10 Secured disabled tank to platform 11 Prepared HETS for transport Note To unload disabled M 1 tank perform the following performance measu
410. sk is abbreviated and all steps and performance measures required are referred to in the applicable reference publication Due to the considerable length of this operation all actions to be performed and evaluated are to be taken directly from the reference publication sited in each step This allows for more technical content All WARNING and CAUTION statements list in the TM MUST be adhered to a Refer to TM 9 2320 364 10 paragraph 2 32 for all performance steps for this task b Adhere to all WARNING and CAUTION statements listed in the reference publication while performing this operation 2 Load container onto a PLS truck using the CHU a For container 82 inches tall refer to and comply with TM 9 2320 364 10 paragraph 2 33a pages 2 405 to 2 503 b For container 72 inches tall refer to and comply with TM 9 2320 364 10 paragraph 2 34a pages 2 444 to 2 470 c For container 51 inches tall refer to and comply with TM 9 2320 364 10 paragraph 2 35a pages 2 487 to 2 513 d For container 48 inches tall refer to and comply with TM 9 2320 364 10 paragraph 2 36a pages 2 532 to 2 555 e Adhere to all WARNINGS and CAUTIONS in the TM applicable to this procedure 3 Unload a container 82 72 51 or 48 inches tall from a PLS truck using the CHU a For container 82 inches tall refer to and comply with TM 9 2320 364 10 paragraph 2 33b pages 2 430 to 2 430 to 2 443 b For container 72 inches tall refer to and comply with TM 9 2320
411. sociated cables and connections b Perform preventive maintenance checks and troubleshooting on AN PVS 5A and AN PVS 7B Night Vision Goggles 1 Refer to TM 11 5855 262 10 1 paragraph 3 2 page 3 1 for AN PVS 7A goggles 2 Refer to TM 11 5855 262 10 2 paragraph 3 1 page 3 1 for AN PVS 7B goggles Note Perform preventive maintenance checks on Driver s Vision Enhancer AN VAS 5 c Record uncorrectable deficiencies found during inspection 1 Annotate on DA Form 2404 or DA Form 5988 E 2 Refer completed inspection form with deficiencies to your supervisor 2 Operated the night vision goggles helmet mounted position a AN PVS 7A night vision goggles 1 With the NVG attached to the headmount assembly turn the goggle ON by pulling the switch knob away from the objective lens to the forward ON position 2 Adjust the eye relief and eye span distance for the most comfortable use of the goggle 3 Turn the eyepiece focus rings on each eyepiece lens for the sharpest view 3 160 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Measures GO NOGO 4 Adjust the objective focus ring for the sharpest view 5 Repeat procedures 3 and 4 until best focus is achieved 6 Fold the right eyecup over the eyepiece lens with your right thumb and forefinger to obstruct view through the right eyepiece lens Rotate to left Diopter adjustment for the clearest view of the image intensifier screen 7 Fold the left eyecup over the eyepiece
412. soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related MTS USERS MANUAL 3 45 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Operate the Driver s Vision Enhancer DVE 551 721 1650 Conditions This task should be done during the hours of darkness or limited visibility Soldier must be a licensed operator for the vehicle used Given a tactical wheeled vehicle equipped with the driver s vision enhancer already mounted and connected route to maneuver and conditions of limited visibility or darkness Standards Placed the DVE into operation then safely operated the vehicle through a pre designated route with limited visibility while relying on the use of the driver s vision enhancer to negotiate terrain All maneuvers were completed without personal injury or damage to equipment or surroundings Performance Steps 1 Start the vehicle Refer to the applicable vehicle TM for proper starting procedures 2 Perform initial setup procedures Note Before powering up the unit ensure that the following control positions are as indicated in the following steps WARNING Before operating the vehicle ensure that the DVE azimuth and elevation controls are in the locked positions This will ensure that the DVE is looking straight ahead when operating the vehicle Manually verify forward
413. ssembled tunnels narrow streets or alleys materials Driver remains awake at all times unless another qualified person is present during rest halts en route Qualifications are listed below 1 The unit has designated him her to attend the vehicle 2 He is aware of the nature of the hazardous materials contained in the vehicle 3 Has been instructed on the procedures to follow in emergencies 4 He is authorized and has the ability to move the vehicle If the vehicle contains Class A or B explosives does not under any circumstances park the vehicle 1 On or within 5 feet of the traveled portion of a public street or highway 2 On private property including premises of a fueling or eating facility without the knowledge and consent of the person who is in charge of the property and who is aware of the nature of the hazardous materials the vehicle contains 3 Within 300 feet of a bridge tunnel dwelling building where people work congregate or assemble except for brief periods when the necessities of operation require the vehicle to be parked and make it impracticable to park the vehicle in any other place 4 Unload dangerous hazardous cargo at destination a b C d e f 9 h Do not allow smoking within 50 feet of unloading area Position vehicle on level ground Shutdown vehicle unless vehicle system needed to power MHE Chock wheels on vehicle and or trailer semitrailer With assistance
414. ssible A high load may make the vehicle difficult to control and may cause it to overturn 6 Fill the cargo space to the maximum weight allowable 7 For multiple stop loads separate cargo by destination for easy off loading 8 Ensure that drums and barrels are loaded either upright or on their sides If blocked on their sides their length should be parallel to the sides of the trailer semitrailer 9 If MHE is employed to load vehicle ensure that all operational guidelines to include SAFETY is adhered to according to the operator s TM 10 Ensure that once loading is complete all tiedowns are secure and blocking and bracing has been correctly emplaced Refer to items listed below a Block and brace cargo with lumber or other materials to keep the load from shifting or falling off the vehicle while en route as applicable b Block crates boxes and barrels to keep them from shifting en route c Use crib blocking whenever possible It need not be nailed to the floor or sides if placed tightly against the cargo to reduce damage to the floor and sideboards of the vehicle d If a gap exists between pipes or lumber and the end of the trailer block the load with a gate constructed with 4X4 boards to prevent it from slipping e All lumber used for blocking must be free of knots and strong enough to provide a rigid and stable support for the load en route f Tiedown the load with available tiedown materials Use tiedown strap
415. ssive defense measures to counter enemy ambush road blocked Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related FM 55 30 3 153 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Operate Vehicle in a Contaminated Area 551 721 2410 Conditions Given a vehicle with before operation maintenance performed a protective mask with hood protective clothing and vehicle issued M11 or M13 Decontamination Apparatus DAP with DS2 rags scrub brushes soapy water and either an M291 or an 258 1 kit Standards Prior to entering the contaminated area assumed a MOPP level 4 posture Recognized and reacted to all NBC hazards complied with all precautions while operating within the contaminated area upon exiting the contaminated area performed skin decontamination personal wipe down and then operator s spray down without injury to personnel or damage to equipment or surrounding area Performance Steps 1 Prepare for entering a contaminated area a Stop the vehicle b Put on issued protective mask with hood and protective clothing MOPP 4 c Ensure that M8 M9 paper is placed on clothing and equipment d Ensure that chemical alarms if available are serviced and mounted on the vehicle e Ensure M11 or M13 Decontamination Apparat
416. st extend possible what the scale is of the map you are using b Origin and destination c Selected routes d e Four lane divided highways principle highways and other thruways and Cities and towns roads Width and height of bridges and overpasses Rest and service areas Distance miles kilometers from point of origin to destination Map symbols Special features on the map Alternate route s 5 Explained the details of a strip map 3 206 a Explained the following regarding strip maps 1 Origin and destination 2 Start Point SP and Release Point RP if different from 4a above 3 Routes and route numbers 4 Major towns 5 Major roads and crossroads 6 Mileage between points 7 Bivouac rest halt and refuel point PS STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Measures GO NOGO 8 Directional arrows 9 Legend transferred from the map onto the strip map 10 Alternate route s 11 Critical point s b Presented the following information concerning characteristics of a strip map 1 A strip map may be prepared from a route overlay a route reconnaissance report or a map reconnaissance It is drawn on a standard sheet of paper to give the user the necessary information to reach his destination 2 A strip map is generally distributed to squad leaders convoy commanders drivers or route guides and normally shows only one route 3 A strip
417. stowage coupler Installed covers on air couplings Removed 24 volt cable from receptacle on truck and close receptacle cover Removed 24 volt cable on trailer from receptacle and install cover on receptacle and install cover on receptacle and stow in trailer stowage box Removed 24 volt cable on trailer from receptacle and install cover on receptacle and stow in trailer stowage box Removed 12 volt cable on truck from receptacle and close receptacle cover Removed 12 volt cable on trailer from receptacle and install cover on receptacle and stow in trailer stowage box Removed load lock status line from truck receptacle and place on stowage hook Installed cover to receptacle Locked rotation locking pin and check coupler to make sure it will not rotate Lifted up locking gate on coupler Pulled locking lever out while pulling lever back at the same time Released locking lever prior to releasing lever to unlock coupler jaw Used air assist valve to apply air pressure to hold drawbar from falling when released from coupler Started truck release parking brake and slowly pull forward until drawbar releases from coupler Applied parking brake and place transmission range selector to Neutral Pushed up on coupler jaw to close Closed locking gate on coupler STP 55 88M14 SM TG Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the soldier NO GO i
418. structed with 4X4 inch boards to prevent it from slipping All lumber used for blocking must be free of knots and strong enough to provide a rigid and stable support for the load en route Tiedown the load with available tiedown materials 1 Use available tiedown straps for general cargo or large component items 2 Use available tiedown chains or wire rope and turnbuckles as needed for tiedown of vehicles CONEXs or MILVANS that are not connected directly to the transporter WARNING Ensure that both the weight limitations of the tiedown straps or other devices used and the tiedown anchors on the vehicle cargo bed are not exceeded or injury to personnel or damage to equipment may result 3 284 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps g When the load must be protected from the weather pad the corners of boxes or crates to prevent damage to the tarpaulin h Lash the load with a tarpaulin and rope as necessary to prevent pilferage weather damage or casual observation if sensitive 3 Deliver cargo on trailer semitrailer a Obey all traffic laws and rules of the road b Do not make quick starts or stops c Slow down on curves or rough roadways d Keep watch on load and tarp using mirrors and rear windows e Monitor load during movement for possible shifting f During halts check load for security and shifting 4 Unload cargo from trailer semitrailer a Position and chock vehicle to prevent movement during unloading
419. t Shut down and then click OK e When It is now safe to turn off your computer appears on the screen press the Power ON OFF button on the Control Box f On the PLGR press OFF and wait for the timer or press the OFF button two times to power down immediately CAUTION Failure to turn off the Power ON OFF button on the Control Box will allow the terminal to continue operation and drain the emergency battery Evaluation Preparation Setup In a tactical setting provide a complete installed and operational MTS Control Station and established MTS Mobile Units with operators All elements should be entered into the communications network and linked to the satellite mission information to relay to mobile unit s Brief Soldier Using the MTS Control Station conduct communications with MTS Mobile Units in your network You are to receive traffic and send traffic tasking the mobile units to move to locations in support of the unit s mission Performance Measures G NO GO 1 Identified each component item of the MTS Control Station a Ensured that all items were present prior to attempting any installation as listed below 1 Transceiver Satellite Modem 2 MTS Manual 3 Open cavity 4 Printer 5 Laptop computer Port expander Power adapter printer Battery spare printer Color cartridge printer Power adapter laptop 100 cable date control box Port expander cable Control box Cable
420. t a Truck Battalion OPLAN OPORD 551 721 4333 Conditions You are required to coordinate engineer requirements to support a truck battalion OPLAN OPORD Given the necessary information on what type of support is needed and a pen or pencil Standards You must coordinate engineer support by correctly requesting the type of support needed to accomplish the mission Performance Steps 1 Prepare the request as indicated a Date and time the support is needed b Location where the support is needed c Type of support needed for instance repair of roads clearing out of land mines and checking bridge for weight limit Friendly forces situation if in combat zone e Enemy forces situation if in combat zone o 2 Ensure that requested support is adequate 3 Follow up on the request to ensure engineer support is available 4 Incorporate engineer support needed into the OPLAN OPORD Note There is no standard format for coordinating engineer requirements to support a truck battalion OPLAN OPORD Request should be based on official correspondence procedures Evaluation Preparation Setup Provide for the soldier OPORD information external support request forms locally produced and requirements for support elements Brief Soldier You are required to determine the external support requirements for a truck battalion OPORD OPLAN You must review the OPORD information and solicit command guidance on the need for external support
421. t a strong anchor Refer to FM 9 43 2 pages 3 17 through 3 22 b Fasten one end of each rope to a rear wheel hub and the other to an anchor c Place the rope between the duals and through one of the holes in the wheel disk d Tie the rope around the hub where it will be clear of the valve stem e Place the transmission gearshift lever in reverse to wind the rope f Once free unwind and remove rope from duals Dual Wheel Figure 3 79 Dual Wheel Recovery Method 3 148 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Evaluation Preparation Setup Provide for the soldier a mired vehicle with a winch assistance from other soldiers and work gloves Brief Soldier You are to perform a self recovery of your vehicle Performance Measures GO NOGO 1 Attempted to self recover the vehicle using the Central Tire Inflation System CTIS in EMERGENCY mode if equipped Constructed if necessary the type of anchor to use for winch recovery Self recovered the M998 series vehicle using a winch Self recovered the M809 series vehicle using a winch Self recovered the M939 series vehicle using a winch Self recovered the M977 M1120 series vehicle using a winch Self recovered the M1078 1083 series vehicle using a winch Self recovered the M1074 1075 series vehicle using a winch Self recovered vehicle by using manp
422. t fully locked adjustable caster assembly may fall resulting in serious injury m Raise adjustable caster assembly until release handle locks adjustable caster assembly in position Ensure the release handle is fully engaged 2 Uncouple the trailer from vehicle for vehicle trailer combinations other than PLS WARNING All personnel must stand clear of towing vehicle and trailer during uncoupling operation Failure to follow this warning my result in serious injury or death If cargo trailer is equipped with an old style single wheel adjustable caster assembly use extreme caution to ensure that locking pin of handle has securely locked the adjustable caster assembly in the raised position If locking pin is not fully locked adjustable caster assembly may fall resulting in serious injury a Support adjustable caster assembly and at the same time pull out release handle Lower adjustable caster assembly Ensure that release handle is fully engaged b Disconnect air hose from towing vehicle glad hand If uncoupling from an M105A2C also disconnect emergency air hose from towing vehicle glad hand c Disconnect intervehicular cable from towing vehicle receptacle and stow on trailer d Disconnect safety chains from towing vehicle eyebolts and stow on trailer WARNING Ensure that trailer is prevented from movement prior to disconnecting from vehicle or sudden movement could cause injury to personnel or damage to trailer 3 107 STP 55 88M14 SM T
423. t is to have wide distribution then the order must have a heading and ending and a classification as does the overlay e Strip maps for general use that are to be distributed to the lowest level will have only the information pertaining to that level example squad leader vehicle commander or driver 1 The detail on such a map is the same as for a strip map used as an appendix or annex except no unit symbols or designation are used If the map is extracted from a strip map with multiple routes the only route that is included is the one the user needs 2 Use the title that alludes to the order but does not mention the order by name number or letter Use the route name or a name that would be applicable for the movement for example Route Blue to Sherwood Forest 3 These maps are not classified However caution personnel on the sensitivity of the document Do not issue the strip map until the last possible moment 7 Conduct mounted vehicular movement Note This performance step is the practical application of navigating along a specified route using one or more of the maps previously covered Navigation will be accomplished using necessary route and mission information local SOP that has been plotted on the map being used by the person s receiving this instruction a Via a road network 1 In most cases the motor transport operator will have a route that has been cleared by reconnaissance in order to conduct movement Howe
424. t repairs c Squad leaders check with maintenance section for any replacement parts d Squad leaders mentor their subordinates in correct inspection procedure and criteria e Squad leaders and their subordinates adhere to all safety and environmental restrictions according to unit SOP regarding no smoking areas oil and lubricant disposal and refueling f Squad leaders and vehicle drivers adhere to all WARNING and CAUTION statements covered in the applicable vehicle TMs within the maintenance inspection tables g Squad leaders check all vehicle operator inspection worksheets for proper completion 3 Conduct random vehicle inspections to ensure operators are performing thorough maintenance checks a Check operator maintenance worksheet for entries and verify upon check of vehicle b Check to ensure that all inspections are performed according to intervals in the TM c Inform squad leader of any discrepancies found and direct corrections to be made 4 Coordinate with maintenance section for necessary maintenance support beyond operator capability a Provide maintenance section with status of vehicles needing repairs b Schedule appropriate time for vehicle repairs according to maintenance section availability c Ensure vehicle s and operator s are available to report at allotted time to maintenance section d Ensure replacement parts are properly installed on vehicle 3 252 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps 5 Coor
425. t unauthorized access or loss All exam materials were stored in accordance with AR 611 5 4 Training aids All training aids are present and in good working condition 5 Personnel All driver training cadre duties are assigned and personnel have a clear understanding of their duties and ready for training 4 Ensured driver candidates prior to issuance of OF 346 or DA Form 5984 R automated learners permit received instruction and evaluation in the following areas a Ensured that each subject lesson has a task condition and standard that complies with AR 600 55 and the applicable training circular for the vehicle was being used for training b Vehicle or equipment orientation c Safety briefing to include driver attitude d Local laws and road conditions e Emergency procedures f Physical evaluation measures 5 Ensured that drivers received instruction on HAZMAT as required a At a minimum military vehicle operators received training in the following areas 1 Definition of hazardous materials 2 Placarding requirements 3 Handling loading and unloading hazardous materials 4 Regulations and procedures pertaining to transporting hazardous materials 5 Operation of emergency equipment to include fire extinguishers 6 Forms and records includes accident reporting 7 Blocking and bracing 8 Emergency response procedures for example spillage 9 Vehicle parking ru
426. tails regarding ammunition compatibility 2 Prepare classified sensitive cargo for movement a Ensure shipper completes DD Form 836 and provides copy to accompany cargo if cargo is also considered hazardous material b The courier must ensure the load is configured as applicable PRIOR to movement CAUTION Classified material will be prepared for shipment packaged and sealed in ways that minimize the risk of accidental exposure or undetected deliberate compromise 1 If the classified material is an inaccessible component of a packageable item of equipment the outer shell or body can be considered as the inner enclosure provided it does not reveal classified information 2 If the classified material is an inaccessible internal component of a bulky item of equipment the outside or body of the item can be considered to be sufficient enclosure provided it does not reveal classified information 3 If the classified material is an item or piece of equipment that is not easily packageable and the shell of body is classified it will be concealed with an opaque covering that will hide all classified features 4 Specialized shipping containers including closed cargo transporters can be considered the outer wrapping or cover when used 5 NATO restricted materials do not have to be double wrapped when it is transmitted within the United States The marking NATO CLASSIFIED will not appear on the outermost wrapper c Cover the classif
427. te full extension while operating at engine speeds above idle y CAUTION Manual mode is used mainly in event of a failure of control electrical system Greater care must be exercised during operation of MANUAL mode for correct cycle of events to occur or damage to equipment may result c Turn the hydraulic selector switch to MAN H A WARNING Check for overhead power lines or other obstructions before attempting LHS operation LHS reaches a height of 17 feet 2 inches 5 22 meters with ISO container Serious injury or death could result from contact with electrical power lines Check ground conditions for firmness and extreme sideways inclination before picking up or off loading a flatrack Any ground instability beneath road wheels could cause serious injury or death to personnel WARNING Prior to and during any load or unload cycle all personnel should stay clear of LHS and flatrack or serious injury or death could result to personnel 3 67 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps d Move joystick to UNLOAD and hold until hook arm cylinders are fully extended e Release joystick CAUTION Engine speed must be at idle before using hydraulic selector switch or damage to equipment may result To avoid equipment damage ensure that mainframe cylinders do not complete full extension while operating at engine speeds above idle Manual mode is used mainly in event of a failure of control electrical system Greater care must be exercised
428. te the GPFU a Refer to TM 9 2320 360 10 paragraph 2 20c to perform steps 1 through 7 and pages 2 173 to 2 175 b Adhere to all WARNINGS and notes in the vehicle TM for this operation 3 Remove the gas particulate filter hose a Upon receiving the all clear signal or when required to exit the vehicle perform unmasking procedures b Refer to TM 9 2320 360 10 chapter 2 20d to perform steps 1 through 5 Evaluation Preparation Setup Position and provide for the soldier a HET Truck M1070 individual protective mask and the requirement to operate the GPFU Brief soldier You are required to operate the GPFU on the HET Tractor You will be in MOPP level 4 for this action Performance Measures GO NOGO 1 Assumed a MOPP level 4 status 2 Performed all operational steps to operate the GPFU 3 Removed the gas particulate filter hose Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related FM 3 11 4 TM 3 4240 280 10 TM 3 4240 300 10 2 TM 9 2320 360 10 3 98 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Operate the APU on the M1000 Semitrailer 551 721 2302 Conditions Given a HET semitrailer with functioning APU semitrailer BII and level ground to operate Standards You
429. ted and are appointed in writing to train operators Appointment should be on the specific type of equipment vehicle according to the regulations b Ensure they are licensed to operate the type of equipment vehicle being used for training c Ensure they possess the technical knowledge and experience required for the equipment vehicle being used for training 3 165 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps 4 Conduct driver training instruction to include a Unit A Introduction to include safety briefing organization of the course materials review b Unit B Driver responsibilities and government liability c Unit C State local host nation and post traffic regulations d Unit D Use of Army publications and blank forms to include 1 DD Form 5987 E DD Form 1970 2 DD Form 5988 E DA Form 2404 DA Form 2408 14 Uncorrected Fault Record 3 DD Form 518 4 SF 91 Unit E Vehicle inspection preventive maintenance checks and services PMCS Unit F Accident avoidance Unit G Driver energy and environmental consideration Unit H Introduction to specific vehicles Unit Military convoy operations including night driving Unit J Off road driving Unit K Vehicle self recovery operations Unit L Vehicle driver performance evaluation Unit M Response to emergency situations vehicle malfunctions Unit N Driving Range as setup by local commanders Unit O Written examination Unit P P
430. terial about 8 feet long and with a diameter that personnel can handle Instruct personnel to place a suitable fulcrum a log or rock that will not move when pressure is applied near the point of lift Instruct personnel to rig the lever under the bumper for the first lift Instruct personnel to block the lift when they have gained all the lift they can Instruct personnel to rig for a second lift if possible with the point of lever under the axle Instruct personnel to repeat this procedure until the vehicle can be backed off without too much trouble 3 Supervise use of the dual wheel operation to recover the vehicle without winch a b C Ensure that two lengths of a strong rope are available for use Determine if a natural anchor is available a tree or large boulder The anchor used must be as close as possible in line with direction of pull Supervise personnel in the construction of an anchor if no natural anchor is available It should be a type of anchor that would be suited to the surrounding terrain and available materials This may include any one of the following types See FM 9 43 2 chapter 3 for details 1 Deadman log anchor 2 Normal or reinforced picket holdfast 3 Sand parachute Instruct the following actions for recovery operation 1 Fasten one end of the rope to a rear wheel hub and the other to an anchor 2 Place the rope between the duals and through one of the holes on the wheel d
431. ters are valuable resources for planning out self development programs They can help access enlisted career maps training support products and extension training materials 1 5 Training Support This manual includes the following appendices and information which provide additional support information e Appendix A DA Form 5164 R Hands on Evaluation The leader book referred to in FM 7 0 Battle Focused Training Appendix B is used to record task performance and gives the leader total flexibility on the method of recording training The trainer may use DA Forms 5164 R Hands On Evaluation and 5165 R Field Expedient Squad Book as part of the leader book The forms are optional and locally producible STP 21 24 SMCT Appendix contains a copy of the forms and instructions for their use Digital versions are available at http www usapa army mil USAPA PUB formnum f asp e Appendix B DA Form 5165 R Field Expedient Squad Book The NCO trainer can use this form to set up the leader book described in FM 7 0 The use of this form may help preclude writing the soldier tasks associated with the unit s METL and can become a part of the leader book This form is also available in digital format at http www usapa army mil USAPA PUB formnum f asp e Glossary The glossary which follows the appendices is a single comprehensive list of acronyms abbreviations definitions and letter symbols e References This section contains two lists
432. that portion of load are removed Check remainder of load for security 3 Ensure MHE operator follows designated hand and arm signals for any movement 4 Position and emplace MHE lifting device to remove load or portion of load 5 Attach guide ropes as needed if unloading large palletized items or heavy equipment to control load during removal from vehicle WARNING When cutting banding on pallets be cautious of heavy items falling free from pallet Ensure all items are restrained to prevent falling Failure to comply may result in injury to personnel or damage to load WARNING When removing banding materials that are holding a pallet together the pressure on the bands may cause the band to snap back Ensure personnel are clear of banding during cutting process Failure to comply may result in injury to personnel 6 Remove banding if banded if load is palletized and pallets must be broken for a partial unload by cutting only the necessary bands Watch for falling pallet contents 7 Secure any remaining items once unloading has been completed for further transport as necessary 8 Ensure transfer of custody is accomplished and all records are annotated as needed and all items are accounted for prior to departure 9 Secure MHE and stow or reposition to allow cargo vehicle to move 10 Recover and stow all slings guide ropes and blocking materials as necessary prior to departure 11 Recover wheel chocks from vehicle and s
433. that traffic plan is adhered to b Designate entry and exit points c Designate emergency exits and guidelines for using them 3 Coordinate for mission support a With platoon leaders and platoon sergeants for available vehicles b With platoon leaders and platoon sergeants for available vehicle operators c With maintenance sergeant for status of vehicles due maintenance or service 4 Oversee dispatching and commitment of company vehicles a Match available company assets to commitment requirements 1 Determine vehicle load requirements 2 Formulate each commitment into convoy movement plans as appropriate b Ensure that platoons load and secure all cargo that is to be moved from motor pool on commitment applicable c Ensure that all personnel involved in each commitment are briefed on requirements d Ensure convoy leaders are briefed and have convoy route information as well as latest threat information e If road clearances are required coordinate with company headquarters for clearance in advance of the need This applies to route restrictions as well as oversized loads f Inform company commander of vehicle status on a daily basis or as often as SOP dictates 3 257 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps 5 6 Enforce preventive maintenance procedures a Ensure all inspection worksheets are available completed properly and turned in to maintenance section if necessary at completion of maintenance inspection
434. the TM regarding this procedure 5 Recovered from tire wheel change procedure a Secured all tools and materials used to perform tire wheel change b Annotated of DA Form 2404 DA Form 5988 E that spare tire wheel is unserviceable and to be repaired as soon as possible to regain full mission capable status c As soon as possible take vehicle to organizational maintenance to torque hub lug nuts and have the CTIS system checked if applicable Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related FM 21 305 TM 9 2320 260 10 TM 9 2320 272 10 TM 9 2320 273 10 TM 9 2320 279 10 1 TM 9 2320 279 10 2 TM 9 2320 280 10 TM 9 2320 283 10 TM 9 2320 364 10 3 95 STP 55 88M14 SM TG References 3 96 Required Related TM 9 2320 365 10 TM 9 2320 366 10 1 TM 9 2320 366 10 2 TM 9 2330 359 14 amp P TM 9 2330 381 14 TM 9 2330 386 14 amp P STP 55 88M14 SM TG Subject Area 4 Motor Vehicle Operations Operate the M1070 M1000 Semitrailer Combination With Disabled Bogie 551 721 2300 Conditions Given an M1000 HET Semitrailer with simulated or actual disabled bogie and the mission to use the semitrailer for transport semitrailer BII to include the axle isolation chain assembly necessary tools to cage
435. the brakes of the effected bogie assistance from other crewmen as necessary and a level area to park the semitrailer to perform operation Standards You have properly caged the brakes of the disabled bogie lowered the platform and prepared the disabled bogie to allow semitrailer movement without damaging equipment or injuring personnel Performance Steps 1 Perform all steps required to cage the brakes of the affected bogie CAUTION The tractor semitrailer combination loaded or unloaded is limited to operating with only one disabled bogie The following procedure specifically identifies how to prepare the semitrailer for transport If this procedure is not strictly followed severe damage to equipment may result a Refer to TM 9 2330 381 14 paragraph 2 33 pages 2 213 to 2 216 b Adhere to all listed WARNINGS and CAUTIONS in the TM for this operation 2 Lower semitrailer platform until suspension bogie is completely compressed Refer to TM 9 2330 381 14 paragraph 2 19 pages 2 56 to 2 58 3 Prepare disabled bogie to allow semitrailer movement a Refer to TM 9 2330 381 14 paragraph 2 34n pages 2 216 to 2 221 b Adhere to all WARNINGS and CAUTIONS in the TM for this operation Evaluation Preparation Setup Provide for the soldier a HETS that has a disabled bogie level ground to operate Brief Soldier You are to configure the HET combination in such a manner as to allow you to operate the system with a disabled bogie on th
436. those convoy assets that remain under current convoy control upon crossing release point RP the following steps apply a 3 270 Ensure that persons designated as ground guides either assistant drivers advanced party personnel escort vehicles off the convoy route and into the assembly area in a timely manner to minimize congestion Enforce security measures in assembly area Ensure that all vehicles are positioned in the assembly area as to facilitate security and for off loading operations as necessary Instruct serial march unit commanders squad leaders to conduct sensitive items checks and supervise after operation maintenance on vehicles Ensure vehicles with hazardous cargo are positioned away from facilities according to regulations AR 385 55 paragraph 2 13 Maintain contact with trail trail maintenance officer for closure through RP Facilitate the recovery of damaged or other non operational vehicles upon arrival at assembly area Coordinate with trail trail maintenance officer for information regarding any vehicle accident reports that may be necessary DA Form 285 U S Army Accident Report Report closure and convoy status to higher headquarters according to unit SOP If required submit convoy commander s report to higher headquarters according to FM 55 15 Chapter 3 and FM 55 30 Appendix R STP 55 88M14 SM TG Evaluation Preparation Setup Evaluate this task duri
437. thout injury to personnel or damage to equipment load or surroundings Performance Steps 1 Prepare vehicle for loading dangerous hazardous cargo all types Ensure the vehicle is safe to operate and free of fire hazards Check to ensure there are no exposed wires Clean off excess oil or grease accumulated on the vehicle Check the fuel system for leaks Submit vehicle and trailer semitrailer for safety inspection at origin by shipper Driver receives DD Form 626 from shipper after origin inspection Driver locates and corrects all driver responsible deficiencies on vehicle If deficiencies cannot be corrected driver notifies chain of command for vehicle replacement Move vehicle into loading area Set the vehicle brakes Chock at least one wheel of the vehicle Chock the semitrailer when uncoupled from tractor prime mover Shutdown vehicle engine unless needed to power material handling equipment Clear the cargo area of any debris or obstructions incompatible materials Remove any side boarding or canvas if installed Keep smokers at least 50 feet away from the vehicle Ensure lifting device is ready and available to transfer the load to your vehicle If operating a vehicle with MHE prepare for use in accordance with 10 series TM Gather any tiedown materials needed to secure load Gather required blocking and bracing materials if unit conducts loading and unloading Gather pla
438. tion and Emergency Response Information of Hazardous Materials Transported by Government Vehicles Containers Vessels are available for use as applicable Special Conditions Operator must have appropriate security clearance that is equal to or greater than the cargo to be transported Standards You have successfully transported the classified sensitive cargo to its destination Cargo was properly packaged to prevent unauthorized detection or tampering and no unauthorized person s were allowed access You maintained constant custody of cargo throughout movement to destination and cargo was NOT compromised in any manner Performance Steps 1 Ensure cargo vehicle is prepared as required for transportation of classified sensitive materials a Ensure preventive maintenance checks have been completed and vehicle is ready for movement refer to vehicle 10 series TM b If cargo is also considered hazardous material ensure all additional vehicle inspections by shipper DD Form 626 have been performed and deficiencies corrected If vehicle fails to meet DD Form 626 standards notify supervisor for replacement c Position vehicle and chock vehicle wheels prior for loading operation d Clean out cargo bed to allow room for cargo to be loaded e Ensure tiedown materials are on hand to secure load to vehicle f If cargo is also considered hazardous ensure no compatibility restrictions are violated See DA Pamphlet 385 64 paragraph 2 5 for de
439. tion of pull c If no natural anchor is available instruct and supervise personnel in the construction of an anchor It should be a type of anchor that would be suited to the surrounding terrain and available materials This may include any one of the following types See FM 9 43 2 chapter 3 for details 1 Deadman log anchor 2 Normal or Reinforced Picket Holdfast 3 Sand Parachute 4 Ensured self recovery of vehicle with winch a Ensure the vehicle winch cable is securely attached to anchor or vehicle b Self recover the M998 series vehicle refer to TM 9 2320 280 10 c Self recover the M809 series vehicle refer to TM 9 2320 260 10 d Self recover the M939 series vehicle refer to TM 9 2320 272 10 e Self recover the M977 series vehicle refer to TM 9 2320 279 10 1 f Self recover the M1074 1075 series vehicle refer to TM 9 2320 364 10 g Self recover the M1078 1083 series vehicle refer to TM 9 2320 365 10 and 366 10 1 Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly 3 172 STP 55 88M14 SM TG References Required Related FM 21 305 FM 9 43 2 TM 9 2320 260 10 TM 9 2320 272 10 TM 9 2320 279 10 1 TM 9 2320 279 10 2 TM 9 2320 280 10 TM 9 2320 364 10 TM 9 2320 365 10 TM 9 2320 366 10 1 TM 9 243 3
440. tire inflation system clockwise Drive Department of the Army daily Decontamination Apparatus District of Columbia Department of Defense Division Movement Control Department of Defense decontaminating solution 2 division transportation office r Driver s Vision Enhancer estimated time of arrival Fahrenheit field manual Forces Command fragmentary order frequency General grid magnetic GPFU GPS HAZMAT HEMTT HEMTT LHS HET HETS HMMWV HQ ID Ind ISO ITO JFC kg KMPH Ibs LCE Ldr LED LG LHS LMHC LMTV M MCT MEDEVAC METL STP 55 88M14 SM TG Gas Particulate Filter Unit Global Positioning System hazardous material Heavy Expanded Mobility Tactical Truck Heavy Expanded Mobility Tactical Truck Load Handling System Heavy Equipment Transporter Heavy Equipment Transport Semitrailer high mobility multipurpose wheeled vehicle headquarters identification individual International Standard Organization installation transportation officer Joint Forces Commander kilogram s kilometers per hour pounds load carrying equipment Leader light emitting diode Lieutenant General Load Handling System light material handling crane light medium tactical vehicle meter s movement control team medical evacuation mission essential task list Glossary 3 STP 55 88M14 SM TG METT T MG MHE MILVAN mm MO Mob MOPP MOS MOSC MPH Msg MTMCTEA MTP MTS MTV N NA NATO NBC NCO
441. to secure side housing in closed position Removes auxiliary snatch block from shackle and places back into storage on HET Operator pushes downward on auxiliary winch cable while a crew member maintains tension on the auxiliary winch cable and restows on stow hook 19 Continue winching operations a b Operator pays in driver s side and passenger side winch cables to remove all slack in cables d e f Operator directs crew members to stand on each side of the payload to provide directional control curbside and streetside Operator clears the area of all nonessential personnel Continues to winch disabled M 1 tank up the ramps and on the semitrailer until streetside track makes contact with curbside front payload chock Operator stops winching operation Crew member chocks rear streetside of disabled M 1 tank with payload chock 20 Adjust platform height a b C d 3 240 Starts and runs APU at full throttle Releases semitrailer parking brakes Operator and crew members adjust platform to normal running height Applies semitrailer parking brakes STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps 21 Secure disabled tank to platform a b C d Attaches and secures two front tiedown chains to front of disabled M 1 tank Crew member removes two shackles from semitrailer stowage compartment and attaches shackles to lower towing lugs on front of disabled M 1 tank Crew member removes curbside rear paylo
442. to shutdown engine and set brakes b Using a lifting device 1 Using hand and arm signals guide lifting device operator to apply tension to sling and raise payload vehicle clear of semitrailer deck 2 Using hand and arm signals maneuver payload vehicle into designated position on the ground 3 Remove lifting sling from payload vehicle 4 Signal lifting device operator to stow crane and shutdown 10 series TM Evaluation Preparation Setup Provide for the soldier a truck tractor with flatbed semitrailer and payload vehicle to load unload Brief Soldier You are required to position tractor semitrailer combination on level ground in a location that will allow loading offloading You are to position your payload vehicle according to its center of gravity properly on the semitrailer for transport 3 129 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Measures GO NOGO 1 Prepared for loading operation a Material Handling Crane Lifting Device if used 1 Assisted in positioning lifting device alongside semitrailer so that lifting device may lift and swing payload vehicle onto semitrailer 2 Chocked wheels or tracks as applicable 3 Prepared lifting device for operation 10 series TM of applicable vehicle 4 Adhered to all WARNING and CAUTION statements in TM for this operation b Tractor Semitrailer combination 1 Positioned tractor semitrailer on level ground against a loading dock or suitable ramp for rear loading
443. to train or instruct a All instructors and assistant instructors were fully qualified and licensed to operate vehicles equipment used in training b All instructors and assistant instructors were appointed in writing by the commander to train or instruct on an authorized type of vehicle c All instructors and assistant instructors were certified in writing by the commander to ensure proper knowledge of subject materials and teaching ability d Test examiners were qualified in proper driving techniques and completely impartial in all examination procedures e Instructors had experience adequate to instruct with authority f Instructors had adequate technical knowledge g Instructors had the personality and desire to instruct 2 Ensured that DA Dorm 348 or DA Form 5984 E were completed properly and legibly for each driver candidate a All driving records on file were reviewed annually for 1 Safety awards 2 Expiration dates 3 Accidents and moving traffic violations 4 Remedial required or refresher training 5 Reexamination 6 License suspension b Issued new DA Form 348 or DA Form 5984 E when individual was first examined All DA Forms 348 were original were not photocopied d When individuals were transferred or released from regular driver duties ensured the following information was properly posted on DA Form 348 or DA Form 5984 E 1 Information on official qualifications 2 Back
444. tor Pool Operations ANCOC AN 4 551 721 4325 Establish Motor Transport Safety Program ANCOC AN 4 551 721 4328 Prepare Unit Load Plans ANCOC AN 4 Subject Area 13 Convoy Planning and Operation 551 721 4326 Perform Duties as Convoy Commander ANCOC SA 4 551 721 4327 Conduct Reconnaissance of Convoy Route ANCOC SA 4 Subject Area 14 Tactical Base of Operation 551 721 4329 Plan Truck Company Base of Operation Area ANCOC SA 4 551 721 4331 Prepare Truck Battalion Operation Order OPORD ANCOC SA 4 551 721 4332 Prepare a Fragmentary Order for a Truck Platoon ANCOC SA 4 551 721 4333 Coordinate Engineer Requirements to Support a Truck ANCOC SA 4 Battalion OPLAN OPORD 551 721 4335 Prepare Map Overlay ANCOC SA 4 STP 55 88M14 SM TG CHAPTER 3 MOS Skill Level Tasks Skill Level 1 Subject Area 1 Accident Forms Complete DD Form 518 and SF 91 551 721 1388 Conditions Given an accident situation sheet DD Form 518 Accident Identification Card SF 91 Motor Vehicle Accident Report and a pen or pencil Standards You have successfully completed the DD Form 518 and SF 91 by following the situation provided Performance Steps 1 Enter the following information on DD Form 518 a b Make and type of vehicle c Registration number of vehicle d e f Date of accident Your name Your social security number SSN optional Your rank g Name of organization to which
445. tractor semitrailer is straight in line when docked 2 Set brakes and chock vehicle and semitrailer wheels to prevent movement 3 Shutdown tractor 4 Remove side boards if installed 5 Ensure semitrailer is clear of all obstructions nails or any foreign objects that may interfere with safe loading of payload vehicle 6 Emplace loading ramps between loading dock and rear of semitrailer if necessary 7 Gather all necessary tiedown materials for vehicle payload c Payload vehicle 1 Reduce payload vehicle a Fold in mirrors as applicable b Ensure canvas and bows if installed wheeled payload are removed or secured tightly against payload vehicle to prevent loosening or loss during movement Remove payload vehicle canvas and bows if required c Secure payload vehicle cargo load if applicable d Secure all payload vehicle weapons is applicable 2 Position payload vehicle for lifting operation 3 Attach lifting sling to payload vehicle and sling to lifting device if lifting onto semitrailer 4 Position payload vehicle on loading dock directly in line with rear of semitrailer If using a loading dock 2 Load payload vehicle onto semitrailer a Using a loading dock 1 Guide payload vehicle into position on semitrailer as directed by supervisor or senior vehicle operator displaying hand and arm signals 2 Shutdown payload vehicle set parking brake in accordance with vehicle 10 series TM 3 128 STP 55 88M
446. trictions e Place vehicle into motion by following general operating procedures in the applicable vehicle TM under operation under unusual conditions f Begin movement in second or third gear manual transmission rather than first of low Engage clutch gradually to prevent wheel spin g For automatic transmission vehicles use D2 range and gradually apply throttle h Avoid quick acceleration i Drive at reduced speed for better control and safer stops j Display turn signals earlier than usual if tactical situation permits k Maintain at least double the normal following distance from the vehicle ahead Pump brakes to give early warning to those following of your intention to stop Non ABS m Apply steady brake pressure earlier when stopping for warn others of your intentions ABS only n Descend moderate grades in the gear normally used to climb the same grade 6 Operate vehicle on rocky terrain Note If may be necessary to post a ground guide in front of vehicle to assist in navigating extremely rocky terrain a If CTIS equipped select mode for this type of terrain watch for indicator showing correct mode selection on CTIS panel and adhere to speed restrictions b Follow any applicable steps in the applicable TM under operation under unusual conditions c Do not straddle large boulders d Move very slowly when driving over rocky terrain e Upon leaving rocky areas check for large rocks wedged between dual tires Remove
447. ttalion Operation Order 3 277 551 721 4332 Prepare a Fragmentary Order for a Truck 3 279 551 721 4333 Coordinate Engineer Requirements to Support a Truck Battalion OPLAN OPORD T a Ou hd 3 281 551 721 4335 Prepare Map Overlay sssssssseseeeene nene 3 282 Skill Level 9 Subject Area 5 Transport Cargo and Personnel 551 721 1380 Transport General Cargo in 3 284 Appendix A Sample Hands on Evaluation eeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeees esee nennen nn nn anna nnnm ntn nn nnn 1 Appendix B Field Expedient Squad essen ee enn nenne nnn anten nennt nana B 1 CIN CLIE Glossary 1 EE References 1 STP 55 88M14 SM TG PREFACE This soldier training publication STP is intended for soldiers holding MOS 88M Skill Levels 1 2 3 and 4 and their supervisors trainers and commanders It contains an MOS training plan that provides information needed to plan conduct and evaluate unit training one for the most important jobs of military leaders It includes standardized training objectives in the form of task summaries that can be used to train and evaluate soldiers on critical tasks supporting unit missions during wartime Soldiers holding MOS 88M should ha
448. ugh latches 16 Stopped the engine 17 Drained accumulated water in the same manner as with top loading 18 Removed the ground wires 19 Recovered and stowed fire extinguishers 4 Gauged petroleum tank vehicles 3 126 a b Positioned fire extinguishers within 5 to 10 feet of operation c Reviewed shipping document to verify the type of fuel in the tank vehicle d e f Positioned tank vehicle Grounded and bonded the vehicle Grounded self from static electricity Open the manhole cover with the wind at your back to avoid breathing fuel vapor Inserted thermometer as soon as each hatch was opened to measure the temperature Gauged the compartment using the tank vehicle gauge stick provided with the tank vehicle Repeated gauging procedure until two readings the same were obtained to ensure gauge is accurate and recorded on the gauge worksheet Remove the thermometer after the required time and record the temperature on the gauge worksheet STP 55 88M14 SM TG Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related AR 600 55 FM 100 14 FM 10 67 1 TM 9 2320 272 10 TM 9 2320 279 10 1 TM 9 2320 279 10 2 TM 9 2320 366 10 1 TM 9 2320 366 10 2 TM 9 2330
449. uired to load then unload the PLS flatrack to and from the PLS trailer both in the automatic and manual modes Performance Measures GO NOGO 1 Positioned truck and trailer for loading unloading operation 2 Loaded flatrack onto PLS trailer automatic mode 3 Unloaded flatrack from trailer automatic mode 4 Loaded flatrack onto trailer manual mode 5 Unloaded flatrack from PLS trailer manual mode Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related TM 9 2320 364 10 TC 21 305 10 TM 9 2330 385 14 3 66 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Conduct Loading Unloading Operations in Manual Mode 551 721 1504 Conditions Given a Truck Tractor PLS with flatrack with before operation performed hearing protection and solid level ground to maneuver Standards You have successfully loaded and unloaded the flatrack onto from the PLS truck without injury to personnel or damage to equipment Performance Steps 1 Position PLS truck for loading unloading operations CAUTION To avoid equipment damage ensure that hook arm cylinders do not complete full extension while operating at engine speeds above idle CAUTION Manual mode is used mainly in event of
450. umber Circle the fault if the fault is listed in the Equipment is not ready available column of the PMCS If the PMCS has no ready available column circle the TM item number page or paragraph number of any fault that makes the equipment non mission capable NMC 5 Enter the condition status symbol for all uncorrected faults in column b f Enter the date in column c of DA Form 2404 if no deficiencies are noted 3 Performed during operation inspection as listed in the appropriate vehicle operator s manual 10 series TM 4 Performed after operation inspection as listed in the appropriate vehicle operator s manual 10 series TM a Put your initials in column e of DA Form 2404 if no deficiencies are noted b Follow steps 2e 1 through 2e 5 if deficiencies are noted 5 Turned in DA Form 2404 DA Form 5988 E to the maintenance supervisor Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related DA FORM 2404 DA PAM 738 750 DA FORM 5987 E DA FORM 5988 E DD FORM 1970 TM 9 2320 260 10 TM 9 2320 270 10 TM 9 2320 272 10 TM 9 2320 273 10 TM 9 2320 279 10 1 TM 9 2320 279 10 2 TM 9 2320 280 10 TM 9 2320 283 10 TM 9 2320 289 10 3 5 STP 55 88M14 SM TG References
451. unless used for operation of MHE b Sleeping in parked vehicles with the engine or heater running is prohibited 7 Transport of Hazardous Material a All drivers tasked with transporting hazardous material will be trained and certified to do so They must have certification card on their person b Bilingual placards that comply with part 171 title 49 Code of Federal Regulations will be placed on all sides of transports of hazardous materials Loads will be blocked and braced to prevent shifting c Drivers will follow a preplanned route that minimizes exposure in densely populated areas and park in areas where exposure to inhabited buildings and public gatherings is limited d Not necessary in tactical environment No person s will be allowed to ride on or in the cargo compartment of a vehicle transporting hazardous materials e Explosives will not be transported in the passenger compartment of vehicles f An assistant must be used when transporting hazardous materials g Trucks hauling passengers will be separated from any vehicle hauling hazardous cargo by at least one buffer vehicle hauling general cargo 8 Convoy Operations a Reconnaissance will be performed in advance for oversized vehicles b Do not place a passenger vehicle in a convoy as the last vehicle c Drivers will not back any type of vehicle before first checking for clearance and giving warning d Ground guides will be used in congested areas
452. ured ammunition to PLS flatrack using web straps O oa amp CO N Secured payload vehicle to semitrailer using load binders and chains Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related FM 21 305 TC 21 305 1 FM 5 125 TC 21 305 10 FM 55 30 TC 21 305 3 MTMCTEA 96 55 20 TC 21 305 4 TM 9 2320 260 10 TC 21 305 8 TM 9 2320 272 10 TM 9 2320 279 10 1 TM 9 2320 279 10 2 TM 9 2320 280 10 TM 9 2320 364 10 3 61 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Perform Load Unload Operations With Truck Palletized Load System PLS in Automatic Mode 551 721 1501 Conditions Given an M1074 M1075 PLS Truck Tractor with before operation performed BII flatrack loaded or unloaded and hearing protection Standards You have performed load unloading operations using the truck tractor PLS in automatic mode without injury to personnel or damage to equipment Performance Steps 1 Position PLS tractor for loading operation WARNING Check for overhead power lines or other obstructions before attempting LHS operation LHS reaches a height of 17 feet two inches 5 22m with ISO container Serious injury or death could result from contact with electrical power lines a Check ground conditions for firmness and extreme side
453. ures are passed Score the soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Related AR 385 55 AR 600 55 AR 611 5 DA FORM 2404 DA FORM 2408 14 DA FORM 348 DA FORM 5984 E DA FORM 5987 E DA FORM 5988 E DA FORM 6125 R DD FORM 1970 DD FORM 518 FM 21 305 FM 55 30 OF 346 SF 91 3 170 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Supervise Personnel Performing Vehicle Recovery 551 721 3338 Conditions Given a mired disabled vehicle with without a winch tow chain tow bar rope timber steel beam tarpaulin BII AAL hearing protection and personnel to supervise Standards Your supervision has resulted in the successful recovery of the mired vehicle No injury to personnel or further damage to equipment was incurred Performance Steps 1 Supervise self recovery operation using the Central Tire Inflation System CTIS a Ensure the adherence to applicable steps from the applicable TM 1 Self recover the M939 series vehicle refer to TM 9 2320 272 10 2 Self recover the M1074 1075 series vehicle refer to TM 9 2320 364 10 3 Self recover the M1078 series vehicle refer to TM 9 2320 365 10 4 Self recover the M1083 series vehicle refer to TM 9 2320 366 10 1 2 Supervise use of manpower to recover vehicle without winch a b C d e f Instruct personnel to locate a length of timber or similar ma
454. uring coupling operations Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel CAUTION Have assistant direct you during backing operations Damage to equipment may result if caution is not followed a Remove chock blocks from vehicle tires b Start vehicle see vehicle 10 series TM c Following visual hand signals from ground guide align vehicle with trailer and slowly back vehicle until pintle is adjacent to drawbar ring d Remove pintle lock pin and open pintle e Release trailer hand brake f Move trailer as required with assistance to engage drawbar ring in pintle Close pintle and install pintle lock pin h Cross safety chains under drawbar ring and attach to towing vehicle eyebolts see Figure 3 62a i Connect intervehicular cable to towing vehicle receptacle j Connect service air hose to towing vehicle glad hand If coupling an M105A2C also connects emergency air hose to towing vehicle glad hand see Figure 3 62b k Turn on towing vehicle air valves to apply vacuum or pressure as required see Figure 3 62c Pull out release handle and at same time begin raising adjustable caster assembly Let go of release handle while raising adjustable caster assembly WARNING If cargo trailer is equipped with an old style single wheel adjustable caster assembly use extreme caution to ensure that locking pin of handle has securely locked the adjustable caster assembly in the raised position If locking pin is no
455. urse of instruction as stipulated by AR 600 55 and local authority SOP d Administered PMCS test e Administered equipment specific test 1 Only tested those examinees that successfully passed the PMCS test 2 Recorded examinee results on the equipment qualification record f For any examinee s that failed to achieve a passing score on any test terminated that test 1 Recorded results on equipment qualification record 2 Conducts after action review for the examinee 3 169 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Measures GO NOGO 8 Conducted sustainment and remedial training a b C d Ensured sustainment training was conducted as required for active Army soldiers Ensured sustainment training was conducted as required for Reserve Component soldiers Ensured remedial training was conducted when required Ensured refresher training was conducted when required 9 Controlled the issue of operator permits OF 346 a e Ensured that standard permits were issued according to the regulations b Ensured special permits were issued according to the regulations C d Ensured suspensions and revocations are controlled according to the Ensured renewals were issued according to the regulations regulations or local command policy Ensured replacement permits are processed and issued according to the regulations Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all performance meas
456. us DAP is serviced filled and mounted on vehicle f Acquire an M291 or 258 1 kit 2 Exercise precautions to prevent contamination a Use a hard surface road if available b Operate the vehicle safely through the contaminated area c Avoid unnecessary splashing if roads are muddy d Guard against splashes from tree branches e Move through the area at extended intervals if in a convoy f Move through the area as quickly as all safety rules will allow WARNING Use extreme caution at all times when handling DS2 Do not mix DS2 and STB because it will cause a fire Do not allow DS2 to spray on personnel or protective clothing DS2 is c combustible solution Severe chemical burns can result if personnel fail to observe all safety precautions DS2 can severely injure eyes and skin and if inhaled can cause illness DS2 can damage the NBC protective overgarment Long term contact with DS2 can damage the NBC protective gloves hood and overboots 3 Decontaminate self vehicle and equipment immediate decontamination a Proceed as directed to the decontamination point upon leaving contaminated area b Perform skin decontamination c Perform personal wipe down d Perform operator s spray down Evaluation Preparation Setup Provide for the soldier the environment requiring precautions taken in a chemically contaminated area Setup will include vehicle protective clothing mask and route information requiring operation in a c
457. username and password and then click OK The Windows desktop should contain MTS Messenger and TracerLink icons 5 Start the MTS Messenger software to see if the cables to the computer are correctly attached d Power and configure the AN PSN PLGR 1 Press the ON button Press the menu button Press the right arrow until SETUP is flashing Press the up arrow until you see SETUP MODE 5 Press the right arrow until FIX is flashing Press the up arrow until CONT appears Press the right arrow until you see and up and down arrow to the left of the letter P in the lower right of the screen Press the up arrow until the Timer function appears in the lower part of the screen 9 Press the right arrow until the time value is flashing Press the up arrow until OFF appears 11 Press POS 3 Start MTS Messenger see Figure 3 29 a To start MTS Messenger double click the MTS Messenger icon located on the desktop Users will be prompted to select the COM port b V2 users select COM 3 J4 If you receive the following error message stating No response from Terminal Check cables go to Section 8 Troubleshooting in the MTS User s Manual c V2 users select COM 1 J3 After successfully starting MTS Messenger the standard display screen also known as the command reference will appear d Ensure all status blocks are displayed at bottom of screen e Wait for network registration The bumper number and transceiver ID will appear
458. uter 2 Connected the 15 pin female connector of the PLGR cable to the top port of the PLGR 3 Connected the remote PLGR antenna cable to the second port of the PLGR Connected the remote PLGR hockey puck antenna to the antenna cable 4 Connected PLGR AC power adapter cable to the third PLGR port Plugged the PLGR power supply into the wall outlet making sure the voltage selector was in the proper position 110 220 3 Performed control station power on procedures a Control box Flipped the MTS MASTER SWITCH to ON If connected correctly the LED lights on the transceiver MT 2010 will illuminate b Laptop 1 Pressed the power switch on the laptop computer Wait for the computer to load initialize software 2 Read over the text in the window and clicked 3 When prompted pressed CTRL ALT DEL to login 4 Entered username and password and then clicked OK Started the MTS Messenger software to see if the cables to the computer were correctly attached c Control station printer Pushed the button once to turn on the printer The small indicator light above the power button will illuminate if the printer is on If the printer is running on battery power the power indicator light the furthermost light on the left will illuminate 4 Started MTS Messenger a To START MTS Messenger double clicked the MTS Messenger icon located on the desktop Users will be prompted to select the COM port b Cont
459. uthority Performance Steps 1 Ensure that all required operator preventive maintenance is completed prior to movement shipment a Ensure that vehicle equipment is cleaned thoroughly to include any specific areas identified in unit SOP b Ensure that all uncorrected faults are recorded on either DA Form 2408 14 or DA Form 5988 E automated ULLS and reported to organizational maintenance c Ensure the vehicle is mechanically sound free of leaks drips and other operational defects 2 Ensure that vehicle s fuel levels are at the appropriate level a Vehicles may contain fuel in tank not to exceed one half tank full Ensure tanks are securely closed b Do not exceed one half tank full on an aircraft cargo ramp with the fuel tank openings located on the high side of the ramp c Ensure that fuel cans are empty and secured to vehicle using original installed mounts d Do not fill trailer mounted equipment containing combustion engines such as generator sets to more than one half of their fuel capacity e Ship 5 gallon fuel cans three quarters full of diesel fuel if they are shipped in approved vehicle storage racks Inspect fuel cans for serviceable lid gaskets leaks and other defects prohibiting their use as fuel containers 3 Ensure installed batteries are protected Note To prevent short circuit and secure the battery so that fluid will not leak To secure the battery from short circuit completely protect the terminal posts
460. ve access to this publication Trainers and first line supervisors should actively plan for soldier access making it available in work areas unit learning centers and unit libraries However it is not intended for an individual copy to be provided to each MOS holder The TSP is obtainable on line from the Reimer Digital Library RDL at http www adtdl army mil atdls htm Tasks in this manual apply to active Army and reserve component soldiers The proponent of this publication is HQ TRADOC Submit comments and recommendations on DA Form 2028 Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms directly to Department of the Army Training Directorate Transportation Training Division ATTN ATCL AT 401 First Street Suite 214 Fort Lee VA 23801 1511 Unless this publication states otherwise masculine nouns and pronouns do not refer exclusively to men CHAPTER 1 Introduction STP 55 88M14 SM TG 1 1 General This manual identifies the individual military occupational specialty MOS training requirement for soldiers in MOS 88M Commanders trainers and soldiers should use it to plan conduct and evaluate individual training in units This manual is the primary MOS reference to support the self development and training for every soldier within this MOS Use this manual with the soldier s manuals SMs of common tasks soldier training publications STP 21 1 SMCT and 21 24 SMCT Army training and evaluation programs ARTEPs m
461. ved the complete course of instruction are to be tested a Enforced vehicle safety and fire prevention measures b Practiced administers test to regular qualified driver on same type of vehicle c Verified that all examinees have completed the course of instruction as stipulated by AR 600 55 and local authority SOP d Administered written test e Administered PMCS test f Administered vehicle control test 1 Only tested examinees that have successfully passed the PMCS test 2 Recorded examinee performance on DA Form 6125 R g Administered on the road test 1 Only tested those examinees that have successfully passed the vehicle control test 2 Recorded examinee performance on DA Form 6125 R h For any examinee s that failed to achieve a passing score on any test terminated the test 1 Recorded results on DA Form 6125 R 2 Conducted after action review for the examinee 6 Conducted equipment operator training instruction to include a Mechanical equipment required by regulation or command policy b Ground support equipment required by regulation or command policy c Night vision goggles if required d Special equipment required by regulation or command policy 7 Conducted equipment operator testing a Ensured written examinations are administered according to regulatory guidance b Enforced vehicle safety and fire prevention measures c Verified that all examinees have completed the co
462. vehicles receiving feedback from supervisors providing guidance to supervisors and operators and referring and complying with locally established guidance SOP 3 253 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Measures 1 Ensured squad leaders had made preparations to perform maintenance inspections a Vehicles were positioned a 360 degree walkaround with wheel chocks in place b Drip pans were positioned under vehicles if available c Technical manuals tools and inspection forms were present d Squad leaders were present and actively involved and had current status of vehicles during preparation e Squad leaders acquired available replacement parts that could be operator installed 2 Ensured squad leaders supervised the performance of before during and after weekly or monthly operational preventive maintenance checks a Squad leaders were present and actively involved in the maintenance inspection process b Squad leaders reported any urgent repairs needed c Squad leaders checked with maintenance section for any replacement parts d Squad leaders mentored their subordinates in correct inspection procedure and criteria e Squad leaders and their subordinates adhered to all safety and environmental restrictions regarding no smoking areas oil and lubricant disposal and refueling according to unit SOP f Squad leaders and vehicle drivers adhered to all WARNING and CAUTION statements covered in the applicable vehicl
463. ver this is not always the case 2 Determine your exact starting location and that of your destination 3 Using either of the types of maps previously discussed instruct your driver to begin movement along the route that has been selected 3 203 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps 4 Unlike dismounted land navigation mounted navigating requires greater vigilance in determining your progress along the route while monitoring the map Selected points may pass much faster than anticipated 5 Compare your location relative to the following a Your directional orientation b The direction and distances to your destination c Other landmarks and features towns intersections lakes streams and so forth d Any impassible terrain the enemy and danger areas e Both the advantages and disadvantages presented by the terrain between you and your objective 6 Use terrain features as checkpoints You will use plotted checkpoints along the route but if there are long distances between points you will want to use terrain features that cross your path that are easily identifiable to check your progress Note Always consider the tactical aspects of your movement Avoid skylining if at all possible as your chances of detection are increased Use the clich expect the unexpected along your route Up to date intelligence degrades with time 7 Determine distance Get the total distance to be traveled and the approximate dista
464. ways inclination before picking up or off loading a flatrack Any ground instability beneath road wheels could cause serious injury or death to personnel b Prior to and during any load or unload cycle all personnel should stay clear of LHS and flatrack or serious injury or death could result to personnel CAUTION Engine speed must be at idle before using hydraulic selector switch or damage to equipment may result 2 Load flatrack onto tractor CAUTION Do not use Reverse R to back up truck while hook arm is attached to flatrack or damage to LHS will occur WARNING When loading or unloading flatracks on uneven ground side slope or downgrades up to 10 degrees it may be necessary to apply truck service brakes to prevent truck roll away or severe injury or death could result CAUTION If LHS overload lamp illuminates but loading operation continues operator is cautioned that LHS is nearing maximum capacity In this situation operator should determine if payload is evenly distributed on flatrack or if flatrack load exceeds 16 5 tons 14 983 kg If any of these conditions exist operator must redistribute or reduce the payload or damage to equipment may occur a Load must be evenly distributed on the pallet Uneven load distribution may cause LHS Overload indicator to give false signals and cause LHS to operate incorrectly Damage to equipment may result b If LHS overload lamp illuminates and normal operation has stopped return load to or
465. what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References 3 28 Required FM 21 305 FM 21 60 Related STP 55 88M14 SM TG Operate Palletized Load System 551 721 1500 Conditions Given a mission ready dispatched PLS HEMTT LHS truck with before operation inspections performed designated route to operate hearing protection TM and all BIl Standards You have prepared the vehicle for operation by making all necessary driver adjustments performed all starting procedures and operated the vehicle within its capabilities and limitations over normal terrain steep grades and off road You have complied with all local traffic regulations and have caused no injury to personnel or damage to vehicle during operation Performance Steps 1 Prepare vehicle for movement a Change vehicle weight indicator as needed b Install or stow foot rest c Adjust driver seat d Operate seat belt 2 Operate vehicle on road a Drive Refer to TM 9 2320 364 10 paragraph 2 19a steps 1 through 29 pages 2 182 to 2 188 Refer to subsequent paragraphs as noted in the TM b Reverse Refer to TM 9 2320 364 10 paragraph 2 19b steps 1 to 19 pages 2 189 to 2 193 Refer to subsequent paragraphs as noted in the TM c Slippery conditions On road and Off road Refer to TM 9 2320 364 10 paragraph 2 19c steps 1 to 5 pages 2 193 to 2 195 Refer to subsequent paragraphs as noted in the TM Comply with all WARNING and CAUTION statements
466. which is on the left side of the compass alongside the drawn line on the map Rotate the map and compass until the magnetic arrow of the compass is below the fixed black index line The map is now oriented Use Terrain Association A map can be oriented by terrain association when a compass is not available or when the user has to make many quick references as he moves across country Using this method requires careful examination of the map and the ground and the user must know his approximate location using terrain association 3 Explained the details of a topographic map a b C d Identified and or determined topographic symbols such as 1 The map s legend It normally contains the symbols used in a particular series or on that specific map sheet Therefore the legend should be referred to each time a new map sheet is used The symbol should reflect as closely as possible what the feature is intended to be 2 Military symbols are added to give additional significance to the military application at the time the map is used Refer to FM 101 5 1 Appendixes A and B for friendly and enemy unit symbols Identified terrain features on the map Determined grid coordinates using the military grid reference system Determined distance on the map from one point to another 4 Explained the details of a road map a wre TO Scale of the map if different than a topographic map Determine to the be
467. work During emergencies steer and brake at the same time ABS only Release enough pressure on the brakes to get the vehicle rolling again to regain steering front ABS only Recover from skid by 1 Staying off the brakes 2 Turning quickly Turn the steering wheel in the direction you want the vehicle to go This lines the front of the vehicle up with the back 3 Countersteer turn back the other way As soon as the vehicle begins to straighten out turn the wheel back the other way so that the vehicle will not turn too far 4 Continue to correct you steering left and right until your recover from the skid 5 Turn back to straight ahead 20 x 2 Operate vehicle in sand a If CTIS equipped select mode for this type of terrain watch for indicator showing correct mode selection on CTIS panel and adhere to speed restrictions Select a gear or range that will start you with a minimum of or no clutch slippage manual transmission and wheel spinning Accelerate slowly Maintain a steady and even rate of movement Avoid unnecessary shifting of gears manual transmission Anticipate difficult spots and bypass if possible o 0 3 79 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Steps g Approach a dune from the windward side slope at a 90 degree angle h Follow the track of preceding vehicle or break a new path depending on conditions i Make wide turns j Let your vehicle roll to a halt
468. y b Control activities of the drivers 1 Tell the drivers to inspect their vehicles and loads 2 Tell the drivers to perform at halt maintenance c Check to see that the drivers are performing during operation checks 1 Tell the drivers to perform necessary during operation checks using the appropriate 10 series TM 2 Tell the drivers to check for and have items repaired fill fluid levels or adjust drive belts or other items d Check the security of the loads e Check to see that the area is policed before moving out f Give the signal order to reform and start engines g Give the signal order to move out 4 Perform all required checks duties at the release point a Update the drivers on additional orders instructions from the convoy commander 1 Instruct the drivers to comply with the SOP in dispersing their vehicles 2 Inform the drivers of the time and place to assemble for the return trip b Check to see that after operation checks are performed 1 Tell the drivers to perform necessary after operation checks using the appropriate 10 series TM 2 Tell the drivers to check for and have repaired all discrepancies found fill fluid levels or adjust drive belts or other items c Recommend disciplinary action for those drivers who violated driving rules during the convoy operation d Dismiss drivers Evaluation Preparation Setup Evaluate this task during a field training exercise or normal training session Bri
469. y Driver and Operator Standardization Program the truck master will create a motor safety transport program in a tactical environment during day and night conditions to prepare soldiers for a variety of environments situations and obstacles including fire convoy operations and adverse environmental conditions Standards You have reviewed available and existing safety guidelines to determine what if any changes need to be made You have provided guidance on fire prevention vehicle operations general safety security environmental protection adverse conditions asphyxiation transport of hazardous material convoy operations personnel movement and risk management based on accident reports Army regulations driver proficiency and suggested areas You have submitted recommendations to unit commander for approval Performance Steps 1 Review available and existing safety guidelines a Existing local company and battalion SOP b Applicable regulations including AR 385 55 and FM 55 30 2 Suggest changes to safety guidelines and operations based on a Accident Reports b Army Regulations c Driver proficiency evaluation reports d Provide guidance on 1 Fire Prevention a Permit smoking only in designated areas b Never permit smoking within 50 feet of vehicles or stored flammables or within applicable ammunition guidelines c Never use gasoline as a cleaning solution d Train personnel to properly use fire extingu
470. y equipment to include two fire extinguishers and level ground with which to perform operation Brief Soldier You are to transport dangerous cargo on a transporter Safety is a major concern so you will be evaluated on your ability to recognize and maintain the standards of handling ammunition with respect to truck movement All operations to include use of material handling devices are highlighted Ensure that at no time during the movement or transfer of ammunition loads that the load is mishandled in any manner All loading and unloading operations will be conducted without injury to personnel or damage to equipment or loads Performance Measures G NO GO 1 Prepared vehicle for loading dangerous hazardous cargo all types a Ensured the vehicle is safe to operate and free of fire hazards b Checked to ensure there are no exposed wires c Cleaned off excess oil or grease accumulated on the vehicle d Checked the fuel system for leaks e Submitted vehicle and trailer semitrailer for safety inspection at origin by shipper f Driver received DD Form 626 from shipper after origin inspection g Driver located and corrected all driver responsible deficiencies on vehicle h If deficiencies could not be corrected driver notified chain of command for vehicle replacement i Moved vehicle into loading area j Set the vehicle brakes k Chocked at least one wheel of the vehicle Chocked the semitrailer when uncoupled from

STP 55-88M14-SM-TG Soldier`s Manual and

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents